diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/tlpkg/tlperl')
28 files changed, 16979 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Checker.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Checker.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..49162da4a27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Checker.pm @@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@ +############################################################################# +# Pod/Checker.pm -- check pod documents for syntax errors +# +# Copyright (C) 1994-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved. +# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software; +# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms +# as Perl itself. +############################################################################# + +package Pod::Checker; + +use vars qw($VERSION); +$VERSION = 1.43; ## Current version of this package +require 5.005; ## requires this Perl version or later + +use Pod::ParseUtils; ## for hyperlinks and lists + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Checker, podchecker() - check pod documents for syntax errors + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Checker; + + $syntax_okay = podchecker($filepath, $outputpath, %options); + + my $checker = new Pod::Checker %options; + $checker->parse_from_file($filepath, \*STDERR); + +=head1 OPTIONS/ARGUMENTS + +C<$filepath> is the input POD to read and C<$outputpath> is +where to write POD syntax error messages. Either argument may be a scalar +indicating a file-path, or else a reference to an open filehandle. +If unspecified, the input-file it defaults to C<\*STDIN>, and +the output-file defaults to C<\*STDERR>. + +=head2 podchecker() + +This function can take a hash of options: + +=over 4 + +=item B<-warnings> =E<gt> I<val> + +Turn warnings on/off. I<val> is usually 1 for on, but higher values +trigger additional warnings. See L<"Warnings">. + +=back + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +B<podchecker> will perform syntax checking of Perl5 POD format documentation. + +Curious/ambitious users are welcome to propose additional features they wish +to see in B<Pod::Checker> and B<podchecker> and verify that the checks are +consistent with L<perlpod>. + +The following checks are currently performed: + +=over 4 + +=item * + +Unknown '=xxxx' commands, unknown 'XE<lt>...E<gt>' interior-sequences, +and unterminated interior sequences. + +=item * + +Check for proper balancing of C<=begin> and C<=end>. The contents of such +a block are generally ignored, i.e. no syntax checks are performed. + +=item * + +Check for proper nesting and balancing of C<=over>, C<=item> and C<=back>. + +=item * + +Check for same nested interior-sequences (e.g. +C<LE<lt>...LE<lt>...E<gt>...E<gt>>). + +=item * + +Check for malformed or nonexisting entities C<EE<lt>...E<gt>>. + +=item * + +Check for correct syntax of hyperlinks C<LE<lt>...E<gt>>. See L<perlpod> +for details. + +=item * + +Check for unresolved document-internal links. This check may also reveal +misspelled links that seem to be internal links but should be links +to something else. + +=back + +=head1 DIAGNOSTICS + +=head2 Errors + +=over 4 + +=item * empty =headn + +A heading (C<=head1> or C<=head2>) without any text? That ain't no +heading! + +=item * =over on line I<N> without closing =back + +The C<=over> command does not have a corresponding C<=back> before the +next heading (C<=head1> or C<=head2>) or the end of the file. + +=item * =item without previous =over + +=item * =back without previous =over + +An C<=item> or C<=back> command has been found outside a +C<=over>/C<=back> block. + +=item * No argument for =begin + +A C<=begin> command was found that is not followed by the formatter +specification. + +=item * =end without =begin + +A standalone C<=end> command was found. + +=item * Nested =begin's + +There were at least two consecutive C<=begin> commands without +the corresponding C<=end>. Only one C<=begin> may be active at +a time. + +=item * =for without formatter specification + +There is no specification of the formatter after the C<=for> command. + +=item * unresolved internal link I<NAME> + +The given link to I<NAME> does not have a matching node in the current +POD. This also happend when a single word node name is not enclosed in +C<"">. + +=item * Unknown command "I<CMD>" + +An invalid POD command has been found. Valid are C<=head1>, C<=head2>, +C<=head3>, C<=head4>, C<=over>, C<=item>, C<=back>, C<=begin>, C<=end>, +C<=for>, C<=pod>, C<=cut> + +=item * Unknown interior-sequence "I<SEQ>" + +An invalid markup command has been encountered. Valid are: +C<BE<lt>E<gt>>, C<CE<lt>E<gt>>, C<EE<lt>E<gt>>, C<FE<lt>E<gt>>, +C<IE<lt>E<gt>>, C<LE<lt>E<gt>>, C<SE<lt>E<gt>>, C<XE<lt>E<gt>>, +C<ZE<lt>E<gt>> + +=item * nested commands I<CMD>E<lt>...I<CMD>E<lt>...E<gt>...E<gt> + +Two nested identical markup commands have been found. Generally this +does not make sense. + +=item * garbled entity I<STRING> + +The I<STRING> found cannot be interpreted as a character entity. + +=item * Entity number out of range + +An entity specified by number (dec, hex, oct) is out of range (1-255). + +=item * malformed link LE<lt>E<gt> + +The link found cannot be parsed because it does not conform to the +syntax described in L<perlpod>. + +=item * nonempty ZE<lt>E<gt> + +The C<ZE<lt>E<gt>> sequence is supposed to be empty. + +=item * empty XE<lt>E<gt> + +The index entry specified contains nothing but whitespace. + +=item * Spurious text after =pod / =cut + +The commands C<=pod> and C<=cut> do not take any arguments. + +=item * Spurious character(s) after =back + +The C<=back> command does not take any arguments. + +=back + +=head2 Warnings + +These may not necessarily cause trouble, but indicate mediocre style. + +=over 4 + +=item * multiple occurrence of link target I<name> + +The POD file has some C<=item> and/or C<=head> commands that have +the same text. Potential hyperlinks to such a text cannot be unique then. +This warning is printed only with warning level greater than one. + +=item * line containing nothing but whitespace in paragraph + +There is some whitespace on a seemingly empty line. POD is very sensitive +to such things, so this is flagged. B<vi> users switch on the B<list> +option to avoid this problem. + +=begin _disabled_ + +=item * file does not start with =head + +The file starts with a different POD directive than head. +This is most probably something you do not want. + +=end _disabled_ + +=item * previous =item has no contents + +There is a list C<=item> right above the flagged line that has no +text contents. You probably want to delete empty items. + +=item * preceding non-item paragraph(s) + +A list introduced by C<=over> starts with a text or verbatim paragraph, +but continues with C<=item>s. Move the non-item paragraph out of the +C<=over>/C<=back> block. + +=item * =item type mismatch (I<one> vs. I<two>) + +A list started with e.g. a bulletted C<=item> and continued with a +numbered one. This is obviously inconsistent. For most translators the +type of the I<first> C<=item> determines the type of the list. + +=item * I<N> unescaped C<E<lt>E<gt>> in paragraph + +Angle brackets not written as C<E<lt>ltE<gt>> and C<E<lt>gtE<gt>> +can potentially cause errors as they could be misinterpreted as +markup commands. This is only printed when the -warnings level is +greater than 1. + +=item * Unknown entity + +A character entity was found that does not belong to the standard +ISO set or the POD specials C<verbar> and C<sol>. + +=item * No items in =over + +The list opened with C<=over> does not contain any items. + +=item * No argument for =item + +C<=item> without any parameters is deprecated. It should either be followed +by C<*> to indicate an unordered list, by a number (optionally followed +by a dot) to indicate an ordered (numbered) list or simple text for a +definition list. + +=item * empty section in previous paragraph + +The previous section (introduced by a C<=head> command) does not contain +any text. This usually indicates that something is missing. Note: A +C<=head1> followed immediately by C<=head2> does not trigger this warning. + +=item * Verbatim paragraph in NAME section + +The NAME section (C<=head1 NAME>) should consist of a single paragraph +with the script/module name, followed by a dash `-' and a very short +description of what the thing is good for. + +=item * =headI<n> without preceding higher level + +For example if there is a C<=head2> in the POD file prior to a +C<=head1>. + +=back + +=head2 Hyperlinks + +There are some warnings wrt. malformed hyperlinks. + +=over 4 + +=item * ignoring leading/trailing whitespace in link + +There is whitespace at the beginning or the end of the contents of +LE<lt>...E<gt>. + +=item * (section) in '$page' deprecated + +There is a section detected in the page name of LE<lt>...E<gt>, e.g. +C<LE<lt>passwd(2)E<gt>>. POD hyperlinks may point to POD documents only. +Please write C<CE<lt>passwd(2)E<gt>> instead. Some formatters are able +to expand this to appropriate code. For links to (builtin) functions, +please say C<LE<lt>perlfunc/mkdirE<gt>>, without (). + +=item * alternative text/node '%s' contains non-escaped | or / + +The characters C<|> and C</> are special in the LE<lt>...E<gt> context. +Although the hyperlink parser does its best to determine which "/" is +text and which is a delimiter in case of doubt, one ought to escape +these literal characters like this: + + / E<sol> + | E<verbar> + +=back + +=head1 RETURN VALUE + +B<podchecker> returns the number of POD syntax errors found or -1 if +there were no POD commands at all found in the file. + +=head1 EXAMPLES + +See L</SYNOPSIS> + +=head1 INTERFACE + +While checking, this module collects document properties, e.g. the nodes +for hyperlinks (C<=headX>, C<=item>) and index entries (C<XE<lt>E<gt>>). +POD translators can use this feature to syntax-check and get the nodes in +a first pass before actually starting to convert. This is expensive in terms +of execution time, but allows for very robust conversions. + +Since PodParser-1.24 the B<Pod::Checker> module uses only the B<poderror> +method to print errors and warnings. The summary output (e.g. +"Pod syntax OK") has been dropped from the module and has been included in +B<podchecker> (the script). This allows users of B<Pod::Checker> to +control completely the output behaviour. Users of B<podchecker> (the script) +get the well-known behaviour. + +=cut + +############################################################################# + +use strict; +#use diagnostics; +use Carp; +use Exporter; +use Pod::Parser; + +use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT); +@ISA = qw(Pod::Parser); +@EXPORT = qw(&podchecker); + +use vars qw(%VALID_COMMANDS %VALID_SEQUENCES); + +my %VALID_COMMANDS = ( + 'pod' => 1, + 'cut' => 1, + 'head1' => 1, + 'head2' => 1, + 'head3' => 1, + 'head4' => 1, + 'over' => 1, + 'back' => 1, + 'item' => 1, + 'for' => 1, + 'begin' => 1, + 'end' => 1, +); + +my %VALID_SEQUENCES = ( + 'I' => 1, + 'B' => 1, + 'S' => 1, + 'C' => 1, + 'L' => 1, + 'F' => 1, + 'X' => 1, + 'Z' => 1, + 'E' => 1, +); + +# stolen from HTML::Entities +my %ENTITIES = ( + # Some normal chars that have special meaning in SGML context + amp => '&', # ampersand +'gt' => '>', # greater than +'lt' => '<', # less than + quot => '"', # double quote + + # PUBLIC ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN//HTML + AElig => 'Æ', # capital AE diphthong (ligature) + Aacute => 'Á', # capital A, acute accent + Acirc => 'Â', # capital A, circumflex accent + Agrave => 'À', # capital A, grave accent + Aring => 'Å', # capital A, ring + Atilde => 'Ã', # capital A, tilde + Auml => 'Ä', # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark + Ccedil => 'Ç', # capital C, cedilla + ETH => 'Ð', # capital Eth, Icelandic + Eacute => 'É', # capital E, acute accent + Ecirc => 'Ê', # capital E, circumflex accent + Egrave => 'È', # capital E, grave accent + Euml => 'Ë', # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark + Iacute => 'Í', # capital I, acute accent + Icirc => 'Î', # capital I, circumflex accent + Igrave => 'Ì', # capital I, grave accent + Iuml => 'Ï', # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark + Ntilde => 'Ñ', # capital N, tilde + Oacute => 'Ó', # capital O, acute accent + Ocirc => 'Ô', # capital O, circumflex accent + Ograve => 'Ò', # capital O, grave accent + Oslash => 'Ø', # capital O, slash + Otilde => 'Õ', # capital O, tilde + Ouml => 'Ö', # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark + THORN => 'Þ', # capital THORN, Icelandic + Uacute => 'Ú', # capital U, acute accent + Ucirc => 'Û', # capital U, circumflex accent + Ugrave => 'Ù', # capital U, grave accent + Uuml => 'Ü', # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark + Yacute => 'Ý', # capital Y, acute accent + aacute => 'á', # small a, acute accent + acirc => 'â', # small a, circumflex accent + aelig => 'æ', # small ae diphthong (ligature) + agrave => 'à', # small a, grave accent + aring => 'å', # small a, ring + atilde => 'ã', # small a, tilde + auml => 'ä', # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark + ccedil => 'ç', # small c, cedilla + eacute => 'é', # small e, acute accent + ecirc => 'ê', # small e, circumflex accent + egrave => 'è', # small e, grave accent + eth => 'ð', # small eth, Icelandic + euml => 'ë', # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark + iacute => 'í', # small i, acute accent + icirc => 'î', # small i, circumflex accent + igrave => 'ì', # small i, grave accent + iuml => 'ï', # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark + ntilde => 'ñ', # small n, tilde + oacute => 'ó', # small o, acute accent + ocirc => 'ô', # small o, circumflex accent + ograve => 'ò', # small o, grave accent + oslash => 'ø', # small o, slash + otilde => 'õ', # small o, tilde + ouml => 'ö', # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark + szlig => 'ß', # small sharp s, German (sz ligature) + thorn => 'þ', # small thorn, Icelandic + uacute => 'ú', # small u, acute accent + ucirc => 'û', # small u, circumflex accent + ugrave => 'ù', # small u, grave accent + uuml => 'ü', # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark + yacute => 'ý', # small y, acute accent + yuml => 'ÿ', # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark + + # Some extra Latin 1 chars that are listed in the HTML3.2 draft (21-May-96) + copy => '©', # copyright sign + reg => '®', # registered sign + nbsp => "\240", # non breaking space + + # Additional ISO-8859/1 entities listed in rfc1866 (section 14) + iexcl => '¡', + cent => '¢', + pound => '£', + curren => '¤', + yen => '¥', + brvbar => '¦', + sect => '§', + uml => '¨', + ordf => 'ª', + laquo => '«', +'not' => '¬', # not is a keyword in perl + shy => '', + macr => '¯', + deg => '°', + plusmn => '±', + sup1 => '¹', + sup2 => '²', + sup3 => '³', + acute => '´', + micro => 'µ', + para => '¶', + middot => '·', + cedil => '¸', + ordm => 'º', + raquo => '»', + frac14 => '¼', + frac12 => '½', + frac34 => '¾', + iquest => '¿', +'times' => '×', # times is a keyword in perl + divide => '÷', + +# some POD special entities + verbar => '|', + sol => '/' +); + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +##--------------------------------- +## Function definitions begin here +##--------------------------------- + +sub podchecker( $ ; $ % ) { + my ($infile, $outfile, %options) = @_; + local $_; + + ## Set defaults + $infile ||= \*STDIN; + $outfile ||= \*STDERR; + + ## Now create a pod checker + my $checker = new Pod::Checker(%options); + + ## Now check the pod document for errors + $checker->parse_from_file($infile, $outfile); + + ## Return the number of errors found + return $checker->num_errors(); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +##------------------------------- +## Method definitions begin here +##------------------------------- + +################################## + +=over 4 + +=item C<Pod::Checker-E<gt>new( %options )> + +Return a reference to a new Pod::Checker object that inherits from +Pod::Parser and is used for calling the required methods later. The +following options are recognized: + +C<-warnings =E<gt> num> + Print warnings if C<num> is true. The higher the value of C<num>, +the more warnings are printed. Currently there are only levels 1 and 2. + +C<-quiet =E<gt> num> + If C<num> is true, do not print any errors/warnings. This is useful +when Pod::Checker is used to munge POD code into plain text from within +POD formatters. + +=cut + +## sub new { +## my $this = shift; +## my $class = ref($this) || $this; +## my %params = @_; +## my $self = {%params}; +## bless $self, $class; +## $self->initialize(); +## return $self; +## } + +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + ## Initialize number of errors, and setup an error function to + ## increment this number and then print to the designated output. + $self->{_NUM_ERRORS} = 0; + $self->{_NUM_WARNINGS} = 0; + $self->{-quiet} ||= 0; + # set the error handling subroutine + $self->errorsub($self->{-quiet} ? sub { 1; } : 'poderror'); + $self->{_commands} = 0; # total number of POD commands encountered + $self->{_list_stack} = []; # stack for nested lists + $self->{_have_begin} = ''; # stores =begin + $self->{_links} = []; # stack for internal hyperlinks + $self->{_nodes} = []; # stack for =head/=item nodes + $self->{_index} = []; # text in X<> + # print warnings? + $self->{-warnings} = 1 unless(defined $self->{-warnings}); + $self->{_current_head1} = ''; # the current =head1 block + $self->parseopts(-process_cut_cmd => 1, -warnings => $self->{-warnings}); +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>poderror( @args )> + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>poderror( {%opts}, @args )> + +Internal method for printing errors and warnings. If no options are +given, simply prints "@_". The following options are recognized and used +to form the output: + + -msg + +A message to print prior to C<@args>. + + -line + +The line number the error occurred in. + + -file + +The file (name) the error occurred in. + + -severity + +The error level, should be 'WARNING' or 'ERROR'. + +=cut + +# Invoked as $self->poderror( @args ), or $self->poderror( {%opts}, @args ) +sub poderror { + my $self = shift; + my %opts = (ref $_[0]) ? %{shift()} : (); + + ## Retrieve options + chomp( my $msg = ($opts{-msg} || "")."@_" ); + my $line = (exists $opts{-line}) ? " at line $opts{-line}" : ""; + my $file = (exists $opts{-file}) ? " in file $opts{-file}" : ""; + unless (exists $opts{-severity}) { + ## See if can find severity in message prefix + $opts{-severity} = $1 if ( $msg =~ s/^\**\s*([A-Z]{3,}):\s+// ); + } + my $severity = (exists $opts{-severity}) ? "*** $opts{-severity}: " : ""; + + ## Increment error count and print message " + ++($self->{_NUM_ERRORS}) + if(!%opts || ($opts{-severity} && $opts{-severity} eq 'ERROR')); + ++($self->{_NUM_WARNINGS}) + if(!%opts || ($opts{-severity} && $opts{-severity} eq 'WARNING')); + unless($self->{-quiet}) { + my $out_fh = $self->output_handle() || \*STDERR; + print $out_fh ($severity, $msg, $line, $file, "\n") + if($self->{-warnings} || !%opts || $opts{-severity} ne 'WARNING'); + } +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>num_errors()> + +Set (if argument specified) and retrieve the number of errors found. + +=cut + +sub num_errors { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_NUM_ERRORS} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_NUM_ERRORS}; +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>num_warnings()> + +Set (if argument specified) and retrieve the number of warnings found. + +=cut + +sub num_warnings { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_NUM_WARNINGS} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_NUM_WARNINGS}; +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>name()> + +Set (if argument specified) and retrieve the canonical name of POD as +found in the C<=head1 NAME> section. + +=cut + +sub name { + return (@_ > 1 && $_[1]) ? + ($_[0]->{-name} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-name}; +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>node()> + +Add (if argument specified) and retrieve the nodes (as defined by C<=headX> +and C<=item>) of the current POD. The nodes are returned in the order of +their occurrence. They consist of plain text, each piece of whitespace is +collapsed to a single blank. + +=cut + +sub node { + my ($self,$text) = @_; + if(defined $text) { + $text =~ s/\s+$//s; # strip trailing whitespace + $text =~ s/\s+/ /gs; # collapse whitespace + # add node, order important! + push(@{$self->{_nodes}}, $text); + # keep also a uniqueness counter + $self->{_unique_nodes}->{$text}++ if($text !~ /^\s*$/s); + return $text; + } + @{$self->{_nodes}}; +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>idx()> + +Add (if argument specified) and retrieve the index entries (as defined by +C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) of the current POD. They consist of plain text, each piece +of whitespace is collapsed to a single blank. + +=cut + +# set/return index entries of current POD +sub idx { + my ($self,$text) = @_; + if(defined $text) { + $text =~ s/\s+$//s; # strip trailing whitespace + $text =~ s/\s+/ /gs; # collapse whitespace + # add node, order important! + push(@{$self->{_index}}, $text); + # keep also a uniqueness counter + $self->{_unique_nodes}->{$text}++ if($text !~ /^\s*$/s); + return $text; + } + @{$self->{_index}}; +} + +################################## + +=item C<$checker-E<gt>hyperlink()> + +Add (if argument specified) and retrieve the hyperlinks (as defined by +C<LE<lt>E<gt>>) of the current POD. They consist of a 2-item array: line +number and C<Pod::Hyperlink> object. + +=back + +=cut + +# set/return hyperlinks of the current POD +sub hyperlink { + my $self = shift; + if($_[0]) { + push(@{$self->{_links}}, $_[0]); + return $_[0]; + } + @{$self->{_links}}; +} + +## overrides for Pod::Parser + +sub end_pod { + ## Do some final checks and + ## print the number of errors found + my $self = shift; + my $infile = $self->input_file(); + + if(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) { + my $list; + while(($list = $self->_close_list('EOF',$infile)) && + $list->indent() ne 'auto') { + $self->poderror({ -line => 'EOF', -file => $infile, + -severity => 'ERROR', -msg => "=over on line " . + $list->start() . " without closing =back" }); #" + } + } + + # check validity of document internal hyperlinks + # first build the node names from the paragraph text + my %nodes; + foreach($self->node()) { + $nodes{$_} = 1; + if(/^(\S+)\s+\S/) { + # we have more than one word. Use the first as a node, too. + # This is used heavily in perlfunc.pod + $nodes{$1} ||= 2; # derived node + } + } + foreach($self->idx()) { + $nodes{$_} = 3; # index node + } + foreach($self->hyperlink()) { + my ($line,$link) = @$_; + # _TODO_ what if there is a link to the page itself by the name, + # e.g. in Tk::Pod : L<Tk::Pod/"DESCRIPTION"> + if($link->node() && !$link->page() && $link->type() ne 'hyperlink') { + my $node = $self->_check_ptree($self->parse_text($link->node(), + $line), $line, $infile, 'L'); + if($node && !$nodes{$node}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line || '', -file => $infile, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "unresolved internal link '$node'"}); + } + } + } + + # check the internal nodes for uniqueness. This pertains to + # =headX, =item and X<...> + if($self->{-warnings} && $self->{-warnings}>1) { + foreach(grep($self->{_unique_nodes}->{$_} > 1, + keys %{$self->{_unique_nodes}})) { + $self->poderror({ -line => '-', -file => $infile, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "multiple occurrence of link target '$_'"}); + } + } + + # no POD found here + $self->num_errors(-1) if($self->{_commands} == 0); +} + +# check a POD command directive +sub command { + my ($self, $cmd, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my ($file, $line) = $pod_para->file_line; + ## Check the command syntax + my $arg; # this will hold the command argument + if (! $VALID_COMMANDS{$cmd}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Unknown command '$cmd'" }); + } + else { # found a valid command + $self->{_commands}++; # delete this line if below is enabled again + + ##### following check disabled due to strong request + #if(!$self->{_commands}++ && $cmd !~ /^head/) { + # $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + # -severity => 'WARNING', + # -msg => "file does not start with =head" }); + #} + + # check syntax of particular command + if($cmd eq 'over') { + # check for argument + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + my $indent = 4; # default + if($arg && $arg =~ /^\s*(\d+)\s*$/) { + $indent = $1; + } + # start a new list + $self->_open_list($indent,$line,$file); + } + elsif($cmd eq 'item') { + # are we in a list? + unless(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "=item without previous =over" }); + # auto-open in case we encounter many more + $self->_open_list('auto',$line,$file); + } + my $list = $self->{_list_stack}->[0]; + # check whether the previous item had some contents + if(defined $self->{_list_item_contents} && + $self->{_list_item_contents} == 0) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "previous =item has no contents" }); + } + if($list->{_has_par}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "preceding non-item paragraph(s)" }); + delete $list->{_has_par}; + } + # check for argument + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line, $file); + if($arg && $arg =~ /(\S+)/) { + $arg =~ s/[\s\n]+$//; + my $type; + if($arg =~ /^[*]\s*(\S*.*)/) { + $type = 'bullet'; + $self->{_list_item_contents} = $1 ? 1 : 0; + $arg = $1; + } + elsif($arg =~ /^\d+\.?\s*(\S*)/) { + $type = 'number'; + $self->{_list_item_contents} = $1 ? 1 : 0; + $arg = $1; + } + else { + $type = 'definition'; + $self->{_list_item_contents} = 1; + } + my $first = $list->type(); + if($first && $first ne $type) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "=item type mismatch ('$first' vs. '$type')"}); + } + else { # first item + $list->type($type); + } + } + else { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "No argument for =item" }); + $arg = ' '; # empty + $self->{_list_item_contents} = 0; + } + # add this item + $list->item($arg); + # remember this node + $self->node($arg); + } + elsif($cmd eq 'back') { + # check if we have an open list + unless(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "=back without previous =over" }); + } + else { + # check for spurious characters + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + if($arg && $arg =~ /\S/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Spurious character(s) after =back" }); + } + # close list + my $list = $self->_close_list($line,$file); + # check for empty lists + if(!$list->item() && $self->{-warnings}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "No items in =over (at line " . + $list->start() . ") / =back list"}); #" + } + } + } + elsif($cmd =~ /^head(\d+)/) { + my $hnum = $1; + $self->{"_have_head_$hnum"}++; # count head types + if($hnum > 1 && !$self->{"_have_head_".($hnum -1)}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "=head$hnum without preceding higher level"}); + } + # check whether the previous =head section had some contents + if(defined $self->{_commands_in_head} && + $self->{_commands_in_head} == 0 && + defined $self->{_last_head} && + $self->{_last_head} >= $hnum) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "empty section in previous paragraph"}); + } + $self->{_commands_in_head} = -1; + $self->{_last_head} = $hnum; + # check if there is an open list + if(@{$self->{_list_stack}}) { + my $list; + while(($list = $self->_close_list($line,$file)) && + $list->indent() ne 'auto') { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "=over on line ". $list->start() . + " without closing =back (at $cmd)" }); + } + } + # remember this node + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + $arg =~ s/[\s\n]+$//s; + $self->node($arg); + unless(length($arg)) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "empty =$cmd"}); + } + if($cmd eq 'head1') { + $self->{_current_head1} = $arg; + } else { + $self->{_current_head1} = ''; + } + } + elsif($cmd eq 'begin') { + if($self->{_have_begin}) { + # already have a begin + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Nested =begin's (first at line " . + $self->{_have_begin} . ")"}); + } + else { + # check for argument + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + unless($arg && $arg =~ /(\S+)/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "No argument for =begin"}); + } + # remember the =begin + $self->{_have_begin} = "$line:$1"; + } + } + elsif($cmd eq 'end') { + if($self->{_have_begin}) { + # close the existing =begin + $self->{_have_begin} = ''; + # check for spurious characters + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + # the closing argument is optional + #if($arg && $arg =~ /\S/) { + # $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + # -severity => 'WARNING', + # -msg => "Spurious character(s) after =end" }); + #} + } + else { + # don't have a matching =begin + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "=end without =begin" }); + } + } + elsif($cmd eq 'for') { + unless($paragraph =~ /\s*(\S+)\s*/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "=for without formatter specification" }); + } + $arg = ''; # do not expand paragraph below + } + elsif($cmd =~ /^(pod|cut)$/) { + # check for argument + $arg = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + if($arg && $arg =~ /(\S+)/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Spurious text after =$cmd"}); + } + } + $self->{_commands_in_head}++; + ## Check the interior sequences in the command-text + $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file) + unless(defined $arg); + } +} + +sub _open_list +{ + my ($self,$indent,$line,$file) = @_; + my $list = Pod::List->new( + -indent => $indent, + -start => $line, + -file => $file); + unshift(@{$self->{_list_stack}}, $list); + undef $self->{_list_item_contents}; + $list; +} + +sub _close_list +{ + my ($self,$line,$file) = @_; + my $list = shift(@{$self->{_list_stack}}); + if(defined $self->{_list_item_contents} && + $self->{_list_item_contents} == 0) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "previous =item has no contents" }); + } + undef $self->{_list_item_contents}; + $list; +} + +# process a block of some text +sub interpolate_and_check { + my ($self, $paragraph, $line, $file) = @_; + ## Check the interior sequences in the command-text + # and return the text + $self->_check_ptree( + $self->parse_text($paragraph,$line), $line, $file, ''); +} + +sub _check_ptree { + my ($self,$ptree,$line,$file,$nestlist) = @_; + local($_); + my $text = ''; + # process each node in the parse tree + foreach(@$ptree) { + # regular text chunk + unless(ref) { + # count the unescaped angle brackets + # complain only when warning level is greater than 1 + if($self->{-warnings} && $self->{-warnings}>1) { + my $count; + if($count = tr/<>/<>/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "$count unescaped <> in paragraph" }); + } + } + $text .= $_; + next; + } + # have an interior sequence + my $cmd = $_->cmd_name(); + my $contents = $_->parse_tree(); + ($file,$line) = $_->file_line(); + # check for valid tag + if (! $VALID_SEQUENCES{$cmd}) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => qq(Unknown interior-sequence '$cmd')}); + # expand it anyway + $text .= $self->_check_ptree($contents, $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd"); + next; + } + if($nestlist =~ /$cmd/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "nested commands $cmd<...$cmd<...>...>"}); + # _TODO_ should we add the contents anyway? + # expand it anyway, see below + } + if($cmd eq 'E') { + # preserve entities + if(@$contents > 1 || ref $$contents[0] || $$contents[0] !~ /^\w+$/) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "garbled entity " . $_->raw_text()}); + next; + } + my $ent = $$contents[0]; + my $val; + if($ent =~ /^0x[0-9a-f]+$/i) { + # hexadec entity + $val = hex($ent); + } + elsif($ent =~ /^0\d+$/) { + # octal + $val = oct($ent); + } + elsif($ent =~ /^\d+$/) { + # numeric entity + $val = $ent; + } + if(defined $val) { + if($val>0 && $val<256) { + $text .= chr($val); + } + else { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Entity number out of range " . $_->raw_text()}); + } + } + elsif($ENTITIES{$ent}) { + # known ISO entity + $text .= $ENTITIES{$ent}; + } + else { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => "Unknown entity " . $_->raw_text()}); + $text .= "E<$ent>"; + } + } + elsif($cmd eq 'L') { + # try to parse the hyperlink + my $link = Pod::Hyperlink->new($contents->raw_text()); + unless(defined $link) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "malformed link " . $_->raw_text() ." : $@"}); + next; + } + $link->line($line); # remember line + if($self->{-warnings}) { + foreach my $w ($link->warning()) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => $w }); + } + } + # check the link text + $text .= $self->_check_ptree($self->parse_text($link->text(), + $line), $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd"); + # remember link + $self->hyperlink([$line,$link]); + } + elsif($cmd =~ /[BCFIS]/) { + # add the guts + $text .= $self->_check_ptree($contents, $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd"); + } + elsif($cmd eq 'Z') { + if(length($contents->raw_text())) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Nonempty Z<>"}); + } + } + elsif($cmd eq 'X') { + my $idx = $self->_check_ptree($contents, $line, $file, "$nestlist$cmd"); + if($idx =~ /^\s*$/s) { + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'ERROR', + -msg => "Empty X<>"}); + } + else { + # remember this node + $self->idx($idx); + } + } + else { + # not reached + die "internal error"; + } + } + $text; +} + +# process a block of verbatim text +sub verbatim { + ## Nothing particular to check + my ($self, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + + $self->_preproc_par($paragraph); + + if($self->{_current_head1} eq 'NAME') { + my ($file, $line) = $pod_para->file_line; + $self->poderror({ -line => $line, -file => $file, + -severity => 'WARNING', + -msg => 'Verbatim paragraph in NAME section' }); + } +} + +# process a block of regular text +sub textblock { + my ($self, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my ($file, $line) = $pod_para->file_line; + + $self->_preproc_par($paragraph); + + # skip this paragraph if in a =begin block + unless($self->{_have_begin}) { + my $block = $self->interpolate_and_check($paragraph, $line,$file); + if($self->{_current_head1} eq 'NAME') { + if($block =~ /^\s*(\S+?)\s*[,-]/) { + # this is the canonical name + $self->{-name} = $1 unless(defined $self->{-name}); + } + } + } +} + +sub _preproc_par +{ + my $self = shift; + $_[0] =~ s/[\s\n]+$//; + if($_[0]) { + $self->{_commands_in_head}++; + $self->{_list_item_contents}++ if(defined $self->{_list_item_contents}); + if(@{$self->{_list_stack}} && !$self->{_list_stack}->[0]->item()) { + $self->{_list_stack}->[0]->{_has_par} = 1; + } + } +} + +1; + +__END__ + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt> (initial version), +Marek Rouchal E<lt>marekr@cpan.orgE<gt> + +Based on code for B<Pod::Text::pod2text()> written by +Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Find.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Find.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b085b8c9e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Find.pm @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +############################################################################# +# Pod/Find.pm -- finds files containing POD documentation +# +# Author: Marek Rouchal <marekr@cpan.org> +# +# Copyright (C) 1999-2000 by Marek Rouchal (and borrowing code +# from Nick Ing-Simmon's PodToHtml). All rights reserved. +# This file is part of "PodParser". Pod::Find is free software; +# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms +# as Perl itself. +############################################################################# + +package Pod::Find; + +use vars qw($VERSION); +$VERSION = 1.34; ## Current version of this package +require 5.005; ## requires this Perl version or later +use Carp; + +############################################################################# + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Find - find POD documents in directory trees + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Find qw(pod_find simplify_name); + my %pods = pod_find({ -verbose => 1, -inc => 1 }); + foreach(keys %pods) { + print "found library POD `$pods{$_}' in $_\n"; + } + + print "podname=",simplify_name('a/b/c/mymodule.pod'),"\n"; + + $location = pod_where( { -inc => 1 }, "Pod::Find" ); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +B<Pod::Find> provides a set of functions to locate POD files. Note that +no function is exported by default to avoid pollution of your namespace, +so be sure to specify them in the B<use> statement if you need them: + + use Pod::Find qw(pod_find); + +From this version on the typical SCM (software configuration management) +files/directories like RCS, CVS, SCCS, .svn are ignored. + +=cut + +use strict; +#use diagnostics; +use Exporter; +use File::Spec; +use File::Find; +use Cwd; + +use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT_OK $VERSION); +@ISA = qw(Exporter); +@EXPORT_OK = qw(&pod_find &simplify_name &pod_where &contains_pod); + +# package global variables +my $SIMPLIFY_RX; + +=head2 C<pod_find( { %opts } , @directories )> + +The function B<pod_find> searches for POD documents in a given set of +files and/or directories. It returns a hash with the file names as keys +and the POD name as value. The POD name is derived from the file name +and its position in the directory tree. + +E.g. when searching in F<$HOME/perl5lib>, the file +F<$HOME/perl5lib/MyModule.pm> would get the POD name I<MyModule>, +whereas F<$HOME/perl5lib/Myclass/Subclass.pm> would be +I<Myclass::Subclass>. The name information can be used for POD +translators. + +Only text files containing at least one valid POD command are found. + +A warning is printed if more than one POD file with the same POD name +is found, e.g. F<CPAN.pm> in different directories. This usually +indicates duplicate occurrences of modules in the I<@INC> search path. + +B<OPTIONS> The first argument for B<pod_find> may be a hash reference +with options. The rest are either directories that are searched +recursively or files. The POD names of files are the plain basenames +with any Perl-like extension (.pm, .pl, .pod) stripped. + +=over 4 + +=item C<-verbose =E<gt> 1> + +Print progress information while scanning. + +=item C<-perl =E<gt> 1> + +Apply Perl-specific heuristics to find the correct PODs. This includes +stripping Perl-like extensions, omitting subdirectories that are numeric +but do I<not> match the current Perl interpreter's version id, suppressing +F<site_perl> as a module hierarchy name etc. + +=item C<-script =E<gt> 1> + +Search for PODs in the current Perl interpreter's installation +B<scriptdir>. This is taken from the local L<Config|Config> module. + +=item C<-inc =E<gt> 1> + +Search for PODs in the current Perl interpreter's I<@INC> paths. This +automatically considers paths specified in the C<PERL5LIB> environment +as this is prepended to I<@INC> by the Perl interpreter itself. + +=back + +=cut + +# return a hash of the POD files found +# first argument may be a hashref (options), +# rest is a list of directories to search recursively +sub pod_find +{ + my %opts; + if(ref $_[0]) { + %opts = %{shift()}; + } + + $opts{-verbose} ||= 0; + $opts{-perl} ||= 0; + + my (@search) = @_; + + if($opts{-script}) { + require Config; + push(@search, $Config::Config{scriptdir}) + if -d $Config::Config{scriptdir}; + $opts{-perl} = 1; + } + + if($opts{-inc}) { + if ($^O eq 'MacOS') { + # tolerate '.', './some_dir' and '(../)+some_dir' on Mac OS + my @new_INC = @INC; + for (@new_INC) { + if ( $_ eq '.' ) { + $_ = ':'; + } elsif ( $_ =~ s|^((?:\.\./)+)|':' x (length($1)/3)|e ) { + $_ = ':'. $_; + } else { + $_ =~ s|^\./|:|; + } + } + push(@search, grep($_ ne File::Spec->curdir, @new_INC)); + } else { + push(@search, grep($_ ne File::Spec->curdir, @INC)); + } + + $opts{-perl} = 1; + } + + if($opts{-perl}) { + require Config; + # this code simplifies the POD name for Perl modules: + # * remove "site_perl" + # * remove e.g. "i586-linux" (from 'archname') + # * remove e.g. 5.00503 + # * remove pod/ if followed by *.pod (e.g. in pod/perlfunc.pod) + + # Mac OS: + # * remove ":?site_perl:" + # * remove :?pod: if followed by *.pod (e.g. in :pod:perlfunc.pod) + + if ($^O eq 'MacOS') { + $SIMPLIFY_RX = + qq!^(?i:\:?site_perl\:|\:?pod\:(?=.*?\\.pod\\z))*!; + } else { + $SIMPLIFY_RX = + qq!^(?i:site(_perl)?/|\Q$Config::Config{archname}\E/|\\d+\\.\\d+([_.]?\\d+)?/|pod/(?=.*?\\.pod\\z))*!; + } + } + + my %dirs_visited; + my %pods; + my %names; + my $pwd = cwd(); + + foreach my $try (@search) { + unless(File::Spec->file_name_is_absolute($try)) { + # make path absolute + $try = File::Spec->catfile($pwd,$try); + } + # simplify path + # on VMS canonpath will vmsify:[the.path], but File::Find::find + # wants /unixy/paths + $try = File::Spec->canonpath($try) if ($^O ne 'VMS'); + $try = VMS::Filespec::unixify($try) if ($^O eq 'VMS'); + my $name; + if(-f $try) { + if($name = _check_and_extract_name($try, $opts{-verbose})) { + _check_for_duplicates($try, $name, \%names, \%pods); + } + next; + } + my $root_rx = $^O eq 'MacOS' ? qq!^\Q$try\E! : qq!^\Q$try\E/!; + File::Find::find( sub { + my $item = $File::Find::name; + if(-d) { + if($item =~ m{/(?:RCS|CVS|SCCS|\.svn)$}) { + $File::Find::prune = 1; + return; + } + elsif($dirs_visited{$item}) { + warn "Directory '$item' already seen, skipping.\n" + if($opts{-verbose}); + $File::Find::prune = 1; + return; + } + else { + $dirs_visited{$item} = 1; + } + if($opts{-perl} && /^(\d+\.[\d_]+)\z/s && eval "$1" != $]) { + $File::Find::prune = 1; + warn "Perl $] version mismatch on $_, skipping.\n" + if($opts{-verbose}); + } + return; + } + if($name = _check_and_extract_name($item, $opts{-verbose}, $root_rx)) { + _check_for_duplicates($item, $name, \%names, \%pods); + } + }, $try); # end of File::Find::find + } + chdir $pwd; + %pods; +} + +sub _check_for_duplicates { + my ($file, $name, $names_ref, $pods_ref) = @_; + if($$names_ref{$name}) { + warn "Duplicate POD found (shadowing?): $name ($file)\n"; + warn " Already seen in ", + join(' ', grep($$pods_ref{$_} eq $name, keys %$pods_ref)),"\n"; + } + else { + $$names_ref{$name} = 1; + } + $$pods_ref{$file} = $name; +} + +sub _check_and_extract_name { + my ($file, $verbose, $root_rx) = @_; + + # check extension or executable flag + # this involves testing the .bat extension on Win32! + unless(-f $file && -T $file && ($file =~ /\.(pod|pm|plx?)\z/i || -x $file )) { + return undef; + } + + return undef unless contains_pod($file,$verbose); + + # strip non-significant path components + # TODO what happens on e.g. Win32? + my $name = $file; + if(defined $root_rx) { + $name =~ s!$root_rx!!s; + $name =~ s!$SIMPLIFY_RX!!os if(defined $SIMPLIFY_RX); + } + else { + if ($^O eq 'MacOS') { + $name =~ s/^.*://s; + } else { + $name =~ s:^.*/::s; + } + } + _simplify($name); + $name =~ s!/+!::!g; #/ + if ($^O eq 'MacOS') { + $name =~ s!:+!::!g; # : -> :: + } else { + $name =~ s!/+!::!g; # / -> :: + } + $name; +} + +=head2 C<simplify_name( $str )> + +The function B<simplify_name> is equivalent to B<basename>, but also +strips Perl-like extensions (.pm, .pl, .pod) and extensions like +F<.bat>, F<.cmd> on Win32 and OS/2, or F<.com> on VMS, respectively. + +=cut + +# basic simplification of the POD name: +# basename & strip extension +sub simplify_name { + my ($str) = @_; + # remove all path components + if ($^O eq 'MacOS') { + $str =~ s/^.*://s; + } else { + $str =~ s:^.*/::s; + } + _simplify($str); + $str; +} + +# internal sub only +sub _simplify { + # strip Perl's own extensions + $_[0] =~ s/\.(pod|pm|plx?)\z//i; + # strip meaningless extensions on Win32 and OS/2 + $_[0] =~ s/\.(bat|exe|cmd)\z//i if($^O =~ /mswin|os2/i); + # strip meaningless extensions on VMS + $_[0] =~ s/\.(com)\z//i if($^O eq 'VMS'); +} + +# contribution from Tim Jenness <t.jenness@jach.hawaii.edu> + +=head2 C<pod_where( { %opts }, $pod )> + +Returns the location of a pod document given a search directory +and a module (e.g. C<File::Find>) or script (e.g. C<perldoc>) name. + +Options: + +=over 4 + +=item C<-inc =E<gt> 1> + +Search @INC for the pod and also the C<scriptdir> defined in the +L<Config|Config> module. + +=item C<-dirs =E<gt> [ $dir1, $dir2, ... ]> + +Reference to an array of search directories. These are searched in order +before looking in C<@INC> (if B<-inc>). Current directory is used if +none are specified. + +=item C<-verbose =E<gt> 1> + +List directories as they are searched + +=back + +Returns the full path of the first occurrence to the file. +Package names (eg 'A::B') are automatically converted to directory +names in the selected directory. (eg on unix 'A::B' is converted to +'A/B'). Additionally, '.pm', '.pl' and '.pod' are appended to the +search automatically if required. + +A subdirectory F<pod/> is also checked if it exists in any of the given +search directories. This ensures that e.g. L<perlfunc|perlfunc> is +found. + +It is assumed that if a module name is supplied, that that name +matches the file name. Pods are not opened to check for the 'NAME' +entry. + +A check is made to make sure that the file that is found does +contain some pod documentation. + +=cut + +sub pod_where { + + # default options + my %options = ( + '-inc' => 0, + '-verbose' => 0, + '-dirs' => [ File::Spec->curdir ], + ); + + # Check for an options hash as first argument + if (defined $_[0] && ref($_[0]) eq 'HASH') { + my $opt = shift; + + # Merge default options with supplied options + %options = (%options, %$opt); + } + + # Check usage + carp 'Usage: pod_where({options}, $pod)' unless (scalar(@_)); + + # Read argument + my $pod = shift; + + # Split on :: and then join the name together using File::Spec + my @parts = split (/::/, $pod); + + # Get full directory list + my @search_dirs = @{ $options{'-dirs'} }; + + if ($options{'-inc'}) { + + require Config; + + # Add @INC + if ($^O eq 'MacOS' && $options{'-inc'}) { + # tolerate '.', './some_dir' and '(../)+some_dir' on Mac OS + my @new_INC = @INC; + for (@new_INC) { + if ( $_ eq '.' ) { + $_ = ':'; + } elsif ( $_ =~ s|^((?:\.\./)+)|':' x (length($1)/3)|e ) { + $_ = ':'. $_; + } else { + $_ =~ s|^\./|:|; + } + } + push (@search_dirs, @new_INC); + } elsif ($options{'-inc'}) { + push (@search_dirs, @INC); + } + + # Add location of pod documentation for perl man pages (eg perlfunc) + # This is a pod directory in the private install tree + #my $perlpoddir = File::Spec->catdir($Config::Config{'installprivlib'}, + # 'pod'); + #push (@search_dirs, $perlpoddir) + # if -d $perlpoddir; + + # Add location of binaries such as pod2text + push (@search_dirs, $Config::Config{'scriptdir'}) + if -d $Config::Config{'scriptdir'}; + } + + warn "Search path is: ".join(' ', @search_dirs)."\n" + if $options{'-verbose'}; + + # Loop over directories + Dir: foreach my $dir ( @search_dirs ) { + + # Don't bother if can't find the directory + if (-d $dir) { + warn "Looking in directory $dir\n" + if $options{'-verbose'}; + + # Now concatenate this directory with the pod we are searching for + my $fullname = File::Spec->catfile($dir, @parts); + warn "Filename is now $fullname\n" + if $options{'-verbose'}; + + # Loop over possible extensions + foreach my $ext ('', '.pod', '.pm', '.pl') { + my $fullext = $fullname . $ext; + if (-f $fullext && + contains_pod($fullext, $options{'-verbose'}) ) { + warn "FOUND: $fullext\n" if $options{'-verbose'}; + return $fullext; + } + } + } else { + warn "Directory $dir does not exist\n" + if $options{'-verbose'}; + next Dir; + } + # for some strange reason the path on MacOS/darwin/cygwin is + # 'pods' not 'pod' + # this could be the case also for other systems that + # have a case-tolerant file system, but File::Spec + # does not recognize 'darwin' yet. And cygwin also has "pods", + # but is not case tolerant. Oh well... + if((File::Spec->case_tolerant || $^O =~ /macos|darwin|cygwin/i) + && -d File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pods')) { + $dir = File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pods'); + redo Dir; + } + if(-d File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pod')) { + $dir = File::Spec->catdir($dir,'pod'); + redo Dir; + } + } + # No match; + return undef; +} + +=head2 C<contains_pod( $file , $verbose )> + +Returns true if the supplied filename (not POD module) contains some pod +information. + +=cut + +sub contains_pod { + my $file = shift; + my $verbose = 0; + $verbose = shift if @_; + + # check for one line of POD + unless(open(POD,"<$file")) { + warn "Error: $file is unreadable: $!\n"; + return undef; + } + + local $/ = undef; + my $pod = <POD>; + close(POD) || die "Error closing $file: $!\n"; + unless($pod =~ /^=(head\d|pod|over|item)\b/m) { + warn "No POD in $file, skipping.\n" + if($verbose); + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Marek Rouchal E<lt>marekr@cpan.orgE<gt>, +heavily borrowing code from Nick Ing-Simmons' PodToHtml. + +Tim Jenness E<lt>t.jenness@jach.hawaii.eduE<gt> provided +C<pod_where> and C<contains_pod>. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Checker>, L<perldoc> + +=cut + +1; + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Functions.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Functions.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0e250cf0b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Functions.pm @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +package Pod::Functions; +use strict; + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Functions - Group Perl's functions a la perlfunc.pod + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Functions; + + my @misc_ops = @{ $Kinds{ 'Misc' } }; + my $misc_dsc = $Type_Description{ 'Misc' }; + +or + + perl /path/to/lib/Pod/Functions.pm + +This will print a grouped list of Perl's functions, like the +L<perlfunc/"Perl Functions by Category"> section. + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +It exports the following variables: + +=over 4 + +=item %Kinds + +This holds a hash-of-lists. Each list contains the functions in the category +the key denotes. + +=item %Type + +In this hash each key represents a function and the value is the category. +The category can be a comma separated list. + +=item %Flavor + +In this hash each key represents a function and the value is a short +description of that function. + +=item %Type_Description + +In this hash each key represents a category of functions and the value is +a short description of that category. + +=item @Type_Order + +This list of categories is used to produce the same order as the +L<perlfunc/"Perl Functions by Category"> section. + +=back + +=head1 CHANGES + +1.02 20020813 <abe@ztreet.demon.nl> + de-typo in the SYNOPSIS section (thanks Mike Castle for noticing) + +1.01 20011229 <abe@ztreet.demon.nl> + fixed some bugs that slipped in after 5.6.1 + added the pod + finished making it strict safe + +1.00 ?? + first numbered version + +=cut + +our $VERSION = '1.03'; + +require Exporter; + +our @ISA = qw(Exporter); +our @EXPORT = qw(%Kinds %Type %Flavor %Type_Description @Type_Order); + +our(%Kinds, %Type, %Flavor); + +our %Type_Description = ( + 'ARRAY' => 'Functions for real @ARRAYs', + 'Binary' => 'Functions for fixed length data or records', + 'File' => 'Functions for filehandles, files, or directories', + 'Flow' => 'Keywords related to control flow of your perl program', + 'HASH' => 'Functions for real %HASHes', + 'I/O' => 'Input and output functions', + 'LIST' => 'Functions for list data', + 'Math' => 'Numeric functions', + 'Misc' => 'Miscellaneous functions', + 'Modules' => 'Keywords related to perl modules', + 'Network' => 'Fetching network info', + 'Objects' => 'Keywords related to classes and object-orientedness', + 'Process' => 'Functions for processes and process groups', + 'Regexp' => 'Regular expressions and pattern matching', + 'Socket' => 'Low-level socket functions', + 'String' => 'Functions for SCALARs or strings', + 'SysV' => 'System V interprocess communication functions', + 'Time' => 'Time-related functions', + 'User' => 'Fetching user and group info', + 'Namespace' => 'Keywords altering or affecting scoping of identifiers', +); + +our @Type_Order = qw{ + String + Regexp + Math + ARRAY + LIST + HASH + I/O + Binary + File + Flow + Namespace + Misc + Process + Modules + Objects + Socket + SysV + User + Network + Time +}; + +while (<DATA>) { + chomp; + s/#.*//; + next unless $_; + my($name, $type, $text) = split " ", $_, 3; + $Type{$name} = $type; + $Flavor{$name} = $text; + for my $t ( split /[,\s]+/, $type ) { + push @{$Kinds{$t}}, $name; + } +} + +close DATA; + +my( $typedesc, $list ); +unless (caller) { + foreach my $type ( @Type_Order ) { + $list = join(", ", sort @{$Kinds{$type}}); + $typedesc = $Type_Description{$type} . ":"; + write; + } +} + +format = + +^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< + $typedesc +~~ ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< + $typedesc + ~~ ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< + $list +. + +1; + +__DATA__ +-X File a file test (-r, -x, etc) +abs Math absolute value function +accept Socket accept an incoming socket connect +alarm Process schedule a SIGALRM +atan2 Math arctangent of Y/X in the range -PI to PI +bind Socket binds an address to a socket +binmode I/O prepare binary files for I/O +bless Objects create an object +caller Flow,Namespace get context of the current subroutine call +chdir File change your current working directory +chmod File changes the permissions on a list of files +chomp String remove a trailing record separator from a string +chop String remove the last character from a string +chown File change the owership on a list of files +chr String get character this number represents +chroot File make directory new root for path lookups +close I/O close file (or pipe or socket) handle +closedir I/O close directory handle +connect Socket connect to a remote socket +continue Flow optional trailing block in a while or foreach +cos Math cosine function +crypt String one-way passwd-style encryption +dbmclose Objects,I/O breaks binding on a tied dbm file +dbmopen Objects,I/O create binding on a tied dbm file +defined Misc test whether a value, variable, or function is defined +delete HASH deletes a value from a hash +die I/O,Flow raise an exception or bail out +do Flow,Modules turn a BLOCK into a TERM +dump Misc,Flow create an immediate core dump +each HASH retrieve the next key/value pair from a hash +endgrent User be done using group file +endhostent User be done using hosts file +endnetent User be done using networks file +endprotoent Network be done using protocols file +endpwent User be done using passwd file +endservent Network be done using services file +eof I/O test a filehandle for its end +eval Flow,Misc catch exceptions or compile and run code +exec Process abandon this program to run another +exists HASH test whether a hash key is present +exit Flow terminate this program +exp Math raise I<e> to a power +fcntl File file control system call +fileno I/O return file descriptor from filehandle +flock I/O lock an entire file with an advisory lock +fork Process create a new process just like this one +format I/O declare a picture format with use by the write() function +formline Misc internal function used for formats +getc I/O get the next character from the filehandle +getgrent User get next group record +getgrgid User get group record given group user ID +getgrnam User get group record given group name +gethostbyaddr Network get host record given its address +gethostbyname Network get host record given name +gethostent Network get next hosts record +getlogin User return who logged in at this tty +getnetbyaddr Network get network record given its address +getnetbyname Network get networks record given name +getnetent Network get next networks record +getpeername Socket find the other end of a socket connection +getpgrp Process get process group +getppid Process get parent process ID +getpriority Process get current nice value +getprotobyname Network get protocol record given name +getprotobynumber Network get protocol record numeric protocol +getprotoent Network get next protocols record +getpwent User get next passwd record +getpwnam User get passwd record given user login name +getpwuid User get passwd record given user ID +getservbyname Network get services record given its name +getservbyport Network get services record given numeric port +getservent Network get next services record +getsockname Socket retrieve the sockaddr for a given socket +getsockopt Socket get socket options on a given socket +glob File expand filenames using wildcards +gmtime Time convert UNIX time into record or string using Greenwich time +goto Flow create spaghetti code +grep LIST locate elements in a list test true against a given criterion +hex Math,String convert a string to a hexadecimal number +import Modules,Namespace patch a module's namespace into your own +index String find a substring within a string +int Math get the integer portion of a number +ioctl File system-dependent device control system call +join LIST join a list into a string using a separator +keys HASH retrieve list of indices from a hash +kill Process send a signal to a process or process group +last Flow exit a block prematurely +lc String return lower-case version of a string +lcfirst String return a string with just the next letter in lower case +length String return the number of bytes in a string +link File create a hard link in the filesytem +listen Socket register your socket as a server +local Misc,Namespace create a temporary value for a global variable (dynamic scoping) +localtime Time convert UNIX time into record or string using local time +lock Threads get a thread lock on a variable, subroutine, or method +log Math retrieve the natural logarithm for a number +lstat File stat a symbolic link +m// Regexp match a string with a regular expression pattern +map LIST apply a change to a list to get back a new list with the changes +mkdir File create a directory +msgctl SysV SysV IPC message control operations +msgget SysV get SysV IPC message queue +msgrcv SysV receive a SysV IPC message from a message queue +msgsnd SysV send a SysV IPC message to a message queue +my Misc,Namespace declare and assign a local variable (lexical scoping) +next Flow iterate a block prematurely +no Modules unimport some module symbols or semantics at compile time +package Modules,Objects,Namespace declare a separate global namespace +prototype Flow,Misc get the prototype (if any) of a subroutine +oct String,Math convert a string to an octal number +open File open a file, pipe, or descriptor +opendir File open a directory +ord String find a character's numeric representation +our Misc,Namespace declare and assign a package variable (lexical scoping) +pack Binary,String convert a list into a binary representation +pipe Process open a pair of connected filehandles +pop ARRAY remove the last element from an array and return it +pos Regexp find or set the offset for the last/next m//g search +print I/O output a list to a filehandle +printf I/O output a formatted list to a filehandle +push ARRAY append one or more elements to an array +q/STRING/ String singly quote a string +qq/STRING/ String doubly quote a string +quotemeta Regexp quote regular expression magic characters +qw/STRING/ LIST quote a list of words +qx/STRING/ Process backquote quote a string +qr/STRING/ Regexp Compile pattern +rand Math retrieve the next pseudorandom number +read I/O,Binary fixed-length buffered input from a filehandle +readdir I/O get a directory from a directory handle +readline I/O fetch a record from a file +readlink File determine where a symbolic link is pointing +readpipe Process execute a system command and collect standard output +recv Socket receive a message over a Socket +redo Flow start this loop iteration over again +ref Objects find out the type of thing being referenced +rename File change a filename +require Modules load in external functions from a library at runtime +reset Misc clear all variables of a given name +return Flow get out of a function early +reverse String,LIST flip a string or a list +rewinddir I/O reset directory handle +rindex String right-to-left substring search +rmdir File remove a directory +s/// Regexp replace a pattern with a string +scalar Misc force a scalar context +seek I/O reposition file pointer for random-access I/O +seekdir I/O reposition directory pointer +select I/O reset default output or do I/O multiplexing +semctl SysV SysV semaphore control operations +semget SysV get set of SysV semaphores +semop SysV SysV semaphore operations +send Socket send a message over a socket +setgrent User prepare group file for use +sethostent Network prepare hosts file for use +setnetent Network prepare networks file for use +setpgrp Process set the process group of a process +setpriority Process set a process's nice value +setprotoent Network prepare protocols file for use +setpwent User prepare passwd file for use +setservent Network prepare services file for use +setsockopt Socket set some socket options +shift ARRAY remove the first element of an array, and return it +shmctl SysV SysV shared memory operations +shmget SysV get SysV shared memory segment identifier +shmread SysV read SysV shared memory +shmwrite SysV write SysV shared memory +shutdown Socket close down just half of a socket connection +sin Math return the sine of a number +sleep Process block for some number of seconds +socket Socket create a socket +socketpair Socket create a pair of sockets +sort LIST sort a list of values +splice ARRAY add or remove elements anywhere in an array +split Regexp split up a string using a regexp delimiter +sprintf String formatted print into a string +sqrt Math square root function +srand Math seed the random number generator +stat File get a file's status information +study Regexp optimize input data for repeated searches +sub Flow declare a subroutine, possibly anonymously +substr String get or alter a portion of a stirng +symlink File create a symbolic link to a file +syscall I/O,Binary execute an arbitrary system call +sysopen File open a file, pipe, or descriptor +sysread I/O,Binary fixed-length unbuffered input from a filehandle +sysseek I/O,Binary position I/O pointer on handle used with sysread and syswrite +system Process run a separate program +syswrite I/O,Binary fixed-length unbuffered output to a filehandle +tell I/O get current seekpointer on a filehandle +telldir I/O get current seekpointer on a directory handle +tie Objects bind a variable to an object class +tied Objects get a reference to the object underlying a tied variable +time Time return number of seconds since 1970 +times Process,Time return elapsed time for self and child processes +tr/// String transliterate a string +truncate I/O shorten a file +uc String return upper-case version of a string +ucfirst String return a string with just the next letter in upper case +umask File set file creation mode mask +undef Misc remove a variable or function definition +unlink File remove one link to a file +unpack Binary,LIST convert binary structure into normal perl variables +unshift ARRAY prepend more elements to the beginning of a list +untie Objects break a tie binding to a variable +use Modules,Namespace load a module and import its namespace +use Objects load in a module at compile time +utime File set a file's last access and modify times +values HASH return a list of the values in a hash +vec Binary test or set particular bits in a string +wait Process wait for any child process to die +waitpid Process wait for a particular child process to die +wantarray Misc,Flow get void vs scalar vs list context of current subroutine call +warn I/O print debugging info +write I/O print a picture record +y/// String transliterate a string diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Html.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Html.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b9752bc6fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Html.pm @@ -0,0 +1,2123 @@ +package Pod::Html; +use strict; +require Exporter; + +use vars qw($VERSION @ISA @EXPORT @EXPORT_OK); +$VERSION = 1.0504; +@ISA = qw(Exporter); +@EXPORT = qw(pod2html htmlify); +@EXPORT_OK = qw(anchorify); + +use Carp; +use Config; +use Cwd; +use File::Spec; +use File::Spec::Unix; +use Getopt::Long; + +use locale; # make \w work right in non-ASCII lands + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Html - module to convert pod files to HTML + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Html; + pod2html([options]); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Converts files from pod format (see L<perlpod>) to HTML format. It +can automatically generate indexes and cross-references, and it keeps +a cache of things it knows how to cross-reference. + +=head1 ARGUMENTS + +Pod::Html takes the following arguments: + +=over 4 + +=item backlink + + --backlink="Back to Top" + +Adds "Back to Top" links in front of every C<head1> heading (except for +the first). By default, no backlinks are generated. + +=item cachedir + + --cachedir=name + +Creates the item and directory caches in the given directory. + +=item css + + --css=stylesheet + +Specify the URL of a cascading style sheet. Also disables all HTML/CSS +C<style> attributes that are output by default (to avoid conflicts). + +=item flush + + --flush + +Flushes the item and directory caches. + +=item header + + --header + --noheader + +Creates header and footer blocks containing the text of the C<NAME> +section. By default, no headers are generated. + +=item help + + --help + +Displays the usage message. + +=item hiddendirs + + --hiddendirs + --nohiddendirs + +Include hidden directories in the search for POD's in podpath if recurse +is set. +The default is not to traverse any directory whose name begins with C<.>. +See L</"podpath"> and L</"recurse">. + +[This option is for backward compatibility only. +It's hard to imagine that one would usefully create a module with a +name component beginning with C<.>.] + +=item htmldir + + --htmldir=name + +Sets the directory in which the resulting HTML file is placed. This +is used to generate relative links to other files. Not passing this +causes all links to be absolute, since this is the value that tells +Pod::Html the root of the documentation tree. + +=item htmlroot + + --htmlroot=name + +Sets the base URL for the HTML files. When cross-references are made, +the HTML root is prepended to the URL. + +=item index + + --index + --noindex + +Generate an index at the top of the HTML file. This is the default +behaviour. + +=item infile + + --infile=name + +Specify the pod file to convert. Input is taken from STDIN if no +infile is specified. + +=item libpods + + --libpods=name:...:name + +List of page names (eg, "perlfunc") which contain linkable C<=item>s. + +=item netscape + + --netscape + --nonetscape + +B<Deprecated>, has no effect. For backwards compatibility only. + +=item outfile + + --outfile=name + +Specify the HTML file to create. Output goes to STDOUT if no outfile +is specified. + +=item podpath + + --podpath=name:...:name + +Specify which subdirectories of the podroot contain pod files whose +HTML converted forms can be linked to in cross references. + +=item podroot + + --podroot=name + +Specify the base directory for finding library pods. + +=item quiet + + --quiet + --noquiet + +Don't display I<mostly harmless> warning messages. These messages +will be displayed by default. But this is not the same as C<verbose> +mode. + +=item recurse + + --recurse + --norecurse + +Recurse into subdirectories specified in podpath (default behaviour). + +=item title + + --title=title + +Specify the title of the resulting HTML file. + +=item verbose + + --verbose + --noverbose + +Display progress messages. By default, they won't be displayed. + +=back + +=head1 EXAMPLE + + pod2html("pod2html", + "--podpath=lib:ext:pod:vms", + "--podroot=/usr/src/perl", + "--htmlroot=/perl/nmanual", + "--libpods=perlfunc:perlguts:perlvar:perlrun:perlop", + "--recurse", + "--infile=foo.pod", + "--outfile=/perl/nmanual/foo.html"); + +=head1 ENVIRONMENT + +Uses C<$Config{pod2html}> to setup default options. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Tom Christiansen, E<lt>tchrist@perl.comE<gt>. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<perlpod> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT + +This program is distributed under the Artistic License. + +=cut + + +my($Cachedir); +my($Dircache, $Itemcache); +my @Begin_Stack; +my @Libpods; +my($Htmlroot, $Htmldir, $Htmlfile, $Htmlfileurl); +my($Podfile, @Podpath, $Podroot); +my $Css; + +my $Recurse; +my $Quiet; +my $HiddenDirs; +my $Verbose; +my $Doindex; + +my $Backlink; +my($Listlevel, @Listtype); +my $ListNewTerm; +use vars qw($Ignore); # need to localize it later. + +my(%Items_Named, @Items_Seen); +my($Title, $Header); + +my $Top; +my $Paragraph; + +my %Sections; + +# Caches +my %Pages = (); # associative array used to find the location + # of pages referenced by L<> links. +my %Items = (); # associative array used to find the location + # of =item directives referenced by C<> links + +my %Local_Items; +my $Is83; +my $PTQuote; + +my $Curdir = File::Spec->curdir; + +init_globals(); + +sub init_globals { + $Cachedir = "."; # The directory to which item and directory + # caches will be written. + + $Dircache = "pod2htmd.tmp"; + $Itemcache = "pod2htmi.tmp"; + + @Begin_Stack = (); # begin/end stack + + @Libpods = (); # files to search for links from C<> directives + $Htmlroot = "/"; # http-server base directory from which all + # relative paths in $podpath stem. + $Htmldir = ""; # The directory to which the html pages + # will (eventually) be written. + $Htmlfile = ""; # write to stdout by default + $Htmlfileurl = ""; # The url that other files would use to + # refer to this file. This is only used + # to make relative urls that point to + # other files. + + $Podfile = ""; # read from stdin by default + @Podpath = (); # list of directories containing library pods. + $Podroot = $Curdir; # filesystem base directory from which all + # relative paths in $podpath stem. + $Css = ''; # Cascading style sheet + $Recurse = 1; # recurse on subdirectories in $podpath. + $Quiet = 0; # not quiet by default + $Verbose = 0; # not verbose by default + $Doindex = 1; # non-zero if we should generate an index + $Backlink = ''; # text for "back to top" links + $Listlevel = 0; # current list depth + @Listtype = (); # list types for open lists + $ListNewTerm = 0; # indicates new term in definition list; used + # to correctly open/close <dd> tags + $Ignore = 1; # whether or not to format text. we don't + # format text until we hit our first pod + # directive. + + @Items_Seen = (); # for multiples of the same item in perlfunc + %Items_Named = (); + $Header = 0; # produce block header/footer + $Title = ''; # title to give the pod(s) + $Top = 1; # true if we are at the top of the doc. used + # to prevent the first <hr /> directive. + $Paragraph = ''; # which paragraph we're processing (used + # for error messages) + $PTQuote = 0; # status of double-quote conversion + %Sections = (); # sections within this page + + %Local_Items = (); + $Is83 = $^O eq 'dos'; # Is it an 8.3 filesystem? +} + +# +# clean_data: global clean-up of pod data +# +sub clean_data($){ + my( $dataref ) = @_; + for my $i ( 0..$#{$dataref} ) { + ${$dataref}[$i] =~ s/\s+\Z//; + + # have a look for all-space lines + if( ${$dataref}[$i] =~ /^\s+$/m and $dataref->[$i] !~ /^\s/ ){ + my @chunks = split( /^\s+$/m, ${$dataref}[$i] ); + splice( @$dataref, $i, 1, @chunks ); + } + } +} + + +sub pod2html { + local(@ARGV) = @_; + local($/); + local $_; + + init_globals(); + + $Is83 = 0 if (defined (&Dos::UseLFN) && Dos::UseLFN()); + + # cache of %Pages and %Items from last time we ran pod2html + + #undef $opt_help if defined $opt_help; + + # parse the command-line parameters + parse_command_line(); + + # escape the backlink argument (same goes for title but is done later...) + $Backlink = html_escape($Backlink) if defined $Backlink; + + # set some variables to their default values if necessary + local *POD; + unless (@ARGV && $ARGV[0]) { + $Podfile = "-" unless $Podfile; # stdin + open(POD, "<$Podfile") + || die "$0: cannot open $Podfile file for input: $!\n"; + } else { + $Podfile = $ARGV[0]; # XXX: might be more filenames + *POD = *ARGV; + } + $Htmlfile = "-" unless $Htmlfile; # stdout + $Htmlroot = "" if $Htmlroot eq "/"; # so we don't get a // + $Htmldir =~ s#/\z## ; # so we don't get a // + if ( $Htmlroot eq '' + && defined( $Htmldir ) + && $Htmldir ne '' + && substr( $Htmlfile, 0, length( $Htmldir ) ) eq $Htmldir + ) + { + # Set the 'base' url for this file, so that we can use it + # as the location from which to calculate relative links + # to other files. If this is '', then absolute links will + # be used throughout. + $Htmlfileurl= "$Htmldir/" . substr( $Htmlfile, length( $Htmldir ) + 1); + } + + # read the pod a paragraph at a time + warn "Scanning for sections in input file(s)\n" if $Verbose; + $/ = ""; + my @poddata = <POD>; + close(POD); + + # be eol agnostic + for (@poddata) { + if (/\r/) { + if (/\r\n/) { + @poddata = map { s/\r\n/\n/g; + /\n\n/ ? + map { "$_\n\n" } split /\n\n/ : + $_ } @poddata; + } else { + @poddata = map { s/\r/\n/g; + /\n\n/ ? + map { "$_\n\n" } split /\n\n/ : + $_ } @poddata; + } + last; + } + } + + clean_data( \@poddata ); + + # scan the pod for =head[1-6] directives and build an index + my $index = scan_headings(\%Sections, @poddata); + + unless($index) { + warn "No headings in $Podfile\n" if $Verbose; + } + + # open the output file + open(HTML, ">$Htmlfile") + || die "$0: cannot open $Htmlfile file for output: $!\n"; + + # put a title in the HTML file if one wasn't specified + if ($Title eq '') { + TITLE_SEARCH: { + for (my $i = 0; $i < @poddata; $i++) { + if ($poddata[$i] =~ /^=head1\s*NAME\b/m) { + for my $para ( @poddata[$i, $i+1] ) { + last TITLE_SEARCH + if ($Title) = $para =~ /(\S+\s+-+.*\S)/s; + } + } + + } + } + } + if (!$Title and $Podfile =~ /\.pod\z/) { + # probably a split pod so take first =head[12] as title + for (my $i = 0; $i < @poddata; $i++) { + last if ($Title) = $poddata[$i] =~ /^=head[12]\s*(.*)/; + } + warn "adopted '$Title' as title for $Podfile\n" + if $Verbose and $Title; + } + if ($Title) { + $Title =~ s/\s*\(.*\)//; + } else { + warn "$0: no title for $Podfile.\n" unless $Quiet; + $Podfile =~ /^(.*)(\.[^.\/]+)?\z/s; + $Title = ($Podfile eq "-" ? 'No Title' : $1); + warn "using $Title" if $Verbose; + } + $Title = html_escape($Title); + + my $csslink = ''; + my $bodystyle = ' style="background-color: white"'; + my $tdstyle = ' style="background-color: #cccccc"'; + + if ($Css) { + $csslink = qq(\n<link rel="stylesheet" href="$Css" type="text/css" />); + $csslink =~ s,\\,/,g; + $csslink =~ s,(/.):,$1|,; + $bodystyle = ''; + $tdstyle = ''; + } + + my $block = $Header ? <<END_OF_BLOCK : ''; +<table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3"> +<tr><td class="block"$tdstyle valign="middle"> +<big><strong><span class="block"> $Title</span></strong></big> +</td></tr> +</table> +END_OF_BLOCK + + print HTML <<END_OF_HEAD; +<?xml version="1.0" ?> +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>$Title</title>$csslink +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> +<link rev="made" href="mailto:$Config{perladmin}" /> +</head> + +<body$bodystyle> +$block +END_OF_HEAD + + # load/reload/validate/cache %Pages and %Items + get_cache($Dircache, $Itemcache, \@Podpath, $Podroot, $Recurse); + + # scan the pod for =item directives + scan_items( \%Local_Items, "", @poddata); + + # put an index at the top of the file. note, if $Doindex is 0 we + # still generate an index, but surround it with an html comment. + # that way some other program can extract it if desired. + $index =~ s/--+/-/g; + print HTML "<p><a name=\"__index__\"></a></p>\n"; + print HTML "<!-- INDEX BEGIN -->\n"; + print HTML "<!--\n" unless $Doindex; + print HTML $index; + print HTML "-->\n" unless $Doindex; + print HTML "<!-- INDEX END -->\n\n"; + print HTML "<hr />\n" if $Doindex and $index; + + # now convert this file + my $after_item; # set to true after an =item + warn "Converting input file $Podfile\n" if $Verbose; + foreach my $i (0..$#poddata){ + $PTQuote = 0; # status of quote conversion + + $_ = $poddata[$i]; + $Paragraph = $i+1; + if (/^(=.*)/s) { # is it a pod directive? + $Ignore = 0; + $after_item = 0; + $_ = $1; + if (/^=begin\s+(\S+)\s*(.*)/si) {# =begin + process_begin($1, $2); + } elsif (/^=end\s+(\S+)\s*(.*)/si) {# =end + process_end($1, $2); + } elsif (/^=cut/) { # =cut + process_cut(); + } elsif (/^=pod/) { # =pod + process_pod(); + } else { + next if @Begin_Stack && $Begin_Stack[-1] ne 'html'; + + if (/^=(head[1-6])\s+(.*\S)/s) { # =head[1-6] heading + process_head( $1, $2, $Doindex && $index ); + } elsif (/^=item\s*(.*\S)?/sm) { # =item text + process_item( $1 ); + $after_item = 1; + } elsif (/^=over\s*(.*)/) { # =over N + process_over(); + } elsif (/^=back/) { # =back + process_back(); + } elsif (/^=for\s+(\S+)\s*(.*)/si) {# =for + process_for($1,$2); + } else { + /^=(\S*)\s*/; + warn "$0: $Podfile: unknown pod directive '$1' in " + . "paragraph $Paragraph. ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet; + } + } + $Top = 0; + } + else { + next if $Ignore; + next if @Begin_Stack && $Begin_Stack[-1] ne 'html'; + print HTML and next if @Begin_Stack && $Begin_Stack[-1] eq 'html'; + my $text = $_; + + # Open tag for definition list as we have something to put in it + if( $ListNewTerm ){ + print HTML "<dd>\n"; + $ListNewTerm = 0; + } + + if( $text =~ /\A\s+/ ){ + process_pre( \$text ); + print HTML "<pre>\n$text</pre>\n"; + + } else { + process_text( \$text ); + + # experimental: check for a paragraph where all lines + # have some ...\t...\t...\n pattern + if( $text =~ /\t/ ){ + my @lines = split( "\n", $text ); + if( @lines > 1 ){ + my $all = 2; + foreach my $line ( @lines ){ + if( $line =~ /\S/ && $line !~ /\t/ ){ + $all--; + last if $all == 0; + } + } + if( $all > 0 ){ + $text =~ s/\t+/<td>/g; + $text =~ s/^/<tr><td>/gm; + $text = '<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">' . + $text . '</table>'; + } + } + } + ## end of experimental + + print HTML "<p>$text</p>\n"; + } + $after_item = 0; + } + } + + # finish off any pending directives + finish_list(); + + # link to page index + print HTML "<p><a href=\"#__index__\"><small>$Backlink</small></a></p>\n" + if $Doindex and $index and $Backlink; + + print HTML <<END_OF_TAIL; +$block +</body> + +</html> +END_OF_TAIL + + # close the html file + close(HTML); + + warn "Finished\n" if $Verbose; +} + +############################################################################## + +sub usage { + my $podfile = shift; + warn "$0: $podfile: @_\n" if @_; + die <<END_OF_USAGE; +Usage: $0 --help --htmlroot=<name> --infile=<name> --outfile=<name> + --podpath=<name>:...:<name> --podroot=<name> + --libpods=<name>:...:<name> --recurse --verbose --index + --netscape --norecurse --noindex --cachedir=<name> + + --backlink - set text for "back to top" links (default: none). + --cachedir - directory for the item and directory cache files. + --css - stylesheet URL + --flush - flushes the item and directory caches. + --[no]header - produce block header/footer (default is no headers). + --help - prints this message. + --hiddendirs - search hidden directories in podpath + --htmldir - directory for resulting HTML files. + --htmlroot - http-server base directory from which all relative paths + in podpath stem (default is /). + --[no]index - generate an index at the top of the resulting html + (default behaviour). + --infile - filename for the pod to convert (input taken from stdin + by default). + --libpods - colon-separated list of pages to search for =item pod + directives in as targets of C<> and implicit links (empty + by default). note, these are not filenames, but rather + page names like those that appear in L<> links. + --outfile - filename for the resulting html file (output sent to + stdout by default). + --podpath - colon-separated list of directories containing library + pods (empty by default). + --podroot - filesystem base directory from which all relative paths + in podpath stem (default is .). + --[no]quiet - suppress some benign warning messages (default is off). + --[no]recurse - recurse on those subdirectories listed in podpath + (default behaviour). + --title - title that will appear in resulting html file. + --[no]verbose - self-explanatory (off by default). + --[no]netscape - deprecated, has no effect. for backwards compatibility only. + +END_OF_USAGE + +} + +sub parse_command_line { + my ($opt_backlink,$opt_cachedir,$opt_css,$opt_flush,$opt_header,$opt_help, + $opt_htmldir,$opt_htmlroot,$opt_index,$opt_infile,$opt_libpods, + $opt_netscape,$opt_outfile,$opt_podpath,$opt_podroot,$opt_quiet, + $opt_recurse,$opt_title,$opt_verbose,$opt_hiddendirs); + + unshift @ARGV, split ' ', $Config{pod2html} if $Config{pod2html}; + my $result = GetOptions( + 'backlink=s' => \$opt_backlink, + 'cachedir=s' => \$opt_cachedir, + 'css=s' => \$opt_css, + 'flush' => \$opt_flush, + 'header!' => \$opt_header, + 'help' => \$opt_help, + 'hiddendirs!'=> \$opt_hiddendirs, + 'htmldir=s' => \$opt_htmldir, + 'htmlroot=s' => \$opt_htmlroot, + 'index!' => \$opt_index, + 'infile=s' => \$opt_infile, + 'libpods=s' => \$opt_libpods, + 'netscape!' => \$opt_netscape, + 'outfile=s' => \$opt_outfile, + 'podpath=s' => \$opt_podpath, + 'podroot=s' => \$opt_podroot, + 'quiet!' => \$opt_quiet, + 'recurse!' => \$opt_recurse, + 'title=s' => \$opt_title, + 'verbose!' => \$opt_verbose, + ); + usage("-", "invalid parameters") if not $result; + + usage("-") if defined $opt_help; # see if the user asked for help + $opt_help = ""; # just to make -w shut-up. + + @Podpath = split(":", $opt_podpath) if defined $opt_podpath; + @Libpods = split(":", $opt_libpods) if defined $opt_libpods; + + $Backlink = $opt_backlink if defined $opt_backlink; + $Cachedir = $opt_cachedir if defined $opt_cachedir; + $Css = $opt_css if defined $opt_css; + $Header = $opt_header if defined $opt_header; + $Htmldir = $opt_htmldir if defined $opt_htmldir; + $Htmlroot = $opt_htmlroot if defined $opt_htmlroot; + $Doindex = $opt_index if defined $opt_index; + $Podfile = $opt_infile if defined $opt_infile; + $HiddenDirs = $opt_hiddendirs if defined $opt_hiddendirs; + $Htmlfile = $opt_outfile if defined $opt_outfile; + $Podroot = $opt_podroot if defined $opt_podroot; + $Quiet = $opt_quiet if defined $opt_quiet; + $Recurse = $opt_recurse if defined $opt_recurse; + $Title = $opt_title if defined $opt_title; + $Verbose = $opt_verbose if defined $opt_verbose; + + warn "Flushing item and directory caches\n" + if $opt_verbose && defined $opt_flush; + $Dircache = "$Cachedir/pod2htmd.tmp"; + $Itemcache = "$Cachedir/pod2htmi.tmp"; + if (defined $opt_flush) { + 1 while unlink($Dircache, $Itemcache); + } +} + + +my $Saved_Cache_Key; + +sub get_cache { + my($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot, $recurse) = @_; + my @cache_key_args = @_; + + # A first-level cache: + # Don't bother reading the cache files if they still apply + # and haven't changed since we last read them. + + my $this_cache_key = cache_key(@cache_key_args); + + return if $Saved_Cache_Key and $this_cache_key eq $Saved_Cache_Key; + + # load the cache of %Pages and %Items if possible. $tests will be + # non-zero if successful. + my $tests = 0; + if (-f $dircache && -f $itemcache) { + warn "scanning for item cache\n" if $Verbose; + $tests = load_cache($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot); + } + + # if we didn't succeed in loading the cache then we must (re)build + # %Pages and %Items. + if (!$tests) { + warn "scanning directories in pod-path\n" if $Verbose; + scan_podpath($podroot, $recurse, 0); + } + $Saved_Cache_Key = cache_key(@cache_key_args); +} + +sub cache_key { + my($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot, $recurse) = @_; + return join('!', $dircache, $itemcache, $recurse, + @$podpath, $podroot, stat($dircache), stat($itemcache)); +} + +# +# load_cache - tries to find if the caches stored in $dircache and $itemcache +# are valid caches of %Pages and %Items. if they are valid then it loads +# them and returns a non-zero value. +# +sub load_cache { + my($dircache, $itemcache, $podpath, $podroot) = @_; + my($tests); + local $_; + + $tests = 0; + + open(CACHE, "<$itemcache") || + die "$0: error opening $itemcache for reading: $!\n"; + $/ = "\n"; + + # is it the same podpath? + $_ = <CACHE>; + chomp($_); + $tests++ if (join(":", @$podpath) eq $_); + + # is it the same podroot? + $_ = <CACHE>; + chomp($_); + $tests++ if ($podroot eq $_); + + # load the cache if its good + if ($tests != 2) { + close(CACHE); + return 0; + } + + warn "loading item cache\n" if $Verbose; + while (<CACHE>) { + /(.*?) (.*)$/; + $Items{$1} = $2; + } + close(CACHE); + + warn "scanning for directory cache\n" if $Verbose; + open(CACHE, "<$dircache") || + die "$0: error opening $dircache for reading: $!\n"; + $/ = "\n"; + $tests = 0; + + # is it the same podpath? + $_ = <CACHE>; + chomp($_); + $tests++ if (join(":", @$podpath) eq $_); + + # is it the same podroot? + $_ = <CACHE>; + chomp($_); + $tests++ if ($podroot eq $_); + + # load the cache if its good + if ($tests != 2) { + close(CACHE); + return 0; + } + + warn "loading directory cache\n" if $Verbose; + while (<CACHE>) { + /(.*?) (.*)$/; + $Pages{$1} = $2; + } + + close(CACHE); + + return 1; +} + +# +# scan_podpath - scans the directories specified in @podpath for directories, +# .pod files, and .pm files. it also scans the pod files specified in +# @Libpods for =item directives. +# +sub scan_podpath { + my($podroot, $recurse, $append) = @_; + my($pwd, $dir); + my($libpod, $dirname, $pod, @files, @poddata); + + unless($append) { + %Items = (); + %Pages = (); + } + + # scan each directory listed in @Podpath + $pwd = getcwd(); + chdir($podroot) + || die "$0: error changing to directory $podroot: $!\n"; + foreach $dir (@Podpath) { + scan_dir($dir, $recurse); + } + + # scan the pods listed in @Libpods for =item directives + foreach $libpod (@Libpods) { + # if the page isn't defined then we won't know where to find it + # on the system. + next unless defined $Pages{$libpod} && $Pages{$libpod}; + + # if there is a directory then use the .pod and .pm files within it. + # NOTE: Only finds the first so-named directory in the tree. +# if ($Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*[^(\.pod|\.pm)]):/) { + if ($Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*(?<!\.pod)(?<!\.pm)):/) { + # find all the .pod and .pm files within the directory + $dirname = $1; + opendir(DIR, $dirname) || + die "$0: error opening directory $dirname: $!\n"; + @files = grep(/(\.pod|\.pm)\z/ && ! -d $_, readdir(DIR)); + closedir(DIR); + + # scan each .pod and .pm file for =item directives + foreach $pod (@files) { + open(POD, "<$dirname/$pod") || + die "$0: error opening $dirname/$pod for input: $!\n"; + @poddata = <POD>; + close(POD); + clean_data( \@poddata ); + + scan_items( \%Items, "$dirname/$pod", @poddata); + } + + # use the names of files as =item directives too. +### Don't think this should be done this way - confuses issues.(WL) +### foreach $pod (@files) { +### $pod =~ /^(.*)(\.pod|\.pm)$/; +### $Items{$1} = "$dirname/$1.html" if $1; +### } + } elsif ($Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*\.pod):/ || + $Pages{$libpod} =~ /([^:]*\.pm):/) { + # scan the .pod or .pm file for =item directives + $pod = $1; + open(POD, "<$pod") || + die "$0: error opening $pod for input: $!\n"; + @poddata = <POD>; + close(POD); + clean_data( \@poddata ); + + scan_items( \%Items, "$pod", @poddata); + } else { + warn "$0: shouldn't be here (line ".__LINE__."\n" unless $Quiet; + } + } + @poddata = (); # clean-up a bit + + chdir($pwd) + || die "$0: error changing to directory $pwd: $!\n"; + + # cache the item list for later use + warn "caching items for later use\n" if $Verbose; + open(CACHE, ">$Itemcache") || + die "$0: error open $Itemcache for writing: $!\n"; + + print CACHE join(":", @Podpath) . "\n$podroot\n"; + foreach my $key (keys %Items) { + print CACHE "$key $Items{$key}\n"; + } + + close(CACHE); + + # cache the directory list for later use + warn "caching directories for later use\n" if $Verbose; + open(CACHE, ">$Dircache") || + die "$0: error open $Dircache for writing: $!\n"; + + print CACHE join(":", @Podpath) . "\n$podroot\n"; + foreach my $key (keys %Pages) { + print CACHE "$key $Pages{$key}\n"; + } + + close(CACHE); +} + +# +# scan_dir - scans the directory specified in $dir for subdirectories, .pod +# files, and .pm files. notes those that it finds. this information will +# be used later in order to figure out where the pages specified in L<> +# links are on the filesystem. +# +sub scan_dir { + my($dir, $recurse) = @_; + my($t, @subdirs, @pods, $pod, $dirname, @dirs); + local $_; + + @subdirs = (); + @pods = (); + + opendir(DIR, $dir) || + die "$0: error opening directory $dir: $!\n"; + while (defined($_ = readdir(DIR))) { + if (-d "$dir/$_" && $_ ne "." && $_ ne ".." + && ($HiddenDirs || !/^\./) + ) { # directory + $Pages{$_} = "" unless defined $Pages{$_}; + $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_:"; + push(@subdirs, $_); + } elsif (/\.pod\z/) { # .pod + s/\.pod\z//; + $Pages{$_} = "" unless defined $Pages{$_}; + $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pod:"; + push(@pods, "$dir/$_.pod"); + } elsif (/\.html\z/) { # .html + s/\.html\z//; + $Pages{$_} = "" unless defined $Pages{$_}; + $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pod:"; + } elsif (/\.pm\z/) { # .pm + s/\.pm\z//; + $Pages{$_} = "" unless defined $Pages{$_}; + $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pm:"; + push(@pods, "$dir/$_.pm"); + } elsif (-T "$dir/$_") { # script(?) + local *F; + if (open(F, "$dir/$_")) { + my $line; + while (defined($line = <F>)) { + if ($line =~ /^=(?:pod|head1)/) { + $Pages{$_} = "" unless defined $Pages{$_}; + $Pages{$_} .= "$dir/$_.pod:"; + last; + } + } + close(F); + } + } + } + closedir(DIR); + + # recurse on the subdirectories if necessary + if ($recurse) { + foreach my $subdir (@subdirs) { + scan_dir("$dir/$subdir", $recurse); + } + } +} + +# +# scan_headings - scan a pod file for head[1-6] tags, note the tags, and +# build an index. +# +sub scan_headings { + my($sections, @data) = @_; + my($tag, $which_head, $otitle, $listdepth, $index); + + local $Ignore = 0; + + $listdepth = 0; + $index = ""; + + # scan for =head directives, note their name, and build an index + # pointing to each of them. + foreach my $line (@data) { + if ($line =~ /^=(head)([1-6])\s+(.*)/) { + ($tag, $which_head, $otitle) = ($1,$2,$3); + + my $title = depod( $otitle ); + my $name = anchorify( $title ); + $$sections{$name} = 1; + $title = process_text( \$otitle ); + + while ($which_head != $listdepth) { + if ($which_head > $listdepth) { + $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "<ul>\n"; + $listdepth++; + } elsif ($which_head < $listdepth) { + $listdepth--; + $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "</ul>\n"; + } + } + + $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "<li>" . + "<a href=\"#" . $name . "\">" . + $title . "</a></li>"; + } + } + + # finish off the lists + while ($listdepth--) { + $index .= "\n" . ("\t" x $listdepth) . "</ul>\n"; + } + + # get rid of bogus lists + $index =~ s,\t*<ul>\s*</ul>\n,,g; + + return $index; +} + +# +# scan_items - scans the pod specified by $pod for =item directives. we +# will use this information later on in resolving C<> links. +# +sub scan_items { + my( $itemref, $pod, @poddata ) = @_; + my($i, $item); + local $_; + + $pod =~ s/\.pod\z//; + $pod .= ".html" if $pod; + + foreach $i (0..$#poddata) { + my $txt = depod( $poddata[$i] ); + + # figure out what kind of item it is. + # Build string for referencing this item. + if ( $txt =~ /\A=item\s+\*\s*(.*)\Z/s ) { # bulleted list + next unless $1; + $item = $1; + } elsif( $txt =~ /\A=item\s+(?>\d+\.?)\s*(.*)\Z/s ) { # numbered list + $item = $1; + } elsif( $txt =~ /\A=item\s+(.*)\Z/s ) { # definition list + $item = $1; + } else { + next; + } + my $fid = fragment_id( $item ); + $$itemref{$fid} = "$pod" if $fid; + } +} + +# +# process_head - convert a pod head[1-6] tag and convert it to HTML format. +# +sub process_head { + my($tag, $heading, $hasindex) = @_; + + # figure out the level of the =head + $tag =~ /head([1-6])/; + my $level = $1; + + finish_list(); + + print HTML "<p>\n"; + if( $level == 1 && ! $Top ){ + print HTML "<a href=\"#__index__\"><small>$Backlink</small></a>\n" + if $hasindex and $Backlink; + print HTML "</p>\n<hr />\n" + } else { + print HTML "</p>\n"; + } + + my $name = anchorify( depod( $heading ) ); + my $convert = process_text( \$heading ); + print HTML "<h$level><a name=\"$name\">$convert</a></h$level>\n"; +} + + +# +# emit_item_tag - print an =item's text +# Note: The global $EmittedItem is used for inhibiting self-references. +# +my $EmittedItem; + +sub emit_item_tag($$$){ + my( $otext, $text, $compact ) = @_; + my $item = fragment_id( $text ); + + $EmittedItem = $item; + ### print STDERR "emit_item_tag=$item ($text)\n"; + + print HTML '<strong>'; + if ($Items_Named{$item}++) { + print HTML process_text( \$otext ); + } else { + my $name = 'item_' . $item; + $name = anchorify($name); + print HTML qq{<a name="$name">}, process_text( \$otext ), '</a>'; + } + print HTML "</strong>"; + undef( $EmittedItem ); +} + +sub new_listitem { + my( $tag ) = @_; + # Open tag for definition list as we have something to put in it + if( ($tag ne 'dl') && ($ListNewTerm) ){ + print HTML "<dd>\n"; + $ListNewTerm = 0; + } + + if( $Items_Seen[$Listlevel]++ == 0 ){ + # start of new list + push( @Listtype, "$tag" ); + print HTML "<$tag>\n"; + } else { + # if this is not the first item, close the previous one + if ( $tag eq 'dl' ){ + print HTML "</dd>\n" unless $ListNewTerm; + } else { + print HTML "</li>\n"; + } + } + my $opentag = $tag eq 'dl' ? 'dt' : 'li'; + print HTML "<$opentag>"; +} + +# +# process_item - convert a pod item tag and convert it to HTML format. +# +sub process_item { + my( $otext ) = @_; + + # lots of documents start a list without doing an =over. this is + # bad! but, the proper thing to do seems to be to just assume + # they did do an =over. so warn them once and then continue. + if( $Listlevel == 0 ){ + warn "$0: $Podfile: unexpected =item directive in paragraph $Paragraph. ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet; + process_over(); + } + + # remove formatting instructions from the text + my $text = depod( $otext ); + + # all the list variants: + if( $text =~ /\A\*/ ){ # bullet + new_listitem( 'ul' ); + if ($text =~ /\A\*\s+(.+)\Z/s ) { # with additional text + my $tag = $1; + $otext =~ s/\A\*\s+//; + emit_item_tag( $otext, $tag, 1 ); + print HTML "\n"; + } + + } elsif( $text =~ /\A\d+/ ){ # numbered list + new_listitem( 'ol' ); + if ($text =~ /\A(?>\d+\.?)\s*(.+)\Z/s ) { # with additional text + my $tag = $1; + $otext =~ s/\A\d+\.?\s*//; + emit_item_tag( $otext, $tag, 1 ); + print HTML "\n"; + } + + } else { # definition list + # new_listitem takes care of opening the <dt> tag + new_listitem( 'dl' ); + if( $text =~ /\A(.+)\Z/s ){ # should have text + emit_item_tag( $otext, $text, 1 ); + } else { + warn "$0: $Podfile: no term text provided for definition list in paragraph $Paragraph. ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet; + } + # write the definition term and close <dt> tag + print HTML "</dt>\n"; + # trigger opening a <dd> tag for the actual definition; will not + # happen if next paragraph is also a definition term (=item) + $ListNewTerm = 1; + } + print HTML "\n"; +} + +# +# process_over - process a pod over tag and start a corresponding HTML list. +# +sub process_over { + # start a new list + $Listlevel++; + push( @Items_Seen, 0 ); +} + +# +# process_back - process a pod back tag and convert it to HTML format. +# +sub process_back { + if( $Listlevel == 0 ){ + warn "$0: $Podfile: unexpected =back directive in paragraph $Paragraph. ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet; + return; + } + + # close off the list. note, I check to see if $Listtype[$Listlevel] is + # defined because an =item directive may have never appeared and thus + # $Listtype[$Listlevel] may have never been initialized. + $Listlevel--; + if( defined $Listtype[$Listlevel] ){ + if ( $Listtype[$Listlevel] eq 'dl' ){ + print HTML "</dd>\n" unless $ListNewTerm; + } else { + print HTML "</li>\n"; + } + print HTML "</$Listtype[$Listlevel]>\n"; + pop( @Listtype ); + $ListNewTerm = 0; + } + + # clean up item count + pop( @Items_Seen ); +} + +# +# process_cut - process a pod cut tag, thus start ignoring pod directives. +# +sub process_cut { + $Ignore = 1; +} + +# +# process_pod - process a pod tag, thus stop ignoring pod directives +# until we see a corresponding cut. +# +sub process_pod { + # no need to set $Ignore to 0 cause the main loop did it +} + +# +# process_for - process a =for pod tag. if it's for html, spit +# it out verbatim, if illustration, center it, otherwise ignore it. +# +sub process_for { + my($whom, $text) = @_; + if ( $whom =~ /^(pod2)?html$/i) { + print HTML $text; + } elsif ($whom =~ /^illustration$/i) { + 1 while chomp $text; + for my $ext (qw[.png .gif .jpeg .jpg .tga .pcl .bmp]) { + $text .= $ext, last if -r "$text$ext"; + } + print HTML qq{<p align="center"><img src="$text" alt="$text illustration" /></p>}; + } +} + +# +# process_begin - process a =begin pod tag. this pushes +# whom we're beginning on the begin stack. if there's a +# begin stack, we only print if it us. +# +sub process_begin { + my($whom, $text) = @_; + $whom = lc($whom); + push (@Begin_Stack, $whom); + if ( $whom =~ /^(pod2)?html$/) { + print HTML $text if $text; + } +} + +# +# process_end - process a =end pod tag. pop the +# begin stack. die if we're mismatched. +# +sub process_end { + my($whom, $text) = @_; + $whom = lc($whom); + if ($Begin_Stack[-1] ne $whom ) { + die "Unmatched begin/end at chunk $Paragraph\n" + } + pop( @Begin_Stack ); +} + +# +# process_pre - indented paragraph, made into <pre></pre> +# +sub process_pre { + my( $text ) = @_; + my( $rest ); + return if $Ignore; + + $rest = $$text; + + # insert spaces in place of tabs + $rest =~ s#(.+)# + my $line = $1; + 1 while $line =~ s/(\t+)/' ' x ((length($1) * 8) - $-[0] % 8)/e; + $line; + #eg; + + # convert some special chars to HTML escapes + $rest = html_escape($rest); + + # try and create links for all occurrences of perl.* within + # the preformatted text. + $rest =~ s{ + (\s*)(perl\w+) + }{ + if ( defined $Pages{$2} ){ # is a link + qq($1<a href="$Htmlroot/$Pages{$2}">$2</a>); + } elsif (defined $Pages{dosify($2)}) { # is a link + qq($1<a href="$Htmlroot/$Pages{dosify($2)}">$2</a>); + } else { + "$1$2"; + } + }xeg; + $rest =~ s{ + (<a\ href="?) ([^>:]*:)? ([^>:]*) \.pod: ([^>:]*:)? + }{ + my $url ; + if ( $Htmlfileurl ne '' ){ + # Here, we take advantage of the knowledge + # that $Htmlfileurl ne '' implies $Htmlroot eq ''. + # Since $Htmlroot eq '', we need to prepend $Htmldir + # on the fron of the link to get the absolute path + # of the link's target. We check for a leading '/' + # to avoid corrupting links that are #, file:, etc. + my $old_url = $3 ; + $old_url = "$Htmldir$old_url" if $old_url =~ m{^\/}; + $url = relativize_url( "$old_url.html", $Htmlfileurl ); + } else { + $url = "$3.html" ; + } + "$1$url" ; + }xeg; + + # Look for embedded URLs and make them into links. We don't + # relativize them since they are best left as the author intended. + + my $urls = '(' . join ('|', qw{ + http + telnet + mailto + news + gopher + file + wais + ftp + } ) + . ')'; + + my $ltrs = '\w'; + my $gunk = '/#~:.?+=&%@!\-'; + my $punc = '.:!?\-;'; + my $any = "${ltrs}${gunk}${punc}"; + + $rest =~ s{ + \b # start at word boundary + ( # begin $1 { + $urls : # need resource and a colon + (?!:) # Ignore File::, among others. + [$any] +? # followed by one or more of any valid + # character, but be conservative and + # take only what you need to.... + ) # end $1 } + (?= + " > # maybe pre-quoted '<a href="...">' + | # or: + [$punc]* # 0 or more punctuation + (?: # followed + [^$any] # by a non-url char + | # or + $ # end of the string + ) # + | # or else + $ # then end of the string + ) + }{<a href="$1">$1</a>}igox; + + # text should be as it is (verbatim) + $$text = $rest; +} + + +# +# pure text processing +# +# pure_text/inIS_text: differ with respect to automatic C<> recognition. +# we don't want this to happen within IS +# +sub pure_text($){ + my $text = shift(); + process_puretext( $text, \$PTQuote, 1 ); +} + +sub inIS_text($){ + my $text = shift(); + process_puretext( $text, \$PTQuote, 0 ); +} + +# +# process_puretext - process pure text (without pod-escapes) converting +# double-quotes and handling implicit C<> links. +# +sub process_puretext { + my($text, $quote, $notinIS) = @_; + + ## Guessing at func() or [\$\@%&]*var references in plain text is destined + ## to produce some strange looking ref's. uncomment to disable: + ## $notinIS = 0; + + my(@words, $lead, $trail); + + # convert double-quotes to single-quotes + if( $$quote && $text =~ s/"/''/s ){ + $$quote = 0; + } + while ($text =~ s/"([^"]*)"/``$1''/sg) {}; + $$quote = 1 if $text =~ s/"/``/s; + + # keep track of leading and trailing white-space + $lead = ($text =~ s/\A(\s+)//s ? $1 : ""); + $trail = ($text =~ s/(\s+)\Z//s ? $1 : ""); + + # split at space/non-space boundaries + @words = split( /(?<=\s)(?=\S)|(?<=\S)(?=\s)/, $text ); + + # process each word individually + foreach my $word (@words) { + # skip space runs + next if $word =~ /^\s*$/; + # see if we can infer a link + if( $notinIS && $word =~ /^(\w+)\((.*)\)$/ ) { + # has parenthesis so should have been a C<> ref + ## try for a pagename (perlXXX(1))? + my( $func, $args ) = ( $1, $2 ); + if( $args =~ /^\d+$/ ){ + my $url = page_sect( $word, '' ); + if( defined $url ){ + $word = "<a href=\"$url\">the $word manpage</a>"; + next; + } + } + ## try function name for a link, append tt'ed argument list + $word = emit_C( $func, '', "($args)"); + +#### disabled. either all (including $\W, $\w+{.*} etc.) or nothing. +## } elsif( $notinIS && $word =~ /^[\$\@%&*]+\w+$/) { +## # perl variables, should be a C<> ref +## $word = emit_C( $word ); + + } elsif ($word =~ m,^\w+://\w,) { + # looks like a URL + # Don't relativize it: leave it as the author intended + $word = qq(<a href="$word">$word</a>); + } elsif ($word =~ /[\w.-]+\@[\w-]+\.\w/) { + # looks like an e-mail address + my ($w1, $w2, $w3) = ("", $word, ""); + ($w1, $w2, $w3) = ("(", $1, ")$2") if $word =~ /^\((.*?)\)(,?)/; + ($w1, $w2, $w3) = ("<", $1, ">$2") if $word =~ /^<(.*?)>(,?)/; + $word = qq($w1<a href="mailto:$w2">$w2</a>$w3); + } else { + $word = html_escape($word) if $word =~ /["&<>]/; + } + } + + # put everything back together + return $lead . join( '', @words ) . $trail; +} + + +# +# process_text - handles plaintext that appears in the input pod file. +# there may be pod commands embedded within the text so those must be +# converted to html commands. +# + +sub process_text1($$;$$); +sub pattern ($) { $_[0] ? '[^\S\n]+'.('>' x ($_[0] + 1)) : '>' } +sub closing ($) { local($_) = shift; (defined && s/\s+$//) ? length : 0 } + +sub process_text { + return if $Ignore; + my( $tref ) = @_; + my $res = process_text1( 0, $tref ); + $$tref = $res; +} + +sub process_text1($$;$$){ + my( $lev, $rstr, $func, $closing ) = @_; + my $res = ''; + + unless (defined $func) { + $func = ''; + $lev++; + } + + if( $func eq 'B' ){ + # B<text> - boldface + $res = '<strong>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</strong>'; + + } elsif( $func eq 'C' ){ + # C<code> - can be a ref or <code></code> + # need to extract text + my $par = go_ahead( $rstr, 'C', $closing ); + + ## clean-up of the link target + my $text = depod( $par ); + + ### my $x = $par =~ /[BI]</ ? 'yes' : 'no' ; + ### print STDERR "-->call emit_C($par) lev=$lev, par with BI=$x\n"; + + $res = emit_C( $text, $lev > 1 || ($par =~ /[BI]</) ); + + } elsif( $func eq 'E' ){ + # E<x> - convert to character + $$rstr =~ s/^([^>]*)>//; + my $escape = $1; + $escape =~ s/^(\d+|X[\dA-F]+)$/#$1/i; + $res = "&$escape;"; + + } elsif( $func eq 'F' ){ + # F<filename> - italizice + $res = '<em>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</em>'; + + } elsif( $func eq 'I' ){ + # I<text> - italizice + $res = '<em>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</em>'; + + } elsif( $func eq 'L' ){ + # L<link> - link + ## L<text|cross-ref> => produce text, use cross-ref for linking + ## L<cross-ref> => make text from cross-ref + ## need to extract text + my $par = go_ahead( $rstr, 'L', $closing ); + + # some L<>'s that shouldn't be: + # a) full-blown URL's are emitted as-is + if( $par =~ m{^\w+://}s ){ + return make_URL_href( $par ); + } + # b) C<...> is stripped and treated as C<> + if( $par =~ /^C<(.*)>$/ ){ + my $text = depod( $1 ); + return emit_C( $text, $lev > 1 || ($par =~ /[BI]</) ); + } + + # analyze the contents + $par =~ s/\n/ /g; # undo word-wrapped tags + my $opar = $par; + my $linktext; + if( $par =~ s{^([^|]+)\|}{} ){ + $linktext = $1; + } + + # make sure sections start with a / + $par =~ s{^"}{/"}; + + my( $page, $section, $ident ); + + # check for link patterns + if( $par =~ m{^([^/]+?)/(?!")(.*?)$} ){ # name/ident + # we've got a name/ident (no quotes) + ( $page, $ident ) = ( $1, $2 ); + ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to page $page, ident $ident\n"; + + } elsif( $par =~ m{^(.*?)/"?(.*?)"?$} ){ # [name]/"section" + # even though this should be a "section", we go for ident first + ( $page, $ident ) = ( $1, $2 ); + ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to page $page, section $section\n"; + + } elsif( $par =~ /\s/ ){ # this must be a section with missing quotes + ( $page, $section ) = ( '', $par ); + ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to void page, section $section\n"; + + } else { + ( $page, $section ) = ( $par, '' ); + ### print STDERR "--> L<$par> to page $par, void section\n"; + } + + # now, either $section or $ident is defined. the convoluted logic + # below tries to resolve L<> according to what the user specified. + # failing this, we try to find the next best thing... + my( $url, $ltext, $fid ); + + RESOLVE: { + if( defined $ident ){ + ## try to resolve $ident as an item + ( $url, $fid ) = coderef( $page, $ident ); + if( $url ){ + if( ! defined( $linktext ) ){ + $linktext = $ident; + $linktext .= " in " if $ident && $page; + $linktext .= "the $page manpage" if $page; + } + ### print STDERR "got coderef url=$url\n"; + last RESOLVE; + } + ## no luck: go for a section (auto-quoting!) + $section = $ident; + } + ## now go for a section + my $htmlsection = htmlify( $section ); + $url = page_sect( $page, $htmlsection ); + if( $url ){ + if( ! defined( $linktext ) ){ + $linktext = $section; + $linktext .= " in " if $section && $page; + $linktext .= "the $page manpage" if $page; + } + ### print STDERR "got page/section url=$url\n"; + last RESOLVE; + } + ## no luck: go for an ident + if( $section ){ + $ident = $section; + } else { + $ident = $page; + $page = undef(); + } + ( $url, $fid ) = coderef( $page, $ident ); + if( $url ){ + if( ! defined( $linktext ) ){ + $linktext = $ident; + $linktext .= " in " if $ident && $page; + $linktext .= "the $page manpage" if $page; + } + ### print STDERR "got section=>coderef url=$url\n"; + last RESOLVE; + } + + # warning; show some text. + $linktext = $opar unless defined $linktext; + warn "$0: $Podfile: cannot resolve L<$opar> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" unless $Quiet; + } + + # now we have a URL or just plain code + $$rstr = $linktext . '>' . $$rstr; + if( defined( $url ) ){ + $res = "<a href=\"$url\">" . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</a>'; + } else { + $res = '<em>' . process_text1( $lev, $rstr ) . '</em>'; + } + + } elsif( $func eq 'S' ){ + # S<text> - non-breaking spaces + $res = process_text1( $lev, $rstr ); + $res =~ s/ / /g; + + } elsif( $func eq 'X' ){ + # X<> - ignore + $$rstr =~ s/^[^>]*>//; + + } elsif( $func eq 'Z' ){ + # Z<> - empty + warn "$0: $Podfile: invalid X<> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" + unless $$rstr =~ s/^>// or $Quiet; + + } else { + my $term = pattern $closing; + while( $$rstr =~ s/\A(.*?)(([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?|$term)//s ){ + # all others: either recurse into new function or + # terminate at closing angle bracket(s) + my $pt = $1; + $pt .= $2 if !$3 && $lev == 1; + $res .= $lev == 1 ? pure_text( $pt ) : inIS_text( $pt ); + return $res if !$3 && $lev > 1; + if( $3 ){ + $res .= process_text1( $lev, $rstr, $3, closing $4 ); + } + } + if( $lev == 1 ){ + $res .= pure_text( $$rstr ); + } else { + warn "$0: $Podfile: undelimited $func<> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" unless $Quiet; + } + } + return $res; +} + +# +# go_ahead: extract text of an IS (can be nested) +# +sub go_ahead($$$){ + my( $rstr, $func, $closing ) = @_; + my $res = ''; + my @closing = ($closing); + while( $$rstr =~ + s/\A(.*?)(([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?|@{[pattern $closing[0]]})//s ){ + $res .= $1; + unless( $3 ){ + shift @closing; + return $res unless @closing; + } else { + unshift @closing, closing $4; + } + $res .= $2; + } + warn "$0: $Podfile: undelimited $func<> in paragraph $Paragraph.\n" unless $Quiet; + return $res; +} + +# +# emit_C - output result of C<text> +# $text is the depod-ed text +# +sub emit_C($;$$){ + my( $text, $nocode, $args ) = @_; + $args = '' unless defined $args; + my $res; + my( $url, $fid ) = coderef( undef(), $text ); + + # need HTML-safe text + my $linktext = html_escape( "$text$args" ); + + if( defined( $url ) && + (!defined( $EmittedItem ) || $EmittedItem ne $fid ) ){ + $res = "<a href=\"$url\"><code>$linktext</code></a>"; + } elsif( 0 && $nocode ){ + $res = $linktext; + } else { + $res = "<code>$linktext</code>"; + } + return $res; +} + +# +# html_escape: make text safe for HTML +# +sub html_escape { + my $rest = $_[0]; + $rest =~ s/&/&/g; + $rest =~ s/</</g; + $rest =~ s/>/>/g; + $rest =~ s/"/"/g; + # ' is only in XHTML, not HTML4. Be conservative + #$rest =~ s/'/'/g; + return $rest; +} + + +# +# dosify - convert filenames to 8.3 +# +sub dosify { + my($str) = @_; + return lc($str) if $^O eq 'VMS'; # VMS just needs casing + if ($Is83) { + $str = lc $str; + $str =~ s/(\.\w+)/substr ($1,0,4)/ge; + $str =~ s/(\w+)/substr ($1,0,8)/ge; + } + return $str; +} + +# +# page_sect - make a URL from the text of a L<> +# +sub page_sect($$) { + my( $page, $section ) = @_; + my( $linktext, $page83, $link); # work strings + + # check if we know that this is a section in this page + if (!defined $Pages{$page} && defined $Sections{$page}) { + $section = $page; + $page = ""; + ### print STDERR "reset page='', section=$section\n"; + } + + $page83=dosify($page); + $page=$page83 if (defined $Pages{$page83}); + if ($page eq "") { + $link = "#" . anchorify( $section ); + } elsif ( $page =~ /::/ ) { + $page =~ s,::,/,g; + # Search page cache for an entry keyed under the html page name, + # then look to see what directory that page might be in. NOTE: + # this will only find one page. A better solution might be to produce + # an intermediate page that is an index to all such pages. + my $page_name = $page ; + $page_name =~ s,^.*/,,s ; + if ( defined( $Pages{ $page_name } ) && + $Pages{ $page_name } =~ /([^:]*$page)\.(?:pod|pm):/ + ) { + $page = $1 ; + } + else { + # NOTE: This branch assumes that all A::B pages are located in + # $Htmlroot/A/B.html . This is often incorrect, since they are + # often in $Htmlroot/lib/A/B.html or such like. Perhaps we could + # analyze the contents of %Pages and figure out where any + # cousins of A::B are, then assume that. So, if A::B isn't found, + # but A::C is found in lib/A/C.pm, then A::B is assumed to be in + # lib/A/B.pm. This is also limited, but it's an improvement. + # Maybe a hints file so that the links point to the correct places + # nonetheless? + + } + $link = "$Htmlroot/$page.html"; + $link .= "#" . anchorify( $section ) if ($section); + } elsif (!defined $Pages{$page}) { + $link = ""; + } else { + $section = anchorify( $section ) if $section ne ""; + ### print STDERR "...section=$section\n"; + + # if there is a directory by the name of the page, then assume that an + # appropriate section will exist in the subdirectory +# if ($section ne "" && $Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*[^(\.pod|\.pm)]):/) { + if ($section ne "" && $Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*(?<!\.pod)(?<!\.pm)):/) { + $link = "$Htmlroot/$1/$section.html"; + ### print STDERR "...link=$link\n"; + + # since there is no directory by the name of the page, the section will + # have to exist within a .html of the same name. thus, make sure there + # is a .pod or .pm that might become that .html + } else { + $section = "#$section" if $section; + ### print STDERR "...section=$section\n"; + + # check if there is a .pod with the page name + if ($Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*)\.pod:/) { + $link = "$Htmlroot/$1.html$section"; + } elsif ($Pages{$page} =~ /([^:]*)\.pm:/) { + $link = "$Htmlroot/$1.html$section"; + } else { + $link = ""; + } + } + } + + if ($link) { + # Here, we take advantage of the knowledge that $Htmlfileurl ne '' + # implies $Htmlroot eq ''. This means that the link in question + # needs a prefix of $Htmldir if it begins with '/'. The test for + # the initial '/' is done to avoid '#'-only links, and to allow + # for other kinds of links, like file:, ftp:, etc. + my $url ; + if ( $Htmlfileurl ne '' ) { + $link = "$Htmldir$link" if $link =~ m{^/}s; + $url = relativize_url( $link, $Htmlfileurl ); +# print( " b: [$link,$Htmlfileurl,$url]\n" ); + } + else { + $url = $link ; + } + return $url; + + } else { + return undef(); + } +} + +# +# relativize_url - convert an absolute URL to one relative to a base URL. +# Assumes both end in a filename. +# +sub relativize_url { + my ($dest,$source) = @_ ; + + my ($dest_volume,$dest_directory,$dest_file) = + File::Spec::Unix->splitpath( $dest ) ; + $dest = File::Spec::Unix->catpath( $dest_volume, $dest_directory, '' ) ; + + my ($source_volume,$source_directory,$source_file) = + File::Spec::Unix->splitpath( $source ) ; + $source = File::Spec::Unix->catpath( $source_volume, $source_directory, '' ) ; + + my $rel_path = '' ; + if ( $dest ne '' ) { + $rel_path = File::Spec::Unix->abs2rel( $dest, $source ) ; + } + + if ( $rel_path ne '' && + substr( $rel_path, -1 ) ne '/' && + substr( $dest_file, 0, 1 ) ne '#' + ) { + $rel_path .= "/$dest_file" ; + } + else { + $rel_path .= "$dest_file" ; + } + + return $rel_path ; +} + + +# +# coderef - make URL from the text of a C<> +# +sub coderef($$){ + my( $page, $item ) = @_; + my( $url ); + + my $fid = fragment_id( $item ); + if( defined( $page ) && $page ne "" ){ + # we have been given a $page... + $page =~ s{::}{/}g; + + # Do we take it? Item could be a section! + my $base = $Items{$fid} || ""; + $base =~ s{[^/]*/}{}; + if( $base ne "$page.html" ){ + ### print STDERR "coderef( $page, $item ): items{$fid} = $Items{$fid} = $base => discard page!\n"; + $page = undef(); + } + + } else { + # no page - local items precede cached items + if( defined( $fid ) ){ + if( exists $Local_Items{$fid} ){ + $page = $Local_Items{$fid}; + } else { + $page = $Items{$fid}; + } + } + } + + # if there was a pod file that we found earlier with an appropriate + # =item directive, then create a link to that page. + if( defined $page ){ + if( $page ){ + if( exists $Pages{$page} and $Pages{$page} =~ /([^:.]*)\.[^:]*:/){ + $page = $1 . '.html'; + } + my $link = "$Htmlroot/$page#item_" . anchorify($fid); + + # Here, we take advantage of the knowledge that $Htmlfileurl + # ne '' implies $Htmlroot eq ''. + if ( $Htmlfileurl ne '' ) { + $link = "$Htmldir$link" ; + $url = relativize_url( $link, $Htmlfileurl ) ; + } else { + $url = $link ; + } + } else { + $url = "#item_" . anchorify($fid); + } + + confess "url has space: $url" if $url =~ /"[^"]*\s[^"]*"/; + } + return( $url, $fid ); +} + + + +# +# Adapted from Nick Ing-Simmons' PodToHtml package. +sub relative_url { + my $source_file = shift ; + my $destination_file = shift; + + my $source = URI::file->new_abs($source_file); + my $uo = URI::file->new($destination_file,$source)->abs; + return $uo->rel->as_string; +} + + +# +# finish_list - finish off any pending HTML lists. this should be called +# after the entire pod file has been read and converted. +# +sub finish_list { + if( $Listlevel ){ + warn "$0: $Podfile: unterminated list(s) at =head in paragraph $Paragraph. ignoring.\n" unless $Quiet; + while( $Listlevel ){ + process_back(); + } + } +} + +# +# htmlify - converts a pod section specification to a suitable section +# specification for HTML. Note that we keep spaces and special characters +# except ", ? (Netscape problem) and the hyphen (writer's problem...). +# +sub htmlify { + my( $heading) = @_; + $heading =~ s/(\s+)/ /g; + $heading =~ s/\s+\Z//; + $heading =~ s/\A\s+//; + # The hyphen is a disgrace to the English language. + $heading =~ s/[-"?]//g; + $heading = lc( $heading ); + return $heading; +} + +# +# similar to htmlify, but turns non-alphanumerics into underscores +# +sub anchorify { + my ($anchor) = @_; + $anchor = htmlify($anchor); + $anchor =~ s/\W/_/g; + return $anchor; +} + +# +# depod - convert text by eliminating all interior sequences +# Note: can be called with copy or modify semantics +# +my %E2c; +$E2c{lt} = '<'; +$E2c{gt} = '>'; +$E2c{sol} = '/'; +$E2c{verbar} = '|'; +$E2c{amp} = '&'; # in Tk's pods + +sub depod1($;$$); + +sub depod($){ + my $string; + if( ref( $_[0] ) ){ + $string = ${$_[0]}; + ${$_[0]} = depod1( \$string ); + } else { + $string = $_[0]; + depod1( \$string ); + } +} + +sub depod1($;$$){ + my( $rstr, $func, $closing ) = @_; + my $res = ''; + return $res unless defined $$rstr; + if( ! defined( $func ) ){ + # skip to next begin of an interior sequence + while( $$rstr =~ s/\A(.*?)([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?// ){ + # recurse into its text + $res .= $1 . depod1( $rstr, $2, closing $3); + } + $res .= $$rstr; + } elsif( $func eq 'E' ){ + # E<x> - convert to character + $$rstr =~ s/^([^>]*)>//; + $res .= $E2c{$1} || ""; + } elsif( $func eq 'X' ){ + # X<> - ignore + $$rstr =~ s/^[^>]*>//; + } elsif( $func eq 'Z' ){ + # Z<> - empty + $$rstr =~ s/^>//; + } else { + # all others: either recurse into new function or + # terminate at closing angle bracket + my $term = pattern $closing; + while( $$rstr =~ s/\A(.*?)(([BCEFILSXZ])<(<+[^\S\n]+)?|$term)// ){ + $res .= $1; + last unless $3; + $res .= depod1( $rstr, $3, closing $4 ); + } + ## If we're here and $2 ne '>': undelimited interior sequence. + ## Ignored, as this is called without proper indication of where we are. + ## Rely on process_text to produce diagnostics. + } + return $res; +} + +# +# fragment_id - construct a fragment identifier from: +# a) =item text +# b) contents of C<...> +# +my @HC; +sub fragment_id { + my $text = shift(); + $text =~ s/\s+\Z//s; + if( $text ){ + # a method or function? + return $1 if $text =~ /(\w+)\s*\(/; + return $1 if $text =~ /->\s*(\w+)\s*\(?/; + + # a variable name? + return $1 if $text =~ /^([\$\@%*]\S+)/; + + # some pattern matching operator? + return $1 if $text =~ m|^(\w+/).*/\w*$|; + + # fancy stuff... like "do { }" + return $1 if $text =~ m|^(\w+)\s*{.*}$|; + + # honour the perlfunc manpage: func [PAR[,[ ]PAR]...] + # and some funnies with ... Module ... + return $1 if $text =~ m{^([a-z\d_]+)(\s+[A-Z\d,/& ]+)?$}; + return $1 if $text =~ m{^([a-z\d]+)\s+Module(\s+[A-Z\d,/& ]+)?$}; + + # text? normalize! + $text =~ s/\s+/_/sg; + $text =~ s{(\W)}{ + defined( $HC[ord($1)] ) ? $HC[ord($1)] + : ( $HC[ord($1)] = sprintf( "%%%02X", ord($1) ) ) }gxe; + $text = substr( $text, 0, 50 ); + } else { + return undef(); + } +} + +# +# make_URL_href - generate HTML href from URL +# Special treatment for CGI queries. +# +sub make_URL_href($){ + my( $url ) = @_; + if( $url !~ + s{^(http:[-\w/#~:.+=&%@!]+)(\?.*)$}{<a href="$1$2">$1</a>}i ){ + $url = "<a href=\"$url\">$url</a>"; + } + return $url; +} + +1; diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/InputObjects.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/InputObjects.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa5f61f9a70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/InputObjects.pm @@ -0,0 +1,941 @@ +############################################################################# +# Pod/InputObjects.pm -- package which defines objects for input streams +# and paragraphs and commands when parsing POD docs. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved. +# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software; +# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms +# as Perl itself. +############################################################################# + +package Pod::InputObjects; + +use vars qw($VERSION); +$VERSION = 1.30; ## Current version of this package +require 5.005; ## requires this Perl version or later + +############################################################################# + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::InputObjects - objects representing POD input paragraphs, commands, etc. + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::InputObjects; + +=head1 REQUIRES + +perl5.004, Carp + +=head1 EXPORTS + +Nothing. + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This module defines some basic input objects used by B<Pod::Parser> when +reading and parsing POD text from an input source. The following objects +are defined: + +=over 4 + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=item package B<Pod::InputSource> + +An object corresponding to a source of POD input text. It is mostly a +wrapper around a filehandle or C<IO::Handle>-type object (or anything +that implements the C<getline()> method) which keeps track of some +additional information relevant to the parsing of PODs. + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=item package B<Pod::Paragraph> + +An object corresponding to a paragraph of POD input text. It may be a +plain paragraph, a verbatim paragraph, or a command paragraph (see +L<perlpod>). + +=item package B<Pod::InteriorSequence> + +An object corresponding to an interior sequence command from the POD +input text (see L<perlpod>). + +=item package B<Pod::ParseTree> + +An object corresponding to a tree of parsed POD text. Each "node" in +a parse-tree (or I<ptree>) is either a text-string or a reference to +a B<Pod::InteriorSequence> object. The nodes appear in the parse-tree +in the order in which they were parsed from left-to-right. + +=back + +Each of these input objects are described in further detail in the +sections which follow. + +=cut + +############################################################################# + +use strict; +#use diagnostics; +#use Carp; + +############################################################################# + +package Pod::InputSource; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head1 B<Pod::InputSource> + +This object corresponds to an input source or stream of POD +documentation. When parsing PODs, it is necessary to associate and store +certain context information with each input source. All of this +information is kept together with the stream itself in one of these +C<Pod::InputSource> objects. Each such object is merely a wrapper around +an C<IO::Handle> object of some kind (or at least something that +implements the C<getline()> method). They have the following +methods/attributes: + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head2 B<new()> + + my $pod_input1 = Pod::InputSource->new(-handle => $filehandle); + my $pod_input2 = new Pod::InputSource(-handle => $filehandle, + -name => $name); + my $pod_input3 = new Pod::InputSource(-handle => \*STDIN); + my $pod_input4 = Pod::InputSource->new(-handle => \*STDIN, + -name => "(STDIN)"); + +This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::InputSource> object and +returns a reference to the new input source object. It takes one or more +keyword arguments in the form of a hash. The keyword C<-handle> is +required and designates the corresponding input handle. The keyword +C<-name> is optional and specifies the name associated with the input +handle (typically a file name). + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub new { + ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + + ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the + ## hash that is used to represent this object. Note that we default + ## certain values by specifying them *before* the arguments passed. + ## If they are in the argument list, they will override the defaults. + my $self = { -name => '(unknown)', + -handle => undef, + -was_cutting => 0, + @_ }; + + ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization + bless $self, $class; + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head2 B<name()> + + my $filename = $pod_input->name(); + $pod_input->name($new_filename_to_use); + +This method gets/sets the name of the input source (usually a filename). +If no argument is given, it returns a string containing the name of +the input source; otherwise it sets the name of the input source to the +contents of the given argument. + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub name { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-name'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-name'}; +} + +## allow 'filename' as an alias for 'name' +*filename = \&name; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head2 B<handle()> + + my $handle = $pod_input->handle(); + +Returns a reference to the handle object from which input is read (the +one used to contructed this input source object). + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub handle { + return $_[0]->{'-handle'}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head2 B<was_cutting()> + + print "Yes.\n" if ($pod_input->was_cutting()); + +The value of the C<cutting> state (that the B<cutting()> method would +have returned) immediately before any input was read from this input +stream. After all input from this stream has been read, the C<cutting> +state is restored to this value. + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub was_cutting { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{-was_cutting} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{-was_cutting}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +############################################################################# + +package Pod::Paragraph; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<Pod::Paragraph> + +An object representing a paragraph of POD input text. +It has the following methods/attributes: + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 Pod::Paragraph-E<gt>B<new()> + + my $pod_para1 = Pod::Paragraph->new(-text => $text); + my $pod_para2 = Pod::Paragraph->new(-name => $cmd, + -text => $text); + my $pod_para3 = new Pod::Paragraph(-text => $text); + my $pod_para4 = new Pod::Paragraph(-name => $cmd, + -text => $text); + my $pod_para5 = Pod::Paragraph->new(-name => $cmd, + -text => $text, + -file => $filename, + -line => $line_number); + +This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::Paragraph> object and +returns a reference to the new paragraph object. It may be given one or +two keyword arguments. The C<-text> keyword indicates the corresponding +text of the POD paragraph. The C<-name> keyword indicates the name of +the corresponding POD command, such as C<head1> or C<item> (it should +I<not> contain the C<=> prefix); this is needed only if the POD +paragraph corresponds to a command paragraph. The C<-file> and C<-line> +keywords indicate the filename and line number corresponding to the +beginning of the paragraph + +=cut + +sub new { + ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + + ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the + ## hash that is used to represent this object. Note that we default + ## certain values by specifying them *before* the arguments passed. + ## If they are in the argument list, they will override the defaults. + my $self = { + -name => undef, + -text => (@_ == 1) ? shift : undef, + -file => '<unknown-file>', + -line => 0, + -prefix => '=', + -separator => ' ', + -ptree => [], + @_ + }; + + ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization + bless $self, $class; + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<cmd_name()> + + my $para_cmd = $pod_para->cmd_name(); + +If this paragraph is a command paragraph, then this method will return +the name of the command (I<without> any leading C<=> prefix). + +=cut + +sub cmd_name { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-name'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-name'}; +} + +## let name() be an alias for cmd_name() +*name = \&cmd_name; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<text()> + + my $para_text = $pod_para->text(); + +This method will return the corresponding text of the paragraph. + +=cut + +sub text { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-text'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-text'}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<raw_text()> + + my $raw_pod_para = $pod_para->raw_text(); + +This method will return the I<raw> text of the POD paragraph, exactly +as it appeared in the input. + +=cut + +sub raw_text { + return $_[0]->{'-text'} unless (defined $_[0]->{'-name'}); + return $_[0]->{'-prefix'} . $_[0]->{'-name'} . + $_[0]->{'-separator'} . $_[0]->{'-text'}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<cmd_prefix()> + + my $prefix = $pod_para->cmd_prefix(); + +If this paragraph is a command paragraph, then this method will return +the prefix used to denote the command (which should be the string "=" +or "=="). + +=cut + +sub cmd_prefix { + return $_[0]->{'-prefix'}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<cmd_separator()> + + my $separator = $pod_para->cmd_separator(); + +If this paragraph is a command paragraph, then this method will return +the text used to separate the command name from the rest of the +paragraph (if any). + +=cut + +sub cmd_separator { + return $_[0]->{'-separator'}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<parse_tree()> + + my $ptree = $pod_parser->parse_text( $pod_para->text() ); + $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree ); + $ptree = $pod_para->parse_tree(); + +This method will get/set the corresponding parse-tree of the paragraph's text. + +=cut + +sub parse_tree { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-ptree'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-ptree'}; +} + +## let ptree() be an alias for parse_tree() +*ptree = \&parse_tree; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_para-E<gt>B<file_line()> + + my ($filename, $line_number) = $pod_para->file_line(); + my $position = $pod_para->file_line(); + +Returns the current filename and line number for the paragraph +object. If called in a list context, it returns a list of two +elements: first the filename, then the line number. If called in +a scalar context, it returns a string containing the filename, followed +by a colon (':'), followed by the line number. + +=cut + +sub file_line { + my @loc = ($_[0]->{'-file'} || '<unknown-file>', + $_[0]->{'-line'} || 0); + return (wantarray) ? @loc : join(':', @loc); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +############################################################################# + +package Pod::InteriorSequence; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<Pod::InteriorSequence> + +An object representing a POD interior sequence command. +It has the following methods/attributes: + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 Pod::InteriorSequence-E<gt>B<new()> + + my $pod_seq1 = Pod::InteriorSequence->new(-name => $cmd + -ldelim => $delimiter); + my $pod_seq2 = new Pod::InteriorSequence(-name => $cmd, + -ldelim => $delimiter); + my $pod_seq3 = new Pod::InteriorSequence(-name => $cmd, + -ldelim => $delimiter, + -file => $filename, + -line => $line_number); + + my $pod_seq4 = new Pod::InteriorSequence(-name => $cmd, $ptree); + my $pod_seq5 = new Pod::InteriorSequence($cmd, $ptree); + +This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::InteriorSequence> object +and returns a reference to the new interior sequence object. It should +be given two keyword arguments. The C<-ldelim> keyword indicates the +corresponding left-delimiter of the interior sequence (e.g. 'E<lt>'). +The C<-name> keyword indicates the name of the corresponding interior +sequence command, such as C<I> or C<B> or C<C>. The C<-file> and +C<-line> keywords indicate the filename and line number corresponding +to the beginning of the interior sequence. If the C<$ptree> argument is +given, it must be the last argument, and it must be either string, or +else an array-ref suitable for passing to B<Pod::ParseTree::new> (or +it may be a reference to a Pod::ParseTree object). + +=cut + +sub new { + ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + + ## See if first argument has no keyword + if (((@_ <= 2) or (@_ % 2)) and $_[0] !~ /^-\w/) { + ## Yup - need an implicit '-name' before first parameter + unshift @_, '-name'; + } + + ## See if odd number of args + if ((@_ % 2) != 0) { + ## Yup - need an implicit '-ptree' before the last parameter + splice @_, $#_, 0, '-ptree'; + } + + ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the + ## hash that is used to represent this object. Note that we default + ## certain values by specifying them *before* the arguments passed. + ## If they are in the argument list, they will override the defaults. + my $self = { + -name => (@_ == 1) ? $_[0] : undef, + -file => '<unknown-file>', + -line => 0, + -ldelim => '<', + -rdelim => '>', + @_ + }; + + ## Initialize contents if they havent been already + my $ptree = $self->{'-ptree'} || new Pod::ParseTree(); + if ( ref $ptree =~ /^(ARRAY)?$/ ) { + ## We have an array-ref, or a normal scalar. Pass it as an + ## an argument to the ptree-constructor + $ptree = new Pod::ParseTree($1 ? [$ptree] : $ptree); + } + $self->{'-ptree'} = $ptree; + + ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization + bless $self, $class; + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<cmd_name()> + + my $seq_cmd = $pod_seq->cmd_name(); + +The name of the interior sequence command. + +=cut + +sub cmd_name { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-name'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-name'}; +} + +## let name() be an alias for cmd_name() +*name = \&cmd_name; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +## Private subroutine to set the parent pointer of all the given +## children that are interior-sequences to be $self + +sub _set_child2parent_links { + my ($self, @children) = @_; + ## Make sure any sequences know who their parent is + for (@children) { + next unless (length and ref and ref ne 'SCALAR'); + if (UNIVERSAL::isa($_, 'Pod::InteriorSequence') or + UNIVERSAL::can($_, 'nested')) + { + $_->nested($self); + } + } +} + +## Private subroutine to unset child->parent links + +sub _unset_child2parent_links { + my $self = shift; + $self->{'-parent_sequence'} = undef; + my $ptree = $self->{'-ptree'}; + for (@$ptree) { + next unless (length and ref and ref ne 'SCALAR'); + $_->_unset_child2parent_links() + if UNIVERSAL::isa($_, 'Pod::InteriorSequence'); + } +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<prepend()> + + $pod_seq->prepend($text); + $pod_seq1->prepend($pod_seq2); + +Prepends the given string or parse-tree or sequence object to the parse-tree +of this interior sequence. + +=cut + +sub prepend { + my $self = shift; + $self->{'-ptree'}->prepend(@_); + _set_child2parent_links($self, @_); + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<append()> + + $pod_seq->append($text); + $pod_seq1->append($pod_seq2); + +Appends the given string or parse-tree or sequence object to the parse-tree +of this interior sequence. + +=cut + +sub append { + my $self = shift; + $self->{'-ptree'}->append(@_); + _set_child2parent_links($self, @_); + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<nested()> + + $outer_seq = $pod_seq->nested || print "not nested"; + +If this interior sequence is nested inside of another interior +sequence, then the outer/parent sequence that contains it is +returned. Otherwise C<undef> is returned. + +=cut + +sub nested { + my $self = shift; + (@_ == 1) and $self->{'-parent_sequence'} = shift; + return $self->{'-parent_sequence'} || undef; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<raw_text()> + + my $seq_raw_text = $pod_seq->raw_text(); + +This method will return the I<raw> text of the POD interior sequence, +exactly as it appeared in the input. + +=cut + +sub raw_text { + my $self = shift; + my $text = $self->{'-name'} . $self->{'-ldelim'}; + for ( $self->{'-ptree'}->children ) { + $text .= (ref $_) ? $_->raw_text : $_; + } + $text .= $self->{'-rdelim'}; + return $text; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<left_delimiter()> + + my $ldelim = $pod_seq->left_delimiter(); + +The leftmost delimiter beginning the argument text to the interior +sequence (should be "<"). + +=cut + +sub left_delimiter { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-ldelim'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-ldelim'}; +} + +## let ldelim() be an alias for left_delimiter() +*ldelim = \&left_delimiter; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<right_delimiter()> + +The rightmost delimiter beginning the argument text to the interior +sequence (should be ">"). + +=cut + +sub right_delimiter { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-rdelim'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-rdelim'}; +} + +## let rdelim() be an alias for right_delimiter() +*rdelim = \&right_delimiter; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<parse_tree()> + + my $ptree = $pod_parser->parse_text($paragraph_text); + $pod_seq->parse_tree( $ptree ); + $ptree = $pod_seq->parse_tree(); + +This method will get/set the corresponding parse-tree of the interior +sequence's text. + +=cut + +sub parse_tree { + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-ptree'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-ptree'}; +} + +## let ptree() be an alias for parse_tree() +*ptree = \&parse_tree; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $pod_seq-E<gt>B<file_line()> + + my ($filename, $line_number) = $pod_seq->file_line(); + my $position = $pod_seq->file_line(); + +Returns the current filename and line number for the interior sequence +object. If called in a list context, it returns a list of two +elements: first the filename, then the line number. If called in +a scalar context, it returns a string containing the filename, followed +by a colon (':'), followed by the line number. + +=cut + +sub file_line { + my @loc = ($_[0]->{'-file'} || '<unknown-file>', + $_[0]->{'-line'} || 0); + return (wantarray) ? @loc : join(':', @loc); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 Pod::InteriorSequence::B<DESTROY()> + +This method performs any necessary cleanup for the interior-sequence. +If you override this method then it is B<imperative> that you invoke +the parent method from within your own method, otherwise +I<interior-sequence storage will not be reclaimed upon destruction!> + +=cut + +sub DESTROY { + ## We need to get rid of all child->parent pointers throughout the + ## tree so their reference counts will go to zero and they can be + ## garbage-collected + _unset_child2parent_links(@_); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +############################################################################# + +package Pod::ParseTree; + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<Pod::ParseTree> + +This object corresponds to a tree of parsed POD text. As POD text is +scanned from left to right, it is parsed into an ordered list of +text-strings and B<Pod::InteriorSequence> objects (in order of +appearance). A B<Pod::ParseTree> object corresponds to this list of +strings and sequences. Each interior sequence in the parse-tree may +itself contain a parse-tree (since interior sequences may be nested). + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 Pod::ParseTree-E<gt>B<new()> + + my $ptree1 = Pod::ParseTree->new; + my $ptree2 = new Pod::ParseTree; + my $ptree4 = Pod::ParseTree->new($array_ref); + my $ptree3 = new Pod::ParseTree($array_ref); + +This is a class method that constructs a C<Pod::Parse_tree> object and +returns a reference to the new parse-tree. If a single-argument is given, +it must be a reference to an array, and is used to initialize the root +(top) of the parse tree. + +=cut + +sub new { + ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + + my $self = (@_ == 1 and ref $_[0]) ? $_[0] : []; + + ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization + bless $self, $class; + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<top()> + + my $top_node = $ptree->top(); + $ptree->top( $top_node ); + $ptree->top( @children ); + +This method gets/sets the top node of the parse-tree. If no arguments are +given, it returns the topmost node in the tree (the root), which is also +a B<Pod::ParseTree>. If it is given a single argument that is a reference, +then the reference is assumed to a parse-tree and becomes the new top node. +Otherwise, if arguments are given, they are treated as the new list of +children for the top node. + +=cut + +sub top { + my $self = shift; + if (@_ > 0) { + @{ $self } = (@_ == 1 and ref $_[0]) ? ${ @_ } : @_; + } + return $self; +} + +## let parse_tree() & ptree() be aliases for the 'top' method +*parse_tree = *ptree = \⊤ + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<children()> + +This method gets/sets the children of the top node in the parse-tree. +If no arguments are given, it returns the list (array) of children +(each of which should be either a string or a B<Pod::InteriorSequence>. +Otherwise, if arguments are given, they are treated as the new list of +children for the top node. + +=cut + +sub children { + my $self = shift; + if (@_ > 0) { + @{ $self } = (@_ == 1 and ref $_[0]) ? ${ @_ } : @_; + } + return @{ $self }; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<prepend()> + +This method prepends the given text or parse-tree to the current parse-tree. +If the first item on the parse-tree is text and the argument is also text, +then the text is prepended to the first item (not added as a separate string). +Otherwise the argument is added as a new string or parse-tree I<before> +the current one. + +=cut + +use vars qw(@ptree); ## an alias used for performance reasons + +sub prepend { + my $self = shift; + local *ptree = $self; + for (@_) { + next unless length; + if (@ptree and !(ref $ptree[0]) and !(ref $_)) { + $ptree[0] = $_ . $ptree[0]; + } + else { + unshift @ptree, $_; + } + } +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<append()> + +This method appends the given text or parse-tree to the current parse-tree. +If the last item on the parse-tree is text and the argument is also text, +then the text is appended to the last item (not added as a separate string). +Otherwise the argument is added as a new string or parse-tree I<after> +the current one. + +=cut + +sub append { + my $self = shift; + local *ptree = $self; + my $can_append = @ptree && !(ref $ptree[-1]); + for (@_) { + if (ref) { + push @ptree, $_; + } + elsif(!length) { + next; + } + elsif ($can_append) { + $ptree[-1] .= $_; + } + else { + push @ptree, $_; + } + } +} + +=head2 $ptree-E<gt>B<raw_text()> + + my $ptree_raw_text = $ptree->raw_text(); + +This method will return the I<raw> text of the POD parse-tree +exactly as it appeared in the input. + +=cut + +sub raw_text { + my $self = shift; + my $text = ""; + for ( @$self ) { + $text .= (ref $_) ? $_->raw_text : $_; + } + return $text; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +## Private routines to set/unset child->parent links + +sub _unset_child2parent_links { + my $self = shift; + local *ptree = $self; + for (@ptree) { + next unless (defined and length and ref and ref ne 'SCALAR'); + $_->_unset_child2parent_links() + if UNIVERSAL::isa($_, 'Pod::InteriorSequence'); + } +} + +sub _set_child2parent_links { + ## nothing to do, Pod::ParseTrees cant have parent pointers +} + +=head2 Pod::ParseTree::B<DESTROY()> + +This method performs any necessary cleanup for the parse-tree. +If you override this method then it is B<imperative> +that you invoke the parent method from within your own method, +otherwise I<parse-tree storage will not be reclaimed upon destruction!> + +=cut + +sub DESTROY { + ## We need to get rid of all child->parent pointers throughout the + ## tree so their reference counts will go to zero and they can be + ## garbage-collected + _unset_child2parent_links(@_); +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +See L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Select> + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt> + +=cut + +1; diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/LaTeX.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/LaTeX.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d3a905258f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/LaTeX.pm @@ -0,0 +1,1876 @@ +package Pod::LaTeX; + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::LaTeX - Convert Pod data to formatted Latex + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::LaTeX; + my $parser = Pod::LaTeX->new ( ); + + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.tex'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +C<Pod::LaTeX> is a module to convert documentation in the Pod format +into Latex. The L<B<pod2latex>|pod2latex> X<pod2latex> command uses +this module for translation. + +C<Pod::LaTeX> is a derived class from L<Pod::Select|Pod::Select>. + +=cut + + +use strict; +require Pod::ParseUtils; +use base qw/ Pod::Select /; + +# use Data::Dumper; # for debugging +use Carp; + +use vars qw/ $VERSION %HTML_Escapes @LatexSections /; + +$VERSION = '0.58'; + +# Definitions of =headN -> latex mapping +@LatexSections = (qw/ + chapter + section + subsection + subsubsection + paragraph + subparagraph + /); + +# Standard escape sequences converted to Latex. +# The Unicode name of each character is given in the comments. +# Complete LaTeX set added by Peter Acklam. + +%HTML_Escapes = ( + 'sol' => '\textfractionsolidus{}', # xxx - or should it be just '/' + 'verbar' => '|', + + # The stuff below is based on the information available at + # http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/sgml/entities.html + + # All characters in the range 0xA0-0xFF of the ISO 8859-1 character set. + # Several of these characters require the `textcomp' LaTeX package. + 'nbsp' => q|~|, # 0xA0 - no-break space = non-breaking space + 'iexcl' => q|\textexclamdown{}|, # 0xA1 - inverted exclamation mark + 'cent' => q|\textcent{}|, # 0xA2 - cent sign + 'pound' => q|\textsterling{}|, # 0xA3 - pound sign + 'curren' => q|\textcurrency{}|, # 0xA4 - currency sign + 'yen' => q|\textyen{}|, # 0xA5 - yen sign = yuan sign + 'brvbar' => q|\textbrokenbar{}|, # 0xA6 - broken bar = broken vertical bar + 'sect' => q|\textsection{}|, # 0xA7 - section sign + 'uml' => q|\textasciidieresis{}|, # 0xA8 - diaeresis = spacing diaeresis + 'copy' => q|\textcopyright{}|, # 0xA9 - copyright sign + 'ordf' => q|\textordfeminine{}|, # 0xAA - feminine ordinal indicator + 'laquo' => q|\guillemotleft{}|, # 0xAB - left-pointing double angle quotation mark = left pointing guillemet + 'not' => q|\textlnot{}|, # 0xAC - not sign + 'shy' => q|\-|, # 0xAD - soft hyphen = discretionary hyphen + 'reg' => q|\textregistered{}|, # 0xAE - registered sign = registered trade mark sign + 'macr' => q|\textasciimacron{}|, # 0xAF - macron = spacing macron = overline = APL overbar + 'deg' => q|\textdegree{}|, # 0xB0 - degree sign + 'plusmn' => q|\textpm{}|, # 0xB1 - plus-minus sign = plus-or-minus sign + 'sup2' => q|\texttwosuperior{}|, # 0xB2 - superscript two = superscript digit two = squared + 'sup3' => q|\textthreesuperior{}|, # 0xB3 - superscript three = superscript digit three = cubed + 'acute' => q|\textasciiacute{}|, # 0xB4 - acute accent = spacing acute + 'micro' => q|\textmu{}|, # 0xB5 - micro sign + 'para' => q|\textparagraph{}|, # 0xB6 - pilcrow sign = paragraph sign + 'middot' => q|\textperiodcentered{}|, # 0xB7 - middle dot = Georgian comma = Greek middle dot + 'cedil' => q|\c{}|, # 0xB8 - cedilla = spacing cedilla + 'sup1' => q|\textonesuperior{}|, # 0xB9 - superscript one = superscript digit one + 'ordm' => q|\textordmasculine{}|, # 0xBA - masculine ordinal indicator + 'raquo' => q|\guillemotright{}|, # 0xBB - right-pointing double angle quotation mark = right pointing guillemet + 'frac14' => q|\textonequarter{}|, # 0xBC - vulgar fraction one quarter = fraction one quarter + 'frac12' => q|\textonehalf{}|, # 0xBD - vulgar fraction one half = fraction one half + 'frac34' => q|\textthreequarters{}|, # 0xBE - vulgar fraction three quarters = fraction three quarters + 'iquest' => q|\textquestiondown{}|, # 0xBF - inverted question mark = turned question mark + 'Agrave' => q|\`A|, # 0xC0 - latin capital letter A with grave = latin capital letter A grave + 'Aacute' => q|\'A|, # 0xC1 - latin capital letter A with acute + 'Acirc' => q|\^A|, # 0xC2 - latin capital letter A with circumflex + 'Atilde' => q|\~A|, # 0xC3 - latin capital letter A with tilde + 'Auml' => q|\"A|, # 0xC4 - latin capital letter A with diaeresis + 'Aring' => q|\AA{}|, # 0xC5 - latin capital letter A with ring above = latin capital letter A ring + 'AElig' => q|\AE{}|, # 0xC6 - latin capital letter AE = latin capital ligature AE + 'Ccedil' => q|\c{C}|, # 0xC7 - latin capital letter C with cedilla + 'Egrave' => q|\`E|, # 0xC8 - latin capital letter E with grave + 'Eacute' => q|\'E|, # 0xC9 - latin capital letter E with acute + 'Ecirc' => q|\^E|, # 0xCA - latin capital letter E with circumflex + 'Euml' => q|\"E|, # 0xCB - latin capital letter E with diaeresis + 'Igrave' => q|\`I|, # 0xCC - latin capital letter I with grave + 'Iacute' => q|\'I|, # 0xCD - latin capital letter I with acute + 'Icirc' => q|\^I|, # 0xCE - latin capital letter I with circumflex + 'Iuml' => q|\"I|, # 0xCF - latin capital letter I with diaeresis + 'ETH' => q|\DH{}|, # 0xD0 - latin capital letter ETH + 'Ntilde' => q|\~N|, # 0xD1 - latin capital letter N with tilde + 'Ograve' => q|\`O|, # 0xD2 - latin capital letter O with grave + 'Oacute' => q|\'O|, # 0xD3 - latin capital letter O with acute + 'Ocirc' => q|\^O|, # 0xD4 - latin capital letter O with circumflex + 'Otilde' => q|\~O|, # 0xD5 - latin capital letter O with tilde + 'Ouml' => q|\"O|, # 0xD6 - latin capital letter O with diaeresis + 'times' => q|\texttimes{}|, # 0xD7 - multiplication sign + 'Oslash' => q|\O{}|, # 0xD8 - latin capital letter O with stroke = latin capital letter O slash + 'Ugrave' => q|\`U|, # 0xD9 - latin capital letter U with grave + 'Uacute' => q|\'U|, # 0xDA - latin capital letter U with acute + 'Ucirc' => q|\^U|, # 0xDB - latin capital letter U with circumflex + 'Uuml' => q|\"U|, # 0xDC - latin capital letter U with diaeresis + 'Yacute' => q|\'Y|, # 0xDD - latin capital letter Y with acute + 'THORN' => q|\TH{}|, # 0xDE - latin capital letter THORN + 'szlig' => q|\ss{}|, # 0xDF - latin small letter sharp s = ess-zed + 'agrave' => q|\`a|, # 0xE0 - latin small letter a with grave = latin small letter a grave + 'aacute' => q|\'a|, # 0xE1 - latin small letter a with acute + 'acirc' => q|\^a|, # 0xE2 - latin small letter a with circumflex + 'atilde' => q|\~a|, # 0xE3 - latin small letter a with tilde + 'auml' => q|\"a|, # 0xE4 - latin small letter a with diaeresis + 'aring' => q|\aa{}|, # 0xE5 - latin small letter a with ring above = latin small letter a ring + 'aelig' => q|\ae{}|, # 0xE6 - latin small letter ae = latin small ligature ae + 'ccedil' => q|\c{c}|, # 0xE7 - latin small letter c with cedilla + 'egrave' => q|\`e|, # 0xE8 - latin small letter e with grave + 'eacute' => q|\'e|, # 0xE9 - latin small letter e with acute + 'ecirc' => q|\^e|, # 0xEA - latin small letter e with circumflex + 'euml' => q|\"e|, # 0xEB - latin small letter e with diaeresis + 'igrave' => q|\`i|, # 0xEC - latin small letter i with grave + 'iacute' => q|\'i|, # 0xED - latin small letter i with acute + 'icirc' => q|\^i|, # 0xEE - latin small letter i with circumflex + 'iuml' => q|\"i|, # 0xEF - latin small letter i with diaeresis + 'eth' => q|\dh{}|, # 0xF0 - latin small letter eth + 'ntilde' => q|\~n|, # 0xF1 - latin small letter n with tilde + 'ograve' => q|\`o|, # 0xF2 - latin small letter o with grave + 'oacute' => q|\'o|, # 0xF3 - latin small letter o with acute + 'ocirc' => q|\^o|, # 0xF4 - latin small letter o with circumflex + 'otilde' => q|\~o|, # 0xF5 - latin small letter o with tilde + 'ouml' => q|\"o|, # 0xF6 - latin small letter o with diaeresis + 'divide' => q|\textdiv{}|, # 0xF7 - division sign + 'oslash' => q|\o{}|, # 0xF8 - latin small letter o with stroke, = latin small letter o slash + 'ugrave' => q|\`u|, # 0xF9 - latin small letter u with grave + 'uacute' => q|\'u|, # 0xFA - latin small letter u with acute + 'ucirc' => q|\^u|, # 0xFB - latin small letter u with circumflex + 'uuml' => q|\"u|, # 0xFC - latin small letter u with diaeresis + 'yacute' => q|\'y|, # 0xFD - latin small letter y with acute + 'thorn' => q|\th{}|, # 0xFE - latin small letter thorn + 'yuml' => q|\"y|, # 0xFF - latin small letter y with diaeresis + + # Latin Extended-B + 'fnof' => q|\textflorin{}|, # latin small f with hook = function = florin + + # Greek + 'Alpha' => q|$\mathrm{A}$|, # greek capital letter alpha + 'Beta' => q|$\mathrm{B}$|, # greek capital letter beta + 'Gamma' => q|$\Gamma$|, # greek capital letter gamma + 'Delta' => q|$\Delta$|, # greek capital letter delta + 'Epsilon' => q|$\mathrm{E}$|, # greek capital letter epsilon + 'Zeta' => q|$\mathrm{Z}$|, # greek capital letter zeta + 'Eta' => q|$\mathrm{H}$|, # greek capital letter eta + 'Theta' => q|$\Theta$|, # greek capital letter theta + 'Iota' => q|$\mathrm{I}$|, # greek capital letter iota + 'Kappa' => q|$\mathrm{K}$|, # greek capital letter kappa + 'Lambda' => q|$\Lambda$|, # greek capital letter lambda + 'Mu' => q|$\mathrm{M}$|, # greek capital letter mu + 'Nu' => q|$\mathrm{N}$|, # greek capital letter nu + 'Xi' => q|$\Xi$|, # greek capital letter xi + 'Omicron' => q|$\mathrm{O}$|, # greek capital letter omicron + 'Pi' => q|$\Pi$|, # greek capital letter pi + 'Rho' => q|$\mathrm{R}$|, # greek capital letter rho + 'Sigma' => q|$\Sigma$|, # greek capital letter sigma + 'Tau' => q|$\mathrm{T}$|, # greek capital letter tau + 'Upsilon' => q|$\Upsilon$|, # greek capital letter upsilon + 'Phi' => q|$\Phi$|, # greek capital letter phi + 'Chi' => q|$\mathrm{X}$|, # greek capital letter chi + 'Psi' => q|$\Psi$|, # greek capital letter psi + 'Omega' => q|$\Omega$|, # greek capital letter omega + + 'alpha' => q|$\alpha$|, # greek small letter alpha + 'beta' => q|$\beta$|, # greek small letter beta + 'gamma' => q|$\gamma$|, # greek small letter gamma + 'delta' => q|$\delta$|, # greek small letter delta + 'epsilon' => q|$\epsilon$|, # greek small letter epsilon + 'zeta' => q|$\zeta$|, # greek small letter zeta + 'eta' => q|$\eta$|, # greek small letter eta + 'theta' => q|$\theta$|, # greek small letter theta + 'iota' => q|$\iota$|, # greek small letter iota + 'kappa' => q|$\kappa$|, # greek small letter kappa + 'lambda' => q|$\lambda$|, # greek small letter lambda + 'mu' => q|$\mu$|, # greek small letter mu + 'nu' => q|$\nu$|, # greek small letter nu + 'xi' => q|$\xi$|, # greek small letter xi + 'omicron' => q|$o$|, # greek small letter omicron + 'pi' => q|$\pi$|, # greek small letter pi + 'rho' => q|$\rho$|, # greek small letter rho +# 'sigmaf' => q||, # greek small letter final sigma + 'sigma' => q|$\sigma$|, # greek small letter sigma + 'tau' => q|$\tau$|, # greek small letter tau + 'upsilon' => q|$\upsilon$|, # greek small letter upsilon + 'phi' => q|$\phi$|, # greek small letter phi + 'chi' => q|$\chi$|, # greek small letter chi + 'psi' => q|$\psi$|, # greek small letter psi + 'omega' => q|$\omega$|, # greek small letter omega +# 'thetasym' => q||, # greek small letter theta symbol +# 'upsih' => q||, # greek upsilon with hook symbol +# 'piv' => q||, # greek pi symbol + + # General Punctuation + 'bull' => q|\textbullet{}|, # bullet = black small circle + # bullet is NOT the same as bullet operator + 'hellip' => q|\textellipsis{}|, # horizontal ellipsis = three dot leader + 'prime' => q|\textquotesingle{}|, # prime = minutes = feet + 'Prime' => q|\textquotedbl{}|, # double prime = seconds = inches + 'oline' => q|\textasciimacron{}|, # overline = spacing overscore + 'frasl' => q|\textfractionsolidus{}|, # fraction slash + + # Letterlike Symbols + 'weierp' => q|$\wp$|, # script capital P = power set = Weierstrass p + 'image' => q|$\Re$|, # blackletter capital I = imaginary part + 'real' => q|$\Im$|, # blackletter capital R = real part symbol + 'trade' => q|\texttrademark{}|, # trade mark sign +# 'alefsym' => q||, # alef symbol = first transfinite cardinal + # alef symbol is NOT the same as hebrew letter alef, although the same + # glyph could be used to depict both characters + + # Arrows + 'larr' => q|\textleftarrow{}|, # leftwards arrow + 'uarr' => q|\textuparrow{}|, # upwards arrow + 'rarr' => q|\textrightarrow{}|, # rightwards arrow + 'darr' => q|\textdownarrow{}|, # downwards arrow + 'harr' => q|$\leftrightarrow$|, # left right arrow +# 'crarr' => q||, # downwards arrow with corner leftwards = carriage return + 'lArr' => q|$\Leftarrow$|, # leftwards double arrow + # ISO 10646 does not say that lArr is the same as the 'is implied by' + # arrow but also does not have any other character for that function. So + # lArr can be used for 'is implied by' as ISOtech suggests + 'uArr' => q|$\Uparrow$|, # upwards double arrow + 'rArr' => q|$\Rightarrow$|, # rightwards double arrow + # ISO 10646 does not say this is the 'implies' character but does not + # have another character with this function so ? rArr can be used for + # 'implies' as ISOtech suggests + 'dArr' => q|$\Downarrow$|, # downwards double arrow + 'hArr' => q|$\Leftrightarrow$|, # left right double arrow + + # Mathematical Operators. + # Some of these require the `amssymb' package. + 'forall' => q|$\forall$|, # for all + 'part' => q|$\partial$|, # partial differential + 'exist' => q|$\exists$|, # there exists + 'empty' => q|$\emptyset$|, # empty set = null set = diameter + 'nabla' => q|$\nabla$|, # nabla = backward difference + 'isin' => q|$\in$|, # element of + 'notin' => q|$\notin$|, # not an element of + 'ni' => q|$\ni$|, # contains as member + 'prod' => q|$\prod$|, # n-ary product = product sign + # prod is NOT the same character as 'greek capital letter pi' though the + # same glyph might be used for both + 'sum' => q|$\sum$|, # n-ary sumation + # sum is NOT the same character as 'greek capital letter sigma' though + # the same glyph might be used for both + 'minus' => q|$-$|, # minus sign + 'lowast' => q|$\ast$|, # asterisk operator + 'radic' => q|$\surd$|, # square root = radical sign + 'prop' => q|$\propto$|, # proportional to + 'infin' => q|$\infty$|, # infinity + 'ang' => q|$\angle$|, # angle + 'and' => q|$\wedge$|, # logical and = wedge + 'or' => q|$\vee$|, # logical or = vee + 'cap' => q|$\cap$|, # intersection = cap + 'cup' => q|$\cup$|, # union = cup + 'int' => q|$\int$|, # integral + 'there4' => q|$\therefore$|, # therefore + 'sim' => q|$\sim$|, # tilde operator = varies with = similar to + # tilde operator is NOT the same character as the tilde + 'cong' => q|$\cong$|, # approximately equal to + 'asymp' => q|$\asymp$|, # almost equal to = asymptotic to + 'ne' => q|$\neq$|, # not equal to + 'equiv' => q|$\equiv$|, # identical to + 'le' => q|$\leq$|, # less-than or equal to + 'ge' => q|$\geq$|, # greater-than or equal to + 'sub' => q|$\subset$|, # subset of + 'sup' => q|$\supset$|, # superset of + # note that nsup, 'not a superset of' is not covered by the Symbol font + # encoding and is not included. + 'nsub' => q|$\not\subset$|, # not a subset of + 'sube' => q|$\subseteq$|, # subset of or equal to + 'supe' => q|$\supseteq$|, # superset of or equal to + 'oplus' => q|$\oplus$|, # circled plus = direct sum + 'otimes' => q|$\otimes$|, # circled times = vector product + 'perp' => q|$\perp$|, # up tack = orthogonal to = perpendicular + 'sdot' => q|$\cdot$|, # dot operator + # dot operator is NOT the same character as middle dot + + # Miscellaneous Technical + 'lceil' => q|$\lceil$|, # left ceiling = apl upstile + 'rceil' => q|$\rceil$|, # right ceiling + 'lfloor' => q|$\lfloor$|, # left floor = apl downstile + 'rfloor' => q|$\rfloor$|, # right floor + 'lang' => q|$\langle$|, # left-pointing angle bracket = bra + # lang is NOT the same character as 'less than' or 'single left-pointing + # angle quotation mark' + 'rang' => q|$\rangle$|, # right-pointing angle bracket = ket + # rang is NOT the same character as 'greater than' or 'single + # right-pointing angle quotation mark' + + # Geometric Shapes + 'loz' => q|$\lozenge$|, # lozenge + + # Miscellaneous Symbols + 'spades' => q|$\spadesuit$|, # black spade suit + 'clubs' => q|$\clubsuit$|, # black club suit = shamrock + 'hearts' => q|$\heartsuit$|, # black heart suit = valentine + 'diams' => q|$\diamondsuit$|, # black diamond suit + + # C0 Controls and Basic Latin + 'quot' => q|"|, # quotation mark = APL quote ["] + 'amp' => q|\&|, # ampersand + 'lt' => q|<|, # less-than sign + 'gt' => q|>|, # greater-than sign + 'OElig' => q|\OE{}|, # latin capital ligature OE + 'oelig' => q|\oe{}|, # latin small ligature oe + 'Scaron' => q|\v{S}|, # latin capital letter S with caron + 'scaron' => q|\v{s}|, # latin small letter s with caron + 'Yuml' => q|\"Y|, # latin capital letter Y with diaeresis + 'circ' => q|\textasciicircum{}|, # modifier letter circumflex accent + 'tilde' => q|\textasciitilde{}|, # small tilde + 'ensp' => q|\phantom{n}|, # en space + 'emsp' => q|\hspace{1em}|, # em space + 'thinsp' => q|\,|, # thin space + 'zwnj' => q|{}|, # zero width non-joiner +# 'zwj' => q||, # zero width joiner +# 'lrm' => q||, # left-to-right mark +# 'rlm' => q||, # right-to-left mark + 'ndash' => q|--|, # en dash + 'mdash' => q|---|, # em dash + 'lsquo' => q|\textquoteleft{}|, # left single quotation mark + 'rsquo' => q|\textquoteright{}|, # right single quotation mark + 'sbquo' => q|\quotesinglbase{}|, # single low-9 quotation mark + 'ldquo' => q|\textquotedblleft{}|, # left double quotation mark + 'rdquo' => q|\textquotedblright{}|, # right double quotation mark + 'bdquo' => q|\quotedblbase{}|, # double low-9 quotation mark + 'dagger' => q|\textdagger{}|, # dagger + 'Dagger' => q|\textdaggerdbl{}|, # double dagger + 'permil' => q|\textperthousand{}|, # per mille sign + 'lsaquo' => q|\guilsinglleft{}|, # single left-pointing angle quotation mark + 'rsaquo' => q|\guilsinglright{}|, # single right-pointing angle quotation mark + 'euro' => q|\texteuro{}|, # euro sign +); + +=head1 OBJECT METHODS + +The following methods are provided in this module. Methods inherited +from C<Pod::Select> are not described in the public interface. + +=over 4 + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=item C<initialize> + +Initialise the object. This method is subclassed from C<Pod::Parser>. +The base class method is invoked. This method defines the default +behaviour of the object unless overridden by supplying arguments to +the constructor. + +Internal settings are defaulted as well as the public instance data. +Internal hash values are accessed directly (rather than through +a method) and start with an underscore. + +This method should not be invoked by the user directly. + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + + + +# - An array for nested lists + +# Arguments have already been read by this point + +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + + # print Dumper($self); + + # Internals + $self->{_Lists} = []; # For nested lists + $self->{_suppress_all_para} = 0; # For =begin blocks + $self->{_dont_modify_any_para}=0; # For =begin blocks + $self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} = ''; # Name of current HEAD1 section + + # Options - only initialise if not already set + + # Cause the '=head1 NAME' field to be treated specially + # The contents of the NAME paragraph will be converted + # to a section title. All subsequent =head1 will be converted + # to =head2 and down. Will not affect =head1's prior to NAME + # Assumes: 'Module - purpose' format + # Also creates a purpose field + # The name is used for Labeling of the subsequent subsections + $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection} = 0 + unless exists $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection}; + $self->{AddPreamble} = 1 # make full latex document + unless exists $self->{AddPreamble}; + $self->{StartWithNewPage} = 0 # Start new page for pod section + unless exists $self->{StartWithNewPage}; + $self->{TableOfContents} = 0 # Add table of contents + unless exists $self->{TableOfContents}; # only relevent if AddPreamble=1 + $self->{AddPostamble} = 1 # Add closing latex code at end + unless exists $self->{AddPostamble}; # effectively end{document} and index + $self->{MakeIndex} = 1 # Add index (only relevant AddPostamble + unless exists $self->{MakeIndex}; # and AddPreamble) + + $self->{UniqueLabels} = 1 # Use label unique for each pod + unless exists $self->{UniqueLabels}; # either based on the filename + # or supplied + + # Control the level of =head1. default is \section + # + $self->{Head1Level} = 1 # Offset in latex sections + unless exists $self->{Head1Level}; # 0 is chapter, 2 is subsection + + # Control at which level numbering of sections is turned off + # ie subsection becomes subsection* + # The numbering is relative to the latex sectioning commands + # and is independent of Pod heading level + # default is to number \section but not \subsection + $self->{LevelNoNum} = 2 + unless exists $self->{LevelNoNum}; + + # Label to be used as prefix to all internal section names + # If not defined will attempt to derive it from the filename + # This can not happen when running parse_from_filehandle though + # hence the ability to set the label externally + # The label could then be Pod::Parser_DESCRIPTION or somesuch + + $self->{Label} = undef # label to be used as prefix + unless exists $self->{Label}; # to all internal section names + + # These allow the caller to add arbritrary latex code to + # start and end of document. AddPreamble and AddPostamble are ignored + # if these are set. + # Also MakeIndex and TableOfContents are also ignored. + $self->{UserPreamble} = undef # User supplied start (AddPreamble =1) + unless exists $self->{Label}; + $self->{UserPostamble} = undef # Use supplied end (AddPostamble=1) + unless exists $self->{Label}; + + # Run base initialize + $self->SUPER::initialize; + +} + +=back + +=head2 Data Accessors + +The following methods are provided for accessing instance data. These +methods should be used for accessing configuration parameters rather +than assuming the object is a hash. + +Default values can be supplied by using these names as keys to a hash +of arguments when using the C<new()> constructor. + +=over 4 + +=item B<AddPreamble> + +Logical to control whether a C<latex> preamble is to be written. +If true, a valid C<latex> preamble is written before the pod data is written. +This is similar to: + + \documentclass{article} + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} + \usepackage{textcomp} + \begin{document} + +but will be more complicated if table of contents and indexing are required. +Can be used to set or retrieve the current value. + + $add = $parser->AddPreamble(); + $parser->AddPreamble(1); + +If used in conjunction with C<AddPostamble> a full latex document will +be written that could be immediately processed by C<latex>. + +For some pod escapes it may be necessary to include the amsmath +package. This is not yet added to the preamble automaatically. + +=cut + +sub AddPreamble { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{AddPreamble} = shift; + } + return $self->{AddPreamble}; +} + +=item B<AddPostamble> + +Logical to control whether a standard C<latex> ending is written to the output +file after the document has been processed. +In its simplest form this is simply: + + \end{document} + +but can be more complicated if a index is required. +Can be used to set or retrieve the current value. + + $add = $parser->AddPostamble(); + $parser->AddPostamble(1); + +If used in conjunction with C<AddPreaamble> a full latex document will +be written that could be immediately processed by C<latex>. + +=cut + +sub AddPostamble { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{AddPostamble} = shift; + } + return $self->{AddPostamble}; +} + +=item B<Head1Level> + +The C<latex> sectioning level that should be used to correspond to +a pod C<=head1> directive. This can be used, for example, to turn +a C<=head1> into a C<latex> C<subsection>. This should hold a number +corresponding to the required position in an array containing the +following elements: + + [0] chapter + [1] section + [2] subsection + [3] subsubsection + [4] paragraph + [5] subparagraph + +Can be used to set or retrieve the current value: + + $parser->Head1Level(2); + $sect = $parser->Head1Level; + +Setting this number too high can result in sections that may not be reproducible +in the expected way. For example, setting this to 4 would imply that C<=head3> +do not have a corresponding C<latex> section (C<=head1> would correspond to +a C<paragraph>). + +A check is made to ensure that the supplied value is an integer in the +range 0 to 5. + +Default is for a value of 1 (i.e. a C<section>). + +=cut + +sub Head1Level { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + my $arg = shift; + if ($arg =~ /^\d$/ && $arg <= $#LatexSections) { + $self->{Head1Level} = $arg; + } else { + carp "Head1Level supplied ($arg) must be integer in range 0 to ".$#LatexSections . "- Ignoring\n"; + } + } + return $self->{Head1Level}; +} + +=item B<Label> + +This is the label that is prefixed to all C<latex> label and index +entries to make them unique. In general, pods have similarly titled +sections (NAME, DESCRIPTION etc) and a C<latex> label will be multiply +defined if more than one pod document is to be included in a single +C<latex> file. To overcome this, this label is prefixed to a label +whenever a label is required (joined with an underscore) or to an +index entry (joined by an exclamation mark which is the normal index +separator). For example, C<\label{text}> becomes C<\label{Label_text}>. + +Can be used to set or retrieve the current value: + + $label = $parser->Label; + $parser->Label($label); + +This label is only used if C<UniqueLabels> is true. +Its value is set automatically from the C<NAME> field +if C<ReplaceNAMEwithSection> is true. If this is not the case +it must be set manually before starting the parse. + +Default value is C<undef>. + +=cut + +sub Label { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{Label} = shift; + } + return $self->{Label}; +} + +=item B<LevelNoNum> + +Control the point at which C<latex> section numbering is turned off. +For example, this can be used to make sure that C<latex> sections +are numbered but subsections are not. + +Can be used to set or retrieve the current value: + + $lev = $parser->LevelNoNum; + $parser->LevelNoNum(2); + +The argument must be an integer between 0 and 5 and is the same as the +number described in C<Head1Level> method description. The number has +nothing to do with the pod heading number, only the C<latex> sectioning. + +Default is 2. (i.e. C<latex> subsections are written as C<subsection*> +but sections are numbered). + +=cut + +sub LevelNoNum { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{LevelNoNum} = shift; + } + return $self->{LevelNoNum}; +} + +=item B<MakeIndex> + +Controls whether C<latex> commands for creating an index are to be inserted +into the preamble and postamble + + $makeindex = $parser->MakeIndex; + $parser->MakeIndex(0); + +Irrelevant if both C<AddPreamble> and C<AddPostamble> are false (or equivalently, +C<UserPreamble> and C<UserPostamble> are set). + +Default is for an index to be created. + +=cut + +sub MakeIndex { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{MakeIndex} = shift; + } + return $self->{MakeIndex}; +} + +=item B<ReplaceNAMEwithSection> + +This controls whether the C<NAME> section in the pod is to be translated +literally or converted to a slightly modified output where the section +name is the pod name rather than "NAME". + +If true, the pod segment + + =head1 NAME + + pod::name - purpose + + =head1 SYNOPSIS + +is converted to the C<latex> + + \section{pod::name\label{pod_name}\index{pod::name}} + + Purpose + + \subsection*{SYNOPSIS\label{pod_name_SYNOPSIS}% + \index{pod::name!SYNOPSIS}} + +(dependent on the value of C<Head1Level> and C<LevelNoNum>). Note that +subsequent C<head1> directives translate to subsections rather than +sections and that the labels and index now include the pod name (dependent +on the value of C<UniqueLabels>). + +The C<Label> is set from the pod name regardless of any current value +of C<Label>. + + $mod = $parser->ReplaceNAMEwithSection; + $parser->ReplaceNAMEwithSection(0); + +Default is to translate the pod literally. + +=cut + +sub ReplaceNAMEwithSection { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection} = shift; + } + return $self->{ReplaceNAMEwithSection}; +} + +=item B<StartWithNewPage> + +If true, each pod translation will begin with a C<latex> +C<\clearpage>. + + $parser->StartWithNewPage(1); + $newpage = $parser->StartWithNewPage; + +Default is false. + +=cut + +sub StartWithNewPage { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{StartWithNewPage} = shift; + } + return $self->{StartWithNewPage}; +} + +=item B<TableOfContents> + +If true, a table of contents will be created. +Irrelevant if C<AddPreamble> is false or C<UserPreamble> +is set. + + $toc = $parser->TableOfContents; + $parser->TableOfContents(1); + +Default is false. + +=cut + +sub TableOfContents { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{TableOfContents} = shift; + } + return $self->{TableOfContents}; +} + +=item B<UniqueLabels> + +If true, the translator will attempt to make sure that +each C<latex> label or index entry will be uniquely identified +by prefixing the contents of C<Label>. This allows +multiple documents to be combined without clashing +common labels such as C<DESCRIPTION> and C<SYNOPSIS> + + $parser->UniqueLabels(1); + $unq = $parser->UniqueLabels; + +Default is true. + +=cut + +sub UniqueLabels { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{UniqueLabels} = shift; + } + return $self->{UniqueLabels}; +} + +=item B<UserPreamble> + +User supplied C<latex> preamble. Added before the pod translation +data. + +If set, the contents will be prepended to the output file before the translated +data regardless of the value of C<AddPreamble>. +C<MakeIndex> and C<TableOfContents> will also be ignored. + +=cut + +sub UserPreamble { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{UserPreamble} = shift; + } + return $self->{UserPreamble}; +} + +=item B<UserPostamble> + +User supplied C<latex> postamble. Added after the pod translation +data. + +If set, the contents will be prepended to the output file after the translated +data regardless of the value of C<AddPostamble>. +C<MakeIndex> will also be ignored. + +=cut + +sub UserPostamble { + my $self = shift; + if (@_) { + $self->{UserPostamble} = shift; + } + return $self->{UserPostamble}; +} + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=item B<Lists> + +Contains details of the currently active lists. + The array contains C<Pod::List> objects. A new C<Pod::List> +object is created each time a list is encountered and it is +pushed onto this stack. When the list context ends, it +is popped from the stack. The array will be empty if no +lists are active. + +Returns array of list information in list context +Returns array ref in scalar context + +=cut + + + +sub lists { + my $self = shift; + return @{ $self->{_Lists} } if wantarray(); + return $self->{_Lists}; +} + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=back + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head2 Subclassed methods + +The following methods override methods provided in the C<Pod::Select> +base class. See C<Pod::Parser> and C<Pod::Select> for more information +on what these methods require. + +=over 4 + +=cut + +######### END ACCESSORS ################### + +# Opening pod + +=item B<begin_pod> + +Writes the C<latex> preamble if requested. Only writes something +if AddPreamble is true. Writes a standard header unless a UserPreamble +is defined. + +=cut + +sub begin_pod { + my $self = shift; + + # Get the pod identification + # This should really come from the '=head1 NAME' paragraph + + my $infile = $self->input_file; + my $class = ref($self); + my $date = gmtime(time); + + # Comment message to say where this came from + my $comment = << "__TEX_COMMENT__"; +%% Latex generated from POD in document $infile +%% Using the perl module $class +%% Converted on $date +__TEX_COMMENT__ + + # Write the preamble + # If the caller has supplied one then we just use that + + my $preamble = ''; + + if ($self->AddPreamble) { + + if (defined $self->UserPreamble) { + + $preamble = $self->UserPreamble; + + # Add the description of where this came from + $preamble .= "\n$comment\n%% Preamble supplied by user.\n\n"; + + } else { + + # Write our own preamble + + # Code to initialise index making + # Use an array so that we can prepend comment if required + my @makeidx = ( + '\usepackage{makeidx}', + '\makeindex', + ); + + unless ($self->MakeIndex) { + foreach (@makeidx) { + $_ = '%% ' . $_; + } + } + my $makeindex = join("\n",@makeidx) . "\n"; + + # Table of contents + my $tableofcontents = '\tableofcontents'; + + $tableofcontents = '%% ' . $tableofcontents + unless $self->TableOfContents; + + # Roll our own + $preamble = << "__TEX_HEADER__"; +\\documentclass{article} +\\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\\usepackage{textcomp} + +$comment + +$makeindex + +\\begin{document} + +$tableofcontents + +__TEX_HEADER__ + + } + } + + # Write the header (blank if none) + $self->_output($preamble); + + # Start on new page if requested + $self->_output("\\clearpage\n") if $self->StartWithNewPage; + +} + + +=item B<end_pod> + +Write the closing C<latex> code. Only writes something if AddPostamble +is true. Writes a standard header unless a UserPostamble is defined. + +=cut + +sub end_pod { + my $self = shift; + + # End string + my $end = ''; + + # Use the user version of the postamble if defined + if ($self->AddPostamble) { + + if (defined $self->UserPostamble) { + $end = $self->UserPostamble; + + } else { + + # Check for index + my $makeindex = '\printindex'; + + $makeindex = '%% '. $makeindex unless $self->MakeIndex; + + $end = "$makeindex\n\n\\end{document}\n"; + } + } + + $self->_output($end); + +} + +=item B<command> + +Process basic pod commands. + +=cut + +sub command { + my $self = shift; + my ($command, $paragraph, $line_num, $parobj) = @_; + + # return if we dont care + return if $command eq 'pod'; + + # Store a copy of the raw text in case we are in a =for + # block and need to preserve the existing latex + my $rawpara = $paragraph; + + # Do the latex escapes + $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars($paragraph); + + # Interpolate pod sequences in paragraph + $paragraph = $self->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num); + $paragraph =~ s/\s+$//; + + # Replace characters that can only be done after + # interpolation of interior sequences + $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars_late($paragraph); + + # Now run the command + if ($command eq 'over') { + + $self->begin_list($paragraph, $line_num); + + } elsif ($command eq 'item') { + + $self->add_item($paragraph, $line_num); + + } elsif ($command eq 'back') { + + $self->end_list($line_num); + + } elsif ($command eq 'head1') { + + # Store the name of the section + $self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} = $paragraph; + + # Print it + $self->head(1, $paragraph, $parobj); + + } elsif ($command eq 'head2') { + + $self->head(2, $paragraph, $parobj); + + } elsif ($command eq 'head3') { + + $self->head(3, $paragraph, $parobj); + + } elsif ($command eq 'head4') { + + $self->head(4, $paragraph, $parobj); + + } elsif ($command eq 'head5') { + + $self->head(5, $paragraph, $parobj); + + } elsif ($command eq 'head6') { + + $self->head(6, $paragraph, $parobj); + + } elsif ($command eq 'begin') { + + # pass through if latex + if ($paragraph =~ /^latex/i) { + # Make sure that subsequent paragraphs are not modfied before printing + $self->{_dont_modify_any_para} = 1; + + } else { + # Suppress all subsequent paragraphs unless + # it is explcitly intended for latex + $self->{_suppress_all_para} = 1; + } + + } elsif ($command eq 'for') { + + # =for latex + # some latex + + # With =for we will get the text for the full paragraph + # as well as the format name. + # We do not get an additional paragraph later on. The next + # paragraph is not governed by the =for + + # The first line contains the format and the rest is the + # raw code. + my ($format, $chunk) = split(/\n/, $rawpara, 2); + + # If we have got some latex code print it out immediately + # unmodified. Else do nothing. + if ($format =~ /^latex/i) { + # Make sure that next paragraph is not modfied before printing + $self->_output( $chunk ); + + } + + } elsif ($command eq 'end') { + + # Reset suppression + $self->{_suppress_all_para} = 0; + $self->{_dont_modify_any_para} = 0; + + } elsif ($command eq 'pod') { + + # Do nothing + + } else { + carp "Command $command not recognised at line $line_num\n"; + } + +} + +=item B<verbatim> + +Verbatim text + +=cut + +sub verbatim { + my $self = shift; + my ($paragraph, $line_num, $parobj) = @_; + + # Expand paragraph unless in =begin block + if ($self->{_dont_modify_any_para}) { + # Just print as is + $self->_output($paragraph); + + } else { + + return if $paragraph =~ /^\s+$/; + + # Clean trailing space + $paragraph =~ s/\s+$//; + + # Clean tabs. Routine taken from Tabs.pm + # by David Muir Sharnoff muir@idiom.com, + # slightly modified by hsmyers@sdragons.com 10/22/01 + my @l = split("\n",$paragraph); + foreach (@l) { + 1 while s/(^|\n)([^\t\n]*)(\t+)/ + $1. $2 . (" " x + (8 * length($3) + - (length($2) % 8))) + /sex; + } + $paragraph = join("\n",@l); + # End of change. + + + + $self->_output('\begin{verbatim}' . "\n$paragraph\n". '\end{verbatim}'."\n"); + } +} + +=item B<textblock> + +Plain text paragraph. + +=cut + +sub textblock { + my $self = shift; + my ($paragraph, $line_num, $parobj) = @_; + + # print Dumper($self); + + # Expand paragraph unless in =begin block + if ($self->{_dont_modify_any_para}) { + # Just print as is + $self->_output($paragraph); + + return; + } + + + # Escape latex special characters + $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars($paragraph); + + # Interpolate interior sequences + my $expansion = $self->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num); + $expansion =~ s/\s+$//; + + # Escape special characters that can not be done earlier + $expansion = $self->_replace_special_chars_late($expansion); + + # If we are replacing 'head1 NAME' with a section + # we need to look in the paragraph and rewrite things + # Need to make sure this is called only on the first paragraph + # following 'head1 NAME' and not on subsequent paragraphs that may be + # present. + if ($self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} =~ /^NAME/i && $self->ReplaceNAMEwithSection()) { + + # Strip white space from start and end + $paragraph =~ s/^\s+//; + $paragraph =~ s/\s$//; + + # Split the string into 2 parts + my ($name, $purpose) = split(/\s+-\s+/, $expansion,2); + + # Now prevent this from triggering until a new head1 NAME is set + $self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} = '_NAME'; + + # Might want to clear the Label() before doing this (CHECK) + + # Print the heading + $self->head(1, $name, $parobj); + + # Set the labeling in case we want unique names later + $self->Label( $self->_create_label( $name, 1 ) ); + + # Raise the Head1Level by one so that subsequent =head1 appear + # as subsections of the main name section unless we are already + # at maximum [Head1Level() could check this itself - CHECK] + $self->Head1Level( $self->Head1Level() + 1) + unless $self->Head1Level == $#LatexSections; + + # Now write out the new latex paragraph + $purpose = ucfirst($purpose); + $self->_output("\n\n$purpose\n\n"); + + } else { + # Just write the output + $self->_output("\n\n$expansion\n\n"); + } + +} + +=item B<interior_sequence> + +Interior sequence expansion + +=cut + +sub interior_sequence { + my $self = shift; + + my ($seq_command, $seq_argument, $pod_seq) = @_; + + if ($seq_command eq 'B') { + return "\\textbf{$seq_argument}"; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'I') { + return "\\textit{$seq_argument}"; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'E') { + + # If it is simply a number + if ($seq_argument =~ /^\d+$/) { + return chr($seq_argument); + # Look up escape in hash table + } elsif (exists $HTML_Escapes{$seq_argument}) { + return $HTML_Escapes{$seq_argument}; + + } else { + my ($file, $line) = $pod_seq->file_line(); + warn "Escape sequence $seq_argument not recognised at line $line of file $file\n"; + return; + } + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'Z') { + + # Zero width space + return '{}'; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'C') { + return "\\texttt{$seq_argument}"; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'F') { + return "\\emph{$seq_argument}"; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'S') { + # non breakable spaces + my $nbsp = '~'; + + $seq_argument =~ s/\s/$nbsp/g; + return $seq_argument; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'L') { + my $link = new Pod::Hyperlink($seq_argument); + + # undef on failure + unless (defined $link) { + carp $@; + return; + } + + # Handle internal links differently + my $type = $link->type; + my $page = $link->page; + + if ($type eq 'section' && $page eq '') { + # Use internal latex reference + my $node = $link->node; + + # Convert to a label + $node = $self->_create_label($node); + + return "\\S\\ref{$node}"; + + } else { + # Use default markup for external references + # (although Starlink would use \xlabel) + my $markup = $link->markup; + my ($file, $line) = $pod_seq->file_line(); + + return $self->interpolate($link->markup, $line); + } + + + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'P') { + # Special markup for Pod::Hyperlink + # Replace :: with / - but not sure if I want to do this + # any more. + my $link = $seq_argument; + $link =~ s|::|/|g; + + my $ref = "\\emph{$seq_argument}"; + return $ref; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'Q') { + # Special markup for Pod::Hyperlink + return "\\textsf{$seq_argument}"; + + } elsif ($seq_command eq 'X') { + # Index entries + + # use \index command + # I will let '!' go through for now + # not sure how sub categories are handled in X<> + my $index = $self->_create_index($seq_argument); + return "\\index{$index}\n"; + + } else { + carp "Unknown sequence $seq_command<$seq_argument>"; + } + +} + +=back + +=head2 List Methods + +Methods used to handle lists. + +=over 4 + +=item B<begin_list> + +Called when a new list is found (via the C<over> directive). +Creates a new C<Pod::List> object and stores it on the +list stack. + + $parser->begin_list($indent, $line_num); + +=cut + +sub begin_list { + my $self = shift; + my $indent = shift; + my $line_num = shift; + + # Indicate that a list should be started for the next item + # need to do this to work out the type of list + push ( @{$self->lists}, new Pod::List(-indent => $indent, + -start => $line_num, + -file => $self->input_file, + ) + ); + +} + +=item B<end_list> + +Called when the end of a list is found (the C<back> directive). +Pops the C<Pod::List> object off the stack of lists and writes +the C<latex> code required to close a list. + + $parser->end_list($line_num); + +=cut + +sub end_list { + my $self = shift; + my $line_num = shift; + + unless (defined $self->lists->[-1]) { + my $file = $self->input_file; + warn "No list is active at line $line_num (file=$file). Missing =over?\n"; + return; + } + + # What to write depends on list type + my $type = $self->lists->[-1]->type; + + # Dont write anything if the list type is not set + # iomplying that a list was created but no entries were + # placed in it (eg because of a =begin/=end combination) + $self->_output("\\end{$type}\n") + if (defined $type && length($type) > 0); + + # Clear list + pop(@{ $self->lists}); + +} + +=item B<add_item> + +Add items to the list. The first time an item is encountered +(determined from the state of the current C<Pod::List> object) +the type of list is determined (ordered, unnumbered or description) +and the relevant latex code issued. + + $parser->add_item($paragraph, $line_num); + +=cut + +sub add_item { + my $self = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + my $line_num = shift; + + unless (defined $self->lists->[-1]) { + my $file = $self->input_file; + warn "List has already ended by line $line_num of file $file. Missing =over?\n"; + # Replace special chars +# $paragraph = $self->_replace_special_chars($paragraph); + $self->_output("$paragraph\n\n"); + return; + } + + # If paragraphs printing is turned off via =begin/=end or whatver + # simply return immediately + return if $self->{_suppress_all_para}; + + # Check to see whether we are starting a new lists + if (scalar($self->lists->[-1]->item) == 0) { + + # Examine the paragraph to determine what type of list + # we have + $paragraph =~ s/\s+$//; + $paragraph =~ s/^\s+//; + + my $type; + if (substr($paragraph, 0,1) eq '*') { + $type = 'itemize'; + } elsif ($paragraph =~ /^\d/) { + $type = 'enumerate'; + } else { + $type = 'description'; + } + $self->lists->[-1]->type($type); + + $self->_output("\\begin{$type}\n"); + + } + + my $type = $self->lists->[-1]->type; + + if ($type eq 'description') { + # Handle long items - long items do not wrap + # If the string is longer than 40 characters we split + # it into a real item header and some bold text. + my $maxlen = 40; + my ($hunk1, $hunk2) = $self->_split_delimited( $paragraph, $maxlen ); + + # Print the first hunk + $self->_output("\n\\item[{$hunk1}] "); + + # and the second hunk if it is defined + if ($hunk2) { + $self->_output("\\textbf{$hunk2}"); + } else { + # Not there so make sure we have a new line + $self->_output("\\mbox{}"); + } + + } else { + # If the item was '* Something' or '\d+ something' we still need to write + # out the something. Also allow 1) and 1. + my $extra_info = $paragraph; + $extra_info =~ s/^(\*|\d+[\.\)]?)\s*//; + $self->_output("\n\\item $extra_info"); + } + + # Store the item name in the object. Required so that + # we can tell if the list is new or not + $self->lists->[-1]->item($paragraph); + +} + +=back + +=head2 Methods for headings + +=over 4 + +=item B<head> + +Print a heading of the required level. + + $parser->head($level, $paragraph, $parobj); + +The first argument is the pod heading level. The second argument +is the contents of the heading. The 3rd argument is a Pod::Paragraph +object so that the line number can be extracted. + +=cut + +sub head { + my $self = shift; + my $num = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + my $parobj = shift; + + # If we are replace 'head1 NAME' with a section + # we return immediately if we get it + return + if ($self->{_CURRENT_HEAD1} =~ /^NAME/i && $self->ReplaceNAMEwithSection()); + + # Create a label + my $label = $self->_create_label($paragraph); + + # Create an index entry + my $index = $self->_create_index($paragraph); + + # Work out position in the above array taking into account + # that =head1 is equivalent to $self->Head1Level + + my $level = $self->Head1Level() - 1 + $num; + + # Warn if heading to large + if ($num > $#LatexSections) { + my $line = $parobj->file_line; + my $file = $self->input_file; + warn "Heading level too large ($level) for LaTeX at line $line of file $file\n"; + $level = $#LatexSections; + } + + # Check to see whether section should be unnumbered + my $star = ($level >= $self->LevelNoNum ? '*' : ''); + + # Section + $self->_output("\\" .$LatexSections[$level] .$star ."{$paragraph\\label{".$label ."}\\index{".$index."}}\n"); + +} + + +=back + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head2 Internal methods + +Internal routines are described in this section. They do not form part of the +public interface. All private methods start with an underscore. + +=over 4 + +=item B<_output> + +Output text to the output filehandle. This method must be always be called +to output parsed text. + + $parser->_output($text); + +Does not write anything if a =begin is active that should be +ignored. + +=cut + +sub _output { + my $self = shift; + my $text = shift; + + print { $self->output_handle } $text + unless $self->{_suppress_all_para}; + +} + + +=item B<_replace_special_chars> + +Subroutine to replace characters that are special in C<latex> +with the escaped forms + + $escaped = $parser->_replace_special_chars($paragraph); + +Need to call this routine before interior_sequences are munged but not +if verbatim. It must be called before interpolation of interior +sequences so that curly brackets and special latex characters inserted +during interpolation are not themselves escaped. This means that < and +> can not be modified here since the text still contains interior +sequences. + +Special characters and the C<latex> equivalents are: + + } \} + { \{ + _ \_ + $ \$ + % \% + & \& + \ $\backslash$ + ^ \^{} + ~ \~{} + # \# + +=cut + +sub _replace_special_chars { + my $self = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + + # Replace a \ with $\backslash$ + # This is made more complicated because the dollars will be escaped + # by the subsequent replacement. Easiest to add \backslash + # now and then add the dollars + $paragraph =~ s/\\/\\backslash/g; + + # Must be done after escape of \ since this command adds latex escapes + # Replace characters that can be escaped + $paragraph =~ s/([\$\#&%_{}])/\\$1/g; + + # Replace ^ characters with \^{} so that $^F works okay + $paragraph =~ s/(\^)/\\$1\{\}/g; + + # Replace tilde (~) with \texttt{\~{}} + $paragraph =~ s/~/\\texttt\{\\~\{\}\}/g; + + # Now add the dollars around each \backslash + $paragraph =~ s/(\\backslash)/\$$1\$/g; + return $paragraph; +} + +=item B<_replace_special_chars_late> + +Replace special characters that can not be replaced before interior +sequence interpolation. See C<_replace_special_chars> for a routine +to replace special characters prior to interpolation of interior +sequences. + +Does the following transformation: + + < $<$ + > $>$ + | $|$ + + +=cut + +sub _replace_special_chars_late { + my $self = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + + # < and > + $paragraph =~ s/(<|>)/\$$1\$/g; + + # Replace | with $|$ + $paragraph =~ s'\|'$|$'g; + + + return $paragraph; +} + + +=item B<_create_label> + +Return a string that can be used as an internal reference +in a C<latex> document (i.e. accepted by the C<\label> command) + + $label = $parser->_create_label($string) + +If UniqueLabels is true returns a label prefixed by Label() +This can be suppressed with an optional second argument. + + $label = $parser->_create_label($string, $suppress); + +If a second argument is supplied (of any value including undef) +the Label() is never prefixed. This means that this routine can +be called to create a Label() without prefixing a previous setting. + +=cut + +sub _create_label { + my $self = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + my $suppress = (@_ ? 1 : 0 ); + + # Remove latex commands + $paragraph = $self->_clean_latex_commands($paragraph); + + # Remove non alphanumerics from the label and replace with underscores + # want to protect '-' though so use negated character classes + $paragraph =~ s/[^-:\w]/_/g; + + # Multiple underscores will look unsightly so remove repeats + # This will also have the advantage of tidying up the end and + # start of string + $paragraph =~ s/_+/_/g; + + # If required need to make sure that the label is unique + # since it is possible to have multiple pods in a single + # document + if (!$suppress && $self->UniqueLabels() && defined $self->Label) { + $paragraph = $self->Label() .'_'. $paragraph; + } + + return $paragraph; +} + + +=item B<_create_index> + +Similar to C<_create_label> except an index entry is created. +If C<UniqueLabels> is true, the index entry is prefixed by +the current C<Label> and an exclamation mark. + + $ind = $parser->_create_index($paragraph); + +An exclamation mark is used by C<makeindex> to generate +sub-entries in an index. + +=cut + +sub _create_index { + my $self = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + my $suppress = (@_ ? 1 : 0 ); + + # Remove latex commands + $paragraph = $self->_clean_latex_commands($paragraph); + + # If required need to make sure that the index entry is unique + # since it is possible to have multiple pods in a single + # document + if (!$suppress && $self->UniqueLabels() && defined $self->Label) { + $paragraph = $self->Label() .'!'. $paragraph; + } + + # Need to replace _ with space + $paragraph =~ s/_/ /g; + + return $paragraph; + +} + +=item B<_clean_latex_commands> + +Removes latex commands from text. The latex command is assumed to be of the +form C<\command{ text }>. "C<text>" is retained + + $clean = $parser->_clean_latex_commands($text); + +=cut + +sub _clean_latex_commands { + my $self = shift; + my $paragraph = shift; + + # Remove latex commands of the form \text{ } + # and replace with the contents of the { } + # need to make this non-greedy so that it can handle + # "\text{a} and \text2{b}" + # without converting it to + # "a} and \text2{b" + # This match will still get into trouble if \} is present + # This is not vital since the subsequent replacement of non-alphanumeric + # characters will tidy it up anyway + $paragraph =~ s/\\\w+{(.*?)}/$1/g; + + return $paragraph +} + +=item B<_split_delimited> + +Split the supplied string into two parts at approximately the +specified word boundary. Special care is made to make sure that it +does not split in the middle of some curly brackets. + +e.g. "this text is \textbf{very bold}" would not be split into +"this text is \textbf{very" and " bold". + + ($hunk1, $hunk2) = $self->_split_delimited( $para, $length); + +The length indicates the maximum length of hunk1. + +=cut + +# initially Supplied by hsmyers@sdragons.com +# 10/25/01, utility to split \hbox +# busting lines. Reformatted by TimJ to match module style. +sub _split_delimited { + my $self = shift; + my $input = shift; + my $limit = shift; + + # Return immediately if already small + return ($input, '') if length($input) < $limit; + + my @output; + my $s = ''; + my $t = ''; + my $depth = 0; + my $token; + + $input =~ s/\n/ /gm; + $input .= ' '; + foreach ( split ( //, $input ) ) { + $token .= $_; + if (/\{/) { + $depth++; + } elsif ( /}/ ) { + $depth--; + } elsif ( / / and $depth == 0) { + push @output, $token if ( $token and $token ne ' ' ); + $token = ''; + } + } + + foreach (@output) { + if (length($s) < $limit) { + $s .= $_; + } else { + $t .= $_; + } + } + + # Tidy up + $s =~ s/\s+$//; + $t =~ s/\s+$//; + return ($s,$t); +} + +=back + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=head1 NOTES + +Compatible with C<latex2e> only. Can not be used with C<latex> v2.09 +or earlier. + +A subclass of C<Pod::Select> so that specific pod sections can be +converted to C<latex> by using the C<select> method. + +Some HTML escapes are missing and many have not been tested. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Select>, L<pod2latex> + +=head1 AUTHORS + +Tim Jenness E<lt>tjenness@cpan.orgE<gt> + +Bug fixes and improvements have been received from: Simon Cozens +E<lt>simon@cozens.netE<gt>, Mark A. Hershberger +E<lt>mah@everybody.orgE<gt>, Marcel Grunauer +E<lt>marcel@codewerk.comE<gt>, Hugh S Myers +E<lt>hsmyers@sdragons.comE<gt>, Peter J Acklam +E<lt>jacklam@math.uio.noE<gt>, Sudhi Herle E<lt>sudhi@herle.netE<gt>, +Ariel Scolnicov E<lt>ariels@compugen.co.ilE<gt>, +Adriano Rodrigues Ferreira E<lt>ferreira@triang.com.brE<gt> and +R. de Vries E<lt>r.de.vries@dutchspace.nlE<gt>. + + +=head1 COPYRIGHT + +Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Tim Jenness. All Rights Reserved. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head1 REVISION + +$Id: LaTeX.pm,v 1.19 2004/12/30 01:40:44 timj Exp $ + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +1; diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Man.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Man.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..693e4c46896 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Man.pm @@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@ +# Pod::Man -- Convert POD data to formatted *roff input. +# $Id: Man.pm,v 1.37 2003/03/30 22:34:11 eagle Exp $ +# +# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu> +# +# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This module translates POD documentation into *roff markup using the man +# macro set, and is intended for converting POD documents written as Unix +# manual pages to manual pages that can be read by the man(1) command. It is +# a replacement for the pod2man command distributed with versions of Perl +# prior to 5.6. +# +# Perl core hackers, please note that this module is also separately +# maintained outside of the Perl core as part of the podlators. Please send +# me any patches at the address above in addition to sending them to the +# standard Perl mailing lists. + +############################################################################## +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################## + +package Pod::Man; + +require 5.005; + +use Carp qw(carp croak); +use Pod::ParseLink qw(parselink); +use Pod::Parser (); + +use strict; +use subs qw(makespace); +use vars qw(@ISA %ESCAPES $PREAMBLE $VERSION); + +@ISA = qw(Pod::Parser); + +# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl +# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings. This +# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however. +$VERSION = 1.37; + + +############################################################################## +# Preamble and *roff output tables +############################################################################## + +# The following is the static preamble which starts all *roff output we +# generate. It's completely static except for the font to use as a +# fixed-width font, which is designed by @CFONT@, and the left and right +# quotes to use for C<> text, designated by @LQOUTE@ and @RQUOTE@. $PREAMBLE +# should therefore be run through s/\@CFONT\@/<font>/g before output. +$PREAMBLE = <<'----END OF PREAMBLE----'; +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft @CFONT@ +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will +.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and +.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, +.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W- +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` @LQUOTE@ +. ds C' @RQUOTE@ +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.if n .na +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +----END OF PREAMBLE---- +#`# for cperl-mode + +# This table is taken nearly verbatim from Tom Christiansen's pod2man. It +# assumes that the standard preamble has already been printed, since that's +# what defines all of the accent marks. Note that some of these are quoted +# with double quotes since they contain embedded single quotes, so use \\ +# uniformly for backslash for readability. +%ESCAPES = ( + 'amp' => '&', # ampersand + 'apos' => "'", # apostrophe + 'lt' => '<', # left chevron, less-than + 'gt' => '>', # right chevron, greater-than + 'quot' => '"', # double quote + 'sol' => '/', # solidus (forward slash) + 'verbar' => '|', # vertical bar + + 'Aacute' => "A\\*'", # capital A, acute accent + 'aacute' => "a\\*'", # small a, acute accent + 'Acirc' => 'A\\*^', # capital A, circumflex accent + 'acirc' => 'a\\*^', # small a, circumflex accent + 'AElig' => '\*(AE', # capital AE diphthong (ligature) + 'aelig' => '\*(ae', # small ae diphthong (ligature) + 'Agrave' => "A\\*`", # capital A, grave accent + 'agrave' => "A\\*`", # small a, grave accent + 'Aring' => 'A\\*o', # capital A, ring + 'aring' => 'a\\*o', # small a, ring + 'Atilde' => 'A\\*~', # capital A, tilde + 'atilde' => 'a\\*~', # small a, tilde + 'Auml' => 'A\\*:', # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'auml' => 'a\\*:', # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'Ccedil' => 'C\\*,', # capital C, cedilla + 'ccedil' => 'c\\*,', # small c, cedilla + 'Eacute' => "E\\*'", # capital E, acute accent + 'eacute' => "e\\*'", # small e, acute accent + 'Ecirc' => 'E\\*^', # capital E, circumflex accent + 'ecirc' => 'e\\*^', # small e, circumflex accent + 'Egrave' => 'E\\*`', # capital E, grave accent + 'egrave' => 'e\\*`', # small e, grave accent + 'ETH' => '\\*(D-', # capital Eth, Icelandic + 'eth' => '\\*(d-', # small eth, Icelandic + 'Euml' => 'E\\*:', # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'euml' => 'e\\*:', # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'Iacute' => "I\\*'", # capital I, acute accent + 'iacute' => "i\\*'", # small i, acute accent + 'Icirc' => 'I\\*^', # capital I, circumflex accent + 'icirc' => 'i\\*^', # small i, circumflex accent + 'Igrave' => 'I\\*`', # capital I, grave accent + 'igrave' => 'i\\*`', # small i, grave accent + 'Iuml' => 'I\\*:', # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'iuml' => 'i\\*:', # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'Ntilde' => 'N\*~', # capital N, tilde + 'ntilde' => 'n\*~', # small n, tilde + 'Oacute' => "O\\*'", # capital O, acute accent + 'oacute' => "o\\*'", # small o, acute accent + 'Ocirc' => 'O\\*^', # capital O, circumflex accent + 'ocirc' => 'o\\*^', # small o, circumflex accent + 'Ograve' => 'O\\*`', # capital O, grave accent + 'ograve' => 'o\\*`', # small o, grave accent + 'Oslash' => 'O\\*/', # capital O, slash + 'oslash' => 'o\\*/', # small o, slash + 'Otilde' => 'O\\*~', # capital O, tilde + 'otilde' => 'o\\*~', # small o, tilde + 'Ouml' => 'O\\*:', # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'ouml' => 'o\\*:', # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'szlig' => '\*8', # small sharp s, German (sz ligature) + 'THORN' => '\\*(Th', # capital THORN, Icelandic + 'thorn' => '\\*(th', # small thorn, Icelandic + 'Uacute' => "U\\*'", # capital U, acute accent + 'uacute' => "u\\*'", # small u, acute accent + 'Ucirc' => 'U\\*^', # capital U, circumflex accent + 'ucirc' => 'u\\*^', # small u, circumflex accent + 'Ugrave' => 'U\\*`', # capital U, grave accent + 'ugrave' => 'u\\*`', # small u, grave accent + 'Uuml' => 'U\\*:', # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'uuml' => 'u\\*:', # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark + 'Yacute' => "Y\\*'", # capital Y, acute accent + 'yacute' => "y\\*'", # small y, acute accent + 'yuml' => 'y\\*:', # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark + + 'nbsp' => '\\ ', # non-breaking space + 'shy' => '', # soft (discretionary) hyphen +); + + +############################################################################## +# Static helper functions +############################################################################## + +# Protect leading quotes and periods against interpretation as commands. Also +# protect anything starting with a backslash, since it could expand or hide +# something that *roff would interpret as a command. This is overkill, but +# it's much simpler than trying to parse *roff here. +sub protect { + local $_ = shift; + s/^([.\'\\])/\\&$1/mg; + $_; +} + +# Translate a font string into an escape. +sub toescape { (length ($_[0]) > 1 ? '\f(' : '\f') . $_[0] } + + +############################################################################## +# Initialization +############################################################################## + +# Initialize the object. Here, we also process any additional options passed +# to the constructor or set up defaults if none were given. center is the +# centered title, release is the version number, and date is the date for the +# documentation. Note that we can't know what file name we're processing due +# to the architecture of Pod::Parser, so that *has* to either be passed to the +# constructor or set separately with Pod::Man::name(). +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + + # Figure out the fixed-width font. If user-supplied, make sure that they + # are the right length. + for (qw/fixed fixedbold fixeditalic fixedbolditalic/) { + if (defined $$self{$_}) { + if (length ($$self{$_}) < 1 || length ($$self{$_}) > 2) { + croak qq(roff font should be 1 or 2 chars,) + . qq( not "$$self{$_}"); + } + } else { + $$self{$_} = ''; + } + } + + # Set the default fonts. We can't be sure what fixed bold-italic is going + # to be called, so default to just bold. + $$self{fixed} ||= 'CW'; + $$self{fixedbold} ||= 'CB'; + $$self{fixeditalic} ||= 'CI'; + $$self{fixedbolditalic} ||= 'CB'; + + # Set up a table of font escapes. First number is fixed-width, second is + # bold, third is italic. + $$self{FONTS} = { '000' => '\fR', '001' => '\fI', + '010' => '\fB', '011' => '\f(BI', + '100' => toescape ($$self{fixed}), + '101' => toescape ($$self{fixeditalic}), + '110' => toescape ($$self{fixedbold}), + '111' => toescape ($$self{fixedbolditalic})}; + + # Extra stuff for page titles. + $$self{center} = 'User Contributed Perl Documentation' + unless defined $$self{center}; + $$self{indent} = 4 unless defined $$self{indent}; + + # We used to try first to get the version number from a local binary, but + # we shouldn't need that any more. Get the version from the running Perl. + # Work a little magic to handle subversions correctly under both the + # pre-5.6 and the post-5.6 version numbering schemes. + if (!defined $$self{release}) { + my @version = ($] =~ /^(\d+)\.(\d{3})(\d{0,3})$/); + $version[2] ||= 0; + $version[2] *= 10 ** (3 - length $version[2]); + for (@version) { $_ += 0 } + $$self{release} = 'perl v' . join ('.', @version); + } + + # Double quotes in things that will be quoted. + for (qw/center date release/) { + $$self{$_} =~ s/\"/\"\"/g if $$self{$_}; + } + + # Figure out what quotes we'll be using for C<> text. + $$self{quotes} ||= '"'; + if ($$self{quotes} eq 'none') { + $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = ''; + } elsif (length ($$self{quotes}) == 1) { + $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = $$self{quotes}; + } elsif ($$self{quotes} =~ /^(.)(.)$/ + || $$self{quotes} =~ /^(..)(..)$/) { + $$self{LQUOTE} = $1; + $$self{RQUOTE} = $2; + } else { + croak qq(Invalid quote specification "$$self{quotes}"); + } + + # Double the first quote; note that this should not be s///g as two double + # quotes is represented in *roff as three double quotes, not four. Weird, + # I know. + $$self{LQUOTE} =~ s/\"/\"\"/; + $$self{RQUOTE} =~ s/\"/\"\"/; + + $self->SUPER::initialize; +} + +# For each document we process, output the preamble first. +sub begin_pod { + my $self = shift; + + # Try to figure out the name and section from the file name. + my $section = $$self{section} || 1; + my $name = $$self{name}; + if (!defined $name) { + $name = $self->input_file; + $section = 3 if (!$$self{section} && $name =~ /\.pm\z/i); + $name =~ s/\.p(od|[lm])\z//i; + if ($section !~ /^3/) { + require File::Basename; + $name = uc File::Basename::basename ($name); + } else { + # Assume that we're dealing with a module. We want to figure out + # the full module name from the path to the file, but we don't + # want to include too much of the path into the module name. Lose + # everything up to the first of: + # + # */lib/*perl*/ standard or site_perl module + # */*perl*/lib/ from -Dprefix=/opt/perl + # */*perl*/ random module hierarchy + # + # which works. Also strip off a leading site or site_perl + # component, any OS-specific component, and any version number + # component, and strip off an initial component of "lib" or + # "blib/lib" since that's what ExtUtils::MakeMaker creates. + # splitdir requires at least File::Spec 0.8. + require File::Spec; + my ($volume, $dirs, $file) = File::Spec->splitpath ($name); + my @dirs = File::Spec->splitdir ($dirs); + my $cut = 0; + my $i; + for ($i = 0; $i < scalar @dirs; $i++) { + if ($dirs[$i] eq 'lib' && $dirs[$i + 1] =~ /perl/) { + $cut = $i + 2; + last; + } elsif ($dirs[$i] =~ /perl/) { + $cut = $i + 1; + $cut++ if $dirs[$i + 1] eq 'lib'; + last; + } + } + if ($cut > 0) { + splice (@dirs, 0, $cut); + shift @dirs if ($dirs[0] =~ /^site(_perl)?$/); + shift @dirs if ($dirs[0] =~ /^[\d.]+$/); + shift @dirs if ($dirs[0] =~ /^(.*-$^O|$^O-.*|$^O)$/); + } + shift @dirs if $dirs[0] eq 'lib'; + splice (@dirs, 0, 2) if ($dirs[0] eq 'blib' && $dirs[1] eq 'lib'); + + # Remove empty directories when building the module name; they + # occur too easily on Unix by doubling slashes. + $name = join ('::', (grep { $_ ? $_ : () } @dirs), $file); + } + } + + # If $name contains spaces, quote it; this mostly comes up in the case of + # input from stdin. + $name = '"' . $name . '"' if ($name =~ /\s/); + + # Modification date header. Try to use the modification time of our + # input. + if (!defined $$self{date}) { + my $time = (stat $self->input_file)[9] || time; + my ($day, $month, $year) = (localtime $time)[3,4,5]; + $month++; + $year += 1900; + $$self{date} = sprintf ('%4d-%02d-%02d', $year, $month, $day); + } + + # Now, print out the preamble and the title. The meaning of the arguments + # to .TH unfortunately vary by system; some systems consider the fourth + # argument to be a "source" and others use it as a version number. + # Generally it's just presented as the left-side footer, though, so it + # doesn't matter too much if a particular system gives it another + # interpretation. + # + # The order of date and release used to be reversed in older versions of + # this module, but this order is correct for both Solaris and Linux. + local $_ = $PREAMBLE; + s/\@CFONT\@/$$self{fixed}/; + s/\@LQUOTE\@/$$self{LQUOTE}/; + s/\@RQUOTE\@/$$self{RQUOTE}/; + chomp $_; + my $pversion = $Pod::Parser::VERSION; + print { $self->output_handle } <<"----END OF HEADER----"; +.\\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v$VERSION, Pod::Parser v$pversion +.\\" +.\\" Standard preamble: +.\\" ======================================================================== +$_ +.\\" ======================================================================== +.\\" +.IX Title "$name $section" +.TH $name $section "$$self{date}" "$$self{release}" "$$self{center}" +----END OF HEADER---- + + # Initialize a few per-file variables. + $$self{INDENT} = 0; # Current indentation level. + $$self{INDENTS} = []; # Stack of indentations. + $$self{INDEX} = []; # Index keys waiting to be printed. + $$self{IN_NAME} = 0; # Whether processing the NAME section. + $$self{ITEMS} = 0; # The number of consecutive =items. + $$self{ITEMTYPES} = []; # Stack of =item types, one per list. + $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0; # Whether there is a shift waiting. + $$self{SHIFTS} = []; # Stack of .RS shifts. +} + + +############################################################################## +# Core overrides +############################################################################## + +# Called for each command paragraph. Gets the command, the associated +# paragraph, the line number, and a Pod::Paragraph object. Just dispatches +# the command to a method named the same as the command. =cut is handled +# internally by Pod::Parser. +sub command { + my $self = shift; + my $command = shift; + return if $command eq 'pod'; + return if ($$self{EXCLUDE} && $command ne 'end'); + if ($self->can ('cmd_' . $command)) { + $command = 'cmd_' . $command; + $self->$command (@_); + } else { + my ($text, $line, $paragraph) = @_; + my $file; + ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line; + $text =~ s/\n+\z//; + $text = " $text" if ($text =~ /^\S/); + warn qq($file:$line: Unknown command paragraph "=$command$text"\n); + return; + } +} + +# Called for a verbatim paragraph. Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a +# Pod::Paragraph object. Rofficate backslashes, untabify, put a zero-width +# character at the beginning of each line to protect against commands, and +# wrap in .Vb/.Ve. +sub verbatim { + my $self = shift; + return if $$self{EXCLUDE}; + local $_ = shift; + return if /^\s+$/; + s/\s+$/\n/; + my $lines = tr/\n/\n/; + 1 while s/^(.*?)(\t+)/$1 . ' ' x (length ($2) * 8 - length ($1) % 8)/me; + s/\\/\\e/g; + s/-/\\-/g; + s/'/\\(aq/g; + s/^(\s*\S)/'\&' . $1/gme; + $self->makespace; + $self->output (".Vb $lines\n$_.Ve\n"); + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1; +} + +# Called for a regular text block. Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a +# Pod::Paragraph object. Perform interpolation and output the results. +sub textblock { + my $self = shift; + return if $$self{EXCLUDE}; + $self->output ($_[0]), return if $$self{VERBATIM}; + + # Parse the tree. collapse knows about references to scalars as well as + # scalars and does the right thing with them. Tidy up any trailing + # whitespace. + my $text = shift; + $text = $self->parse ($text, @_); + $text =~ s/\n\s*$/\n/; + + # Output the paragraph. We also have to handle =over without =item. If + # there's an =over without =item, SHIFTWAIT will be set, and we need to + # handle creation of the indent here. Add the shift to SHIFTS so that it + # will be cleaned up on =back. + $self->makespace; + if ($$self{SHIFTWAIT}) { + $self->output (".RS $$self{INDENT}\n"); + push (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} }, $$self{INDENT}); + $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0; + } + $self->output (protect $self->textmapfonts ($text)); + $self->outindex; + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1; +} + +# Called for a formatting code. Takes a Pod::InteriorSequence object and +# returns a reference to a scalar. This scalar is the final formatted text. +# It's returned as a reference to an array so that other formatting codes +# above us know that the text has already been processed. +sub sequence { + my ($self, $seq) = @_; + my $command = $seq->cmd_name; + + # We have to defer processing of the inside of an L<> formatting code. If + # this code is nested inside an L<> code, return the literal raw text of + # it. + my $parent = $seq->nested; + while (defined $parent) { + return $seq->raw_text if ($parent->cmd_name eq 'L'); + $parent = $parent->nested; + } + + # Zero-width characters. + return [ '\&' ] if ($command eq 'Z'); + + # C<>, L<>, X<>, and E<> don't apply guesswork to their contents. C<> + # needs some additional special handling. + my $literal = ($command =~ /^[CELX]$/); + local $_ = $self->collapse ($seq->parse_tree, $literal, $command eq 'C'); + + # Handle E<> escapes. Numeric escapes that match one of the supported ISO + # 8859-1 characters don't work at present. + if ($command eq 'E') { + if (/^\d+$/) { + return [ chr ($_) ]; + } elsif (exists $ESCAPES{$_}) { + return [ $ESCAPES{$_} ]; + } else { + my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line; + warn "$file:$line: Unknown escape E<$_>\n"; + return [ "E<$_>" ]; + } + } + + # For all the other codes, empty content produces no output. + return '' if $_ eq ''; + + # Handle simple formatting codes. + if ($command eq 'B') { + return [ '\f(BS' . $_ . '\f(BE' ]; + } elsif ($command eq 'F' || $command eq 'I') { + return [ '\f(IS' . $_ . '\f(IE' ]; + } elsif ($command eq 'C') { + return [ $self->quote_literal ($_) ]; + } + + # Handle links. + if ($command eq 'L') { + my ($text, $type) = (parselink ($_))[1,4]; + return '' unless $text; + my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line; + $text = $self->parse ($text, $line); + $text = '<' . $text . '>' if $type eq 'url'; + return [ $text ]; + } + + # Whitespace protection replaces whitespace with "\ ". + if ($command eq 'S') { + s/\s+/\\ /g; + return [ $_ ]; + } + + # Add an index entry to the list of ones waiting to be output. + if ($command eq 'X') { + push (@{ $$self{INDEX} }, $_); + return ''; + } + + # Anything else is unknown. + my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line; + warn "$file:$line: Unknown formatting code $command<$_>\n"; +} + + +############################################################################## +# Command paragraphs +############################################################################## + +# All command paragraphs take the paragraph and the line number. + +# First level heading. We can't output .IX in the NAME section due to a bug +# in some versions of catman, so don't output a .IX for that section. .SH +# already uses small caps, so remove \s1 and \s-1. Maintain IN_NAME as +# appropriate, but don't leave it set while calling parse() so as to not +# override guesswork on section headings after NAME. +sub cmd_head1 { + my $self = shift; + $$self{IN_NAME} = 0; + local $_ = $self->parse (@_); + s/\s+$//; + s/\\s-?\d//g; + s/\s*\n\s*/ /g; + if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) { + $$self{ITEMS} = 0; + $self->output (".PD\n"); + } + $self->output ($self->switchquotes ('.SH', $self->mapfonts ($_))); + $self->outindex (($_ eq 'NAME') ? () : ('Header', $_)); + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 0; + $$self{IN_NAME} = ($_ eq 'NAME'); +} + +# Second level heading. +sub cmd_head2 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = $self->parse (@_); + s/\s+$//; + s/\s*\n\s*/ /g; + if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) { + $$self{ITEMS} = 0; + $self->output (".PD\n"); + } + $self->output ($self->switchquotes ('.Sh', $self->mapfonts ($_))); + $self->outindex ('Subsection', $_); + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 0; +} + +# Third level heading. +sub cmd_head3 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = $self->parse (@_); + s/\s+$//; + s/\s*\n\s*/ /g; + if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) { + $$self{ITEMS} = 0; + $self->output (".PD\n"); + } + $self->makespace; + $self->output ($self->textmapfonts ('\f(IS' . $_ . '\f(IE') . "\n"); + $self->outindex ('Subsection', $_); + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1; +} + +# Fourth level heading. +sub cmd_head4 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = $self->parse (@_); + s/\s+$//; + s/\s*\n\s*/ /g; + if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1) { + $$self{ITEMS} = 0; + $self->output (".PD\n"); + } + $self->makespace; + $self->output ($self->textmapfonts ($_) . "\n"); + $self->outindex ('Subsection', $_); + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1; +} + +# Start a list. For indents after the first, wrap the outside indent in .RS +# so that hanging paragraph tags will be correct. +sub cmd_over { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + unless (/^[-+]?\d+\s+$/) { $_ = $$self{indent} } + if (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} } < @{ $$self{INDENTS} }) { + $self->output (".RS $$self{INDENT}\n"); + push (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} }, $$self{INDENT}); + } + push (@{ $$self{INDENTS} }, $$self{INDENT}); + push (@{ $$self{ITEMTYPES} }, 'unknown'); + $$self{INDENT} = ($_ + 0); + $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 1; +} + +# End a list. If we've closed an embedded indent, we've mangled the hanging +# paragraph indent, so temporarily replace it with .RS and set WEIRDINDENT. +# We'll close that .RS at the next =back or =item. +sub cmd_back { + my $self = shift; + $$self{INDENT} = pop @{ $$self{INDENTS} }; + if (defined $$self{INDENT}) { + pop @{ $$self{ITEMTYPES} }; + } else { + my ($file, $line, $paragraph) = @_; + ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line; + warn "$file:$line: Unmatched =back\n"; + $$self{INDENT} = 0; + } + if (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} } > @{ $$self{INDENTS} }) { + $self->output (".RE\n"); + pop @{ $$self{SHIFTS} }; + } + if (@{ $$self{INDENTS} } > 0) { + $self->output (".RE\n"); + $self->output (".RS $$self{INDENT}\n"); + } + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 1; + $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0; +} + +# An individual list item. Emit an index entry for anything that's +# interesting, but don't emit index entries for things like bullets and +# numbers. rofficate bullets too while we're at it (so for nice output, use * +# for your lists rather than o or . or - or some other thing). Newlines in an +# item title are turned into spaces since *roff can't handle them embedded. +sub cmd_item { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = $self->parse (@_); + s/\s+$//; + s/\s*\n\s*/ /g; + my $index; + if (/\w/ && !/^\w[.\)]\s*$/) { + $index = $_; + $index =~ s/^\s*[-*+o.]?(?:\s+|\Z)//; + } + $_ = '*' unless length ($_) > 0; + my $type = $$self{ITEMTYPES}[0]; + unless (defined $type) { + my ($file, $line, $paragraph) = @_; + ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line; + $type = 'unknown'; + } + if ($type eq 'unknown') { + $type = /^\*\s*\Z/ ? 'bullet' : 'text'; + $$self{ITEMTYPES}[0] = $type if $$self{ITEMTYPES}[0]; + } + s/^\*\s*\Z/\\\(bu/ if $type eq 'bullet'; + if (@{ $$self{SHIFTS} } == @{ $$self{INDENTS} }) { + $self->output (".RE\n"); + pop @{ $$self{SHIFTS} }; + } + $_ = $self->textmapfonts ($_); + $self->output (".PD 0\n") if ($$self{ITEMS} == 1); + $self->output ($self->switchquotes ('.IP', $_, $$self{INDENT})); + $self->outindex ($index ? ('Item', $index) : ()); + $$self{NEEDSPACE} = 0; + $$self{ITEMS}++; + $$self{SHIFTWAIT} = 0; +} + +# Begin a block for a particular translator. Setting VERBATIM triggers +# special handling in textblock(). +sub cmd_begin { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my ($kind) = /^(\S+)/ or return; + if ($kind eq 'man' || $kind eq 'roff') { + $$self{VERBATIM} = 1; + } else { + $$self{EXCLUDE} = 1; + } +} + +# End a block for a particular translator. We assume that all =begin/=end +# pairs are properly closed. +sub cmd_end { + my $self = shift; + $$self{EXCLUDE} = 0; + $$self{VERBATIM} = 0; +} + +# One paragraph for a particular translator. Ignore it unless it's intended +# for man or roff, in which case we output it verbatim. +sub cmd_for { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + return unless s/^(?:man|roff)\b[ \t]*\n?//; + $self->output ($_); +} + + +############################################################################## +# Escaping and fontification +############################################################################## + +# At this point, we'll have embedded font codes of the form \f(<font>[SE] +# where <font> is one of B, I, or F. Turn those into the right font start or +# end codes. The old pod2man didn't get B<someI<thing> else> right; after I<> +# it switched back to normal text rather than bold. We take care of this by +# using variables as a combined pointer to our current font sequence, and set +# each to the number of current nestings of start tags for that font. Use +# them as a vector to look up what font sequence to use. +# +# \fP changes to the previous font, but only one previous font is kept. We +# don't know what the outside level font is; normally it's R, but if we're +# inside a heading it could be something else. So arrange things so that the +# outside font is always the "previous" font and end with \fP instead of \fR. +# Idea from Zack Weinberg. +sub mapfonts { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + my ($fixed, $bold, $italic) = (0, 0, 0); + my %magic = (F => \$fixed, B => \$bold, I => \$italic); + my $last = '\fR'; + s { \\f\((.)(.) } { + my $sequence = ''; + my $f; + if ($last ne '\fR') { $sequence = '\fP' } + ${ $magic{$1} } += ($2 eq 'S') ? 1 : -1; + $f = $$self{FONTS}{($fixed && 1) . ($bold && 1) . ($italic && 1)}; + if ($f eq $last) { + ''; + } else { + if ($f ne '\fR') { $sequence .= $f } + $last = $f; + $sequence; + } + }gxe; + $_; +} + +# Unfortunately, there is a bug in Solaris 2.6 nroff (not present in GNU +# groff) where the sequence \fB\fP\f(CW\fP leaves the font set to B rather +# than R, presumably because \f(CW doesn't actually do a font change. To work +# around this, use a separate textmapfonts for text blocks where the default +# font is always R and only use the smart mapfonts for headings. +sub textmapfonts { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + my ($fixed, $bold, $italic) = (0, 0, 0); + my %magic = (F => \$fixed, B => \$bold, I => \$italic); + s { \\f\((.)(.) } { + ${ $magic{$1} } += ($2 eq 'S') ? 1 : -1; + $$self{FONTS}{($fixed && 1) . ($bold && 1) . ($italic && 1)}; + }gxe; + $_; +} + + +############################################################################## +# *roff-specific parsing and magic +############################################################################## + +# Called instead of parse_text, calls parse_text with the right flags. +sub parse { + my $self = shift; + $self->parse_text ({ -expand_seq => 'sequence', + -expand_ptree => 'collapse' }, @_); +} + +# Takes a parse tree, a flag saying whether or not to treat it as literal text +# (not call guesswork on it), and a flag saying whether or not to clean some +# things up for *roff, and returns the concatenation of all of the text +# strings in that parse tree. If the literal flag isn't true, guesswork() +# will be called on all plain scalars in the parse tree. Otherwise, if +# collapse is being called on a C<> code, $cleanup should be set to true and +# some additional cleanup will be done. Assumes that everything in the parse +# tree is either a scalar or a reference to a scalar. +sub collapse { + my ($self, $ptree, $literal, $cleanup) = @_; + + # If we're processing the NAME section, don't do normal guesswork. This + # is because NAME lines are often extracted by utilities like catman that + # require plain text and don't understand *roff markup. We still need to + # escape backslashes and hyphens for *roff (and catman expects \- instead + # of -). + if ($$self{IN_NAME}) { + $literal = 1; + $cleanup = 1; + } + + # Do the collapse of the parse tree as described above. + return join ('', map { + if (ref $_) { + join ('', @$_); + } elsif ($literal) { + if ($cleanup) { + s/\\/\\e/g; + s/-/\\-/g; + s/__/_\\|_/g; + } + $_; + } else { + $self->guesswork ($_); + } + } $ptree->children); +} + +# Takes a text block to perform guesswork on; this is guaranteed not to +# contain any formatting codes. Returns the text block with remapping done. +sub guesswork { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + # rofficate backslashes. + s/\\/\\e/g; + + # Ensure double underbars have a tiny space between them. + s/__/_\\|_/g; + + # Leave hyphens only if they're part of regular words and there is only + # one dash at a time. Leave a dash after the first character as a regular + # non-breaking dash, but don't let it mark the rest of the word invalid + # for hyphenation. + s/-/\\-/g; + s{ + ( (?:\G|^|\s) [a-zA-Z] ) ( \\- )? + ( (?: [a-zA-Z]+ \\-)+ ) + ( [a-zA-Z]+ ) (?=\s|\Z) + \b + } { + my ($prefix, $hyphen, $main, $suffix) = ($1, $2, $3, $4); + $hyphen ||= ''; + $main =~ s/\\-/-/g; + $prefix . $hyphen . $main . $suffix; + }egx; + + # Translate -- into a real em dash if it's used like one. + s{ (\s) \\-\\- (\s) } { $1 . '\*(--' . $2 }egx; + s{ (\b[a-zA-Z]+) \\-\\- (\s|\Z|[a-zA-Z]+\b) } { $1 . '\*(--' . $2 }egx; + + # Make all caps a little smaller. Be careful here, since we don't want to + # make @ARGV into small caps, nor do we want to fix the MIME in + # MIME-Version, since it looks weird with the full-height V. + s{ + ( ^ | [\s\(\"\'\`\[\{<>] ) + ( [A-Z] [A-Z] (?: [/A-Z+:\d_\$&] | \\- )* ) + (?= [\s>\}\]\(\)\'\".?!,;] | \\*\(-- | $ ) + } { $1 . '\s-1' . $2 . '\s0' }egx; + + # Italize functions in the form func(). + s{ + ( \b | \\s-1 ) + ( + [A-Za-z_] ([:\w]|\\s-?[01])+ \(\) + ) + } { $1 . '\f(IS' . $2 . '\f(IE' }egx; + + # func(n) is a reference to a manual page. Make it \fIfunc\fR\|(n). + s{ + ( \b | \\s-1 ) + ( [A-Za-z_] (?:[.:\w]|\\-|\\s-?[01])+ ) + ( + \( \d [a-z]* \) + ) + } { $1 . '\f(IS' . $2 . '\f(IE\|' . $3 }egx; + + # Convert simple Perl variable references to a fixed-width font. + s{ + ( \s+ ) + ( [\$\@%] [\w:]+ ) + (?! \( ) + } { $1 . '\f(FS' . $2 . '\f(FE'}egx; + + # Fix up double quotes. + s{ \" ([^\"]+) \" } { '\*(L"' . $1 . '\*(R"' }egx; + + # Make C++ into \*(C+, which is a squinched version. + s{ \b C\+\+ } {\\*\(C+}gx; + + # All done. + $_; +} + +# Handles C<> text, deciding whether to put \*C` around it or not. This is a +# whole bunch of messy heuristics to try to avoid overquoting, originally from +# Barrie Slaymaker. This largely duplicates similar code in Pod::Text. +sub quote_literal { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + # A regex that matches the portion of a variable reference that's the + # array or hash index, separated out just because we want to use it in + # several places in the following regex. + my $index = '(?: \[.*\] | \{.*\} )?'; + + # Check for things that we don't want to quote, and if we find any of + # them, return the string with just a font change and no quoting. + m{ + ^\s* + (?: + ( [\'\`\"] ) .* \1 # already quoted + | \` .* \' # `quoted' + | \$+ [\#^]? \S $index # special ($^Foo, $") + | [\$\@%&*]+ \#? [:\'\w]+ $index # plain var or func + | [\$\@%&*]* [:\'\w]+ (?: -> )? \(\s*[^\s,]\s*\) # 0/1-arg func call + | [+-]? ( \d[\d.]* | \.\d+ ) (?: [eE][+-]?\d+ )? # a number + | 0x [a-fA-F\d]+ # a hex constant + ) + \s*\z + }xo && return '\f(FS' . $_ . '\f(FE'; + + # If we didn't return, go ahead and quote the text. + return '\f(FS\*(C`' . $_ . "\\*(C'\\f(FE"; +} + + +############################################################################## +# Output formatting +############################################################################## + +# Make vertical whitespace. +sub makespace { + my $self = shift; + $self->output (".PD\n") if ($$self{ITEMS} > 1); + $$self{ITEMS} = 0; + $self->output ($$self{INDENT} > 0 ? ".Sp\n" : ".PP\n") + if $$self{NEEDSPACE}; +} + +# Output any pending index entries, and optionally an index entry given as an +# argument. Support multiple index entries in X<> separated by slashes, and +# strip special escapes from index entries. +sub outindex { + my ($self, $section, $index) = @_; + my @entries = map { split m%\s*/\s*% } @{ $$self{INDEX} }; + return unless ($section || @entries); + $$self{INDEX} = []; + my @output; + if (@entries) { + push (@output, [ 'Xref', join (' ', @entries) ]); + } + if ($section) { + $index =~ s/\\-/-/g; + $index =~ s/\\(?:s-?\d|.\(..|.)//g; + push (@output, [ $section, $index ]); + } + for (@output) { + my ($type, $entry) = @$_; + $entry =~ s/\"/\"\"/g; + $entry =~ s/\\/\\e/g; + $self->output (".IX $type " . '"' . $entry . '"' . "\n"); + } +} + +# Output text to the output device. +sub output { print { $_[0]->output_handle } $_[1] } + +# Given a command and a single argument that may or may not contain double +# quotes, handle double-quote formatting for it. If there are no double +# quotes, just return the command followed by the argument in double quotes. +# If there are double quotes, use an if statement to test for nroff, and for +# nroff output the command followed by the argument in double quotes with +# embedded double quotes doubled. For other formatters, remap paired double +# quotes to LQUOTE and RQUOTE. +sub switchquotes { + my $self = shift; + my $command = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $extra = shift; + s/\\\*\([LR]\"/\"/g; + + # We also have to deal with \*C` and \*C', which are used to add the + # quotes around C<> text, since they may expand to " and if they do this + # confuses the .SH macros and the like no end. Expand them ourselves. + # Also separate troff from nroff if there are any fixed-width fonts in use + # to work around problems with Solaris nroff. + my $c_is_quote = ($$self{LQUOTE} =~ /\"/) || ($$self{RQUOTE} =~ /\"/); + my $fixedpat = join ('|', @{ $$self{FONTS} }{'100', '101', '110', '111'}); + $fixedpat =~ s/\\/\\\\/g; + $fixedpat =~ s/\(/\\\(/g; + if (/\"/ || /$fixedpat/) { + s/\"/\"\"/g; + my $nroff = $_; + my $troff = $_; + $troff =~ s/\"\"([^\"]*)\"\"/\`\`$1\'\'/g; + if ($c_is_quote && /\\\*\(C[\'\`]/) { + $nroff =~ s/\\\*\(C\`/$$self{LQUOTE}/g; + $nroff =~ s/\\\*\(C\'/$$self{RQUOTE}/g; + $troff =~ s/\\\*\(C[\'\`]//g; + } + $nroff = qq("$nroff") . ($extra ? " $extra" : ''); + $troff = qq("$troff") . ($extra ? " $extra" : ''); + + # Work around the Solaris nroff bug where \f(CW\fP leaves the font set + # to Roman rather than the actual previous font when used in headings. + # troff output may still be broken, but at least we can fix nroff by + # just switching the font changes to the non-fixed versions. + $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{100}\E(.*)\\f[PR]/$1/g; + $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{101}\E(.*)\\f([PR])/\\fI$1\\f$2/g; + $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{110}\E(.*)\\f([PR])/\\fB$1\\f$2/g; + $nroff =~ s/\Q$$self{FONTS}{111}\E(.*)\\f([PR])/\\f\(BI$1\\f$2/g; + + # Now finally output the command. Only bother with .ie if the nroff + # and troff output isn't the same. + if ($nroff ne $troff) { + return ".ie n $command $nroff\n.el $command $troff\n"; + } else { + return "$command $nroff\n"; + } + } else { + $_ = qq("$_") . ($extra ? " $extra" : ''); + return "$command $_\n"; + } +} + +############################################################################## +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################## + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Man - Convert POD data to formatted *roff input + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Man; + my $parser = Pod::Man->new (release => $VERSION, section => 8); + + # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT. + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.1. + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.1'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::Man is a module to convert documentation in the POD format (the +preferred language for documenting Perl) into *roff input using the man +macro set. The resulting *roff code is suitable for display on a terminal +using L<nroff(1)>, normally via L<man(1)>, or printing using L<troff(1)>. +It is conventionally invoked using the driver script B<pod2man>, but it can +also be used directly. + +As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Pod::Man supports the same methods and +interfaces. See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, one creates a +new parser with C<< Pod::Man->new() >> and then calls either +parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file(). + +new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs that control the +behavior of the parser. See below for details. + +If no options are given, Pod::Man uses the name of the input file with any +trailing C<.pod>, C<.pm>, or C<.pl> stripped as the man page title, to +section 1 unless the file ended in C<.pm> in which case it defaults to +section 3, to a centered title of "User Contributed Perl Documentation", to +a centered footer of the Perl version it is run with, and to a left-hand +footer of the modification date of its input (or the current date if given +STDIN for input). + +Pod::Man assumes that your *roff formatters have a fixed-width font named +CW. If yours is called something else (like CR), use the C<fixed> option to +specify it. This generally only matters for troff output for printing. +Similarly, you can set the fonts used for bold, italic, and bold italic +fixed-width output. + +Besides the obvious pod conversions, Pod::Man also takes care of formatting +func(), func(3), and simple variable references like $foo or @bar so you +don't have to use code escapes for them; complex expressions like +C<$fred{'stuff'}> will still need to be escaped, though. It also translates +dashes that aren't used as hyphens into en dashes, makes long dashes--like +this--into proper em dashes, fixes "paired quotes," makes C++ look right, +puts a little space between double underbars, makes ALLCAPS a teeny bit +smaller in B<troff>, and escapes stuff that *roff treats as special so that +you don't have to. + +The recognized options to new() are as follows. All options take a single +argument. + +=over 4 + +=item center + +Sets the centered page header to use instead of "User Contributed Perl +Documentation". + +=item date + +Sets the left-hand footer. By default, the modification date of the input +file will be used, or the current date if stat() can't find that file (the +case if the input is from STDIN), and the date will be formatted as +YYYY-MM-DD. + +=item fixed + +The fixed-width font to use for vertabim text and code. Defaults to CW. +Some systems may want CR instead. Only matters for B<troff> output. + +=item fixedbold + +Bold version of the fixed-width font. Defaults to CB. Only matters for +B<troff> output. + +=item fixeditalic + +Italic version of the fixed-width font (actually, something of a misnomer, +since most fixed-width fonts only have an oblique version, not an italic +version). Defaults to CI. Only matters for B<troff> output. + +=item fixedbolditalic + +Bold italic (probably actually oblique) version of the fixed-width font. +Pod::Man doesn't assume you have this, and defaults to CB. Some systems +(such as Solaris) have this font available as CX. Only matters for B<troff> +output. + +=item name + +Set the name of the manual page. Without this option, the manual name is +set to the uppercased base name of the file being converted unless the +manual section is 3, in which case the path is parsed to see if it is a Perl +module path. If it is, a path like C<.../lib/Pod/Man.pm> is converted into +a name like C<Pod::Man>. This option, if given, overrides any automatic +determination of the name. + +=item quotes + +Sets the quote marks used to surround CE<lt>> text. If the value is a +single character, it is used as both the left and right quote; if it is two +characters, the first character is used as the left quote and the second as +the right quoted; and if it is four characters, the first two are used as +the left quote and the second two as the right quote. + +This may also be set to the special value C<none>, in which case no quote +marks are added around CE<lt>> text (but the font is still changed for troff +output). + +=item release + +Set the centered footer. By default, this is the version of Perl you run +Pod::Man under. Note that some system an macro sets assume that the +centered footer will be a modification date and will prepend something like +"Last modified: "; if this is the case, you may want to set C<release> to +the last modified date and C<date> to the version number. + +=item section + +Set the section for the C<.TH> macro. The standard section numbering +convention is to use 1 for user commands, 2 for system calls, 3 for +functions, 4 for devices, 5 for file formats, 6 for games, 7 for +miscellaneous information, and 8 for administrator commands. There is a lot +of variation here, however; some systems (like Solaris) use 4 for file +formats, 5 for miscellaneous information, and 7 for devices. Still others +use 1m instead of 8, or some mix of both. About the only section numbers +that are reliably consistent are 1, 2, and 3. + +By default, section 1 will be used unless the file ends in .pm in which case +section 3 will be selected. + +=back + +The standard Pod::Parser method parse_from_filehandle() takes up to two +arguments, the first being the file handle to read POD from and the second +being the file handle to write the formatted output to. The first defaults +to STDIN if not given, and the second defaults to STDOUT. The method +parse_from_file() is almost identical, except that its two arguments are the +input and output disk files instead. See L<Pod::Parser> for the specific +details. + +=head1 DIAGNOSTICS + +=over 4 + +=item roff font should be 1 or 2 chars, not "%s" + +(F) You specified a *roff font (using C<fixed>, C<fixedbold>, etc.) that +wasn't either one or two characters. Pod::Man doesn't support *roff fonts +longer than two characters, although some *roff extensions do (the canonical +versions of B<nroff> and B<troff> don't either). + +=item Invalid link %s + +(W) The POD source contained a C<LE<lt>E<gt>> formatting code that +Pod::Man was unable to parse. You should never see this error message; it +probably indicates a bug in Pod::Man. + +=item Invalid quote specification "%s" + +(F) The quote specification given (the quotes option to the constructor) was +invalid. A quote specification must be one, two, or four characters long. + +=item %s:%d: Unknown command paragraph "%s". + +(W) The POD source contained a non-standard command paragraph (something of +the form C<=command args>) that Pod::Man didn't know about. It was ignored. + +=item %s:%d: Unknown escape EE<lt>%sE<gt> + +(W) The POD source contained an C<EE<lt>E<gt>> escape that Pod::Man didn't +know about. C<EE<lt>%sE<gt>> was printed verbatim in the output. + +=item %s:%d: Unknown formatting code %s + +(W) The POD source contained a non-standard formatting code (something of +the form C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) that Pod::Man didn't know about. It was ignored. + +=item %s:%d: Unmatched =back + +(W) Pod::Man encountered a C<=back> command that didn't correspond to an +C<=over> command. + +=back + +=head1 BUGS + +Eight-bit input data isn't handled at all well at present. The correct +approach would be to map EE<lt>E<gt> escapes to the appropriate UTF-8 +characters and then do a translation pass on the output according to the +user-specified output character set. Unfortunately, we can't send eight-bit +data directly to the output unless the user says this is okay, since some +vendor *roff implementations can't handle eight-bit data. If the *roff +implementation can, however, that's far superior to the current hacked +characters that only work under troff. + +There is currently no way to turn off the guesswork that tries to format +unmarked text appropriately, and sometimes it isn't wanted (particularly +when using POD to document something other than Perl). + +The NAME section should be recognized specially and index entries emitted +for everything in that section. This would have to be deferred until the +next section, since extraneous things in NAME tends to confuse various man +page processors. + +Pod::Man doesn't handle font names longer than two characters. Neither do +most B<troff> implementations, but GNU troff does as an extension. It would +be nice to support as an option for those who want to use it. + +The preamble added to each output file is rather verbose, and most of it is +only necessary in the presence of EE<lt>E<gt> escapes for non-ASCII +characters. It would ideally be nice if all of those definitions were only +output if needed, perhaps on the fly as the characters are used. + +Pod::Man is excessively slow. + +=head1 CAVEATS + +The handling of hyphens and em dashes is somewhat fragile, and one may get +the wrong one under some circumstances. This should only matter for +B<troff> output. + +When and whether to use small caps is somewhat tricky, and Pod::Man doesn't +necessarily get it right. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser>, L<perlpod(1)>, L<pod2man(1)>, L<nroff(1)>, L<troff(1)>, +L<man(1)>, L<man(7)> + +Ossanna, Joseph F., and Brian W. Kernighan. "Troff User's Manual," +Computing Science Technical Report No. 54, AT&T Bell Laboratories. This is +the best documentation of standard B<nroff> and B<troff>. At the time of +this writing, it's available at +L<http://www.cs.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/cstr.html>. + +The man page documenting the man macro set may be L<man(5)> instead of +L<man(7)> on your system. Also, please see L<pod2man(1)> for extensive +documentation on writing manual pages if you've not done it before and +aren't familiar with the conventions. + +The current version of this module is always available from its web site at +L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>. It is also part of the +Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>, based I<very> heavily on the original +B<pod2man> by Tom Christiansen <tchrist@mox.perl.com>. + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE + +Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=cut diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseLink.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseLink.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e4153da3d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseLink.pm @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +# Pod::ParseLink -- Parse an L<> formatting code in POD text. +# $Id: ParseLink.pm,v 1.6 2002/07/15 05:46:00 eagle Exp $ +# +# Copyright 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu> +# +# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This module implements parsing of the text of an L<> formatting code as +# defined in perlpodspec. It should be suitable for any POD formatter. It +# exports only one function, parselink(), which returns the five-item parse +# defined in perlpodspec. +# +# Perl core hackers, please note that this module is also separately +# maintained outside of the Perl core as part of the podlators. Please send +# me any patches at the address above in addition to sending them to the +# standard Perl mailing lists. + +############################################################################## +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################## + +package Pod::ParseLink; + +require 5.004; + +use strict; +use vars qw(@EXPORT @ISA $VERSION); + +use Exporter; +@ISA = qw(Exporter); +@EXPORT = qw(parselink); + +# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl +# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings. This +# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however. +$VERSION = 1.06; + + +############################################################################## +# Implementation +############################################################################## + +# Parse the name and section portion of a link into a name and section. +sub _parse_section { + my ($link) = @_; + $link =~ s/^\s+//; + $link =~ s/\s+$//; + + # If the whole link is enclosed in quotes, interpret it all as a section + # even if it contains a slash. + return (undef, $1) if ($link =~ /^"\s*(.*?)\s*"$/); + + # Split into page and section on slash, and then clean up quoting in the + # section. If there is no section and the name contains spaces, also + # guess that it's an old section link. + my ($page, $section) = split (/\s*\/\s*/, $link, 2); + $section =~ s/^"\s*(.*?)\s*"$/$1/ if $section; + if ($page && $page =~ / / && !defined ($section)) { + $section = $page; + $page = undef; + } else { + $page = undef unless $page; + $section = undef unless $section; + } + return ($page, $section); +} + +# Infer link text from the page and section. +sub _infer_text { + my ($page, $section) = @_; + my $inferred; + if ($page && !$section) { + $inferred = $page; + } elsif (!$page && $section) { + $inferred = '"' . $section . '"'; + } elsif ($page && $section) { + $inferred = '"' . $section . '" in ' . $page; + } + return $inferred; +} + +# Given the contents of an L<> formatting code, parse it into the link text, +# the possibly inferred link text, the name or URL, the section, and the type +# of link (pod, man, or url). +sub parselink { + my ($link) = @_; + $link =~ s/\s+/ /g; + if ($link =~ /\A\w+:[^:\s]\S*\Z/) { + return (undef, $link, $link, undef, 'url'); + } else { + my $text; + if ($link =~ /\|/) { + ($text, $link) = split (/\|/, $link, 2); + } + my ($name, $section) = _parse_section ($link); + my $inferred = $text || _infer_text ($name, $section); + my $type = ($name && $name =~ /\(\S*\)/) ? 'man' : 'pod'; + return ($text, $inferred, $name, $section, $type); + } +} + + +############################################################################## +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################## + +# Ensure we evaluate to true. +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::ParseLink - Parse an LE<lt>E<gt> formatting code in POD text + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::ParseLink; + my ($text, $inferred, $name, $section, $type) = parselink ($link); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This module only provides a single function, parselink(), which takes the +text of an LE<lt>E<gt> formatting code and parses it. It returns the anchor +text for the link (if any was given), the anchor text possibly inferred from +the name and section, the name or URL, the section if any, and the type of +link. The type will be one of 'url', 'pod', or 'man', indicating a URL, a +link to a POD page, or a link to a Unix manual page. + +Parsing is implemented per L<perlpodspec>. For backward compatibility, +links where there is no section and name contains spaces, or links where the +entirety of the link (except for the anchor text if given) is enclosed in +double-quotes are interpreted as links to a section (LE<lt>/sectionE<gt>). + +The inferred anchor text is implemented per L<perlpodspec>: + + L<name> => L<name|name> + L</section> => L<"section"|/section> + L<name/section> => L<"section" in name|name/section> + +The name may contain embedded EE<lt>E<gt> and ZE<lt>E<gt> formatting codes, +and the section, anchor text, and inferred anchor text may contain any +formatting codes. Any double quotes around the section are removed as part +of the parsing, as is any leading or trailing whitespace. + +If the text of the LE<lt>E<gt> escape is entirely enclosed in double quotes, +it's interpreted as a link to a section for backwards compatibility. + +No attempt is made to resolve formatting codes. This must be done after +calling parselink (since EE<lt>E<gt> formatting codes can be used to escape +characters that would otherwise be significant to the parser and resolving +them before parsing would result in an incorrect parse of a formatting code +like: + + L<verticalE<verbar>barE<sol>slash> + +which should be interpreted as a link to the C<vertical|bar/slash> POD page +and not as a link to the C<slash> section of the C<bar> POD page with an +anchor text of C<vertical>. Note that not only the anchor text will need to +have formatting codes expanded, but so will the target of the link (to deal +with EE<lt>E<gt> and ZE<lt>E<gt> formatting codes), and special handling of +the section may be necessary depending on whether the translator wants to +consider markup in sections to be significant when resolving links. See +L<perlpodspec> for more information. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser> + +The current version of this module is always available from its web site at +L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE + +Copyright 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=cut diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..878860121d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm @@ -0,0 +1,852 @@ +############################################################################# +# Pod/ParseUtils.pm -- helpers for POD parsing and conversion +# +# Copyright (C) 1999-2000 by Marek Rouchal. All rights reserved. +# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software; +# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms +# as Perl itself. +############################################################################# + +package Pod::ParseUtils; + +use vars qw($VERSION); +$VERSION = 1.33; ## Current version of this package +require 5.005; ## requires this Perl version or later + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::ParseUtils - helpers for POD parsing and conversion + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::ParseUtils; + + my $list = new Pod::List; + my $link = Pod::Hyperlink->new('Pod::Parser'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +B<Pod::ParseUtils> contains a few object-oriented helper packages for +POD parsing and processing (i.e. in POD formatters and translators). + +=cut + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Pod::List +# +# class to hold POD list info (=over, =item, =back) +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +package Pod::List; + +use Carp; + +=head2 Pod::List + +B<Pod::List> can be used to hold information about POD lists +(written as =over ... =item ... =back) for further processing. +The following methods are available: + +=over 4 + +=item Pod::List-E<gt>new() + +Create a new list object. Properties may be specified through a hash +reference like this: + + my $list = Pod::List->new({ -start => $., -indent => 4 }); + +See the individual methods/properties for details. + +=cut + +sub new { + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + my %params = @_; + my $self = {%params}; + bless $self, $class; + $self->initialize(); + return $self; +} + +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + $self->{-file} ||= 'unknown'; + $self->{-start} ||= 'unknown'; + $self->{-indent} ||= 4; # perlpod: "should be the default" + $self->{_items} = []; + $self->{-type} ||= ''; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>file() + +Without argument, retrieves the file name the list is in. This must +have been set before by either specifying B<-file> in the B<new()> +method or by calling the B<file()> method with a scalar argument. + +=cut + +# The POD file name the list appears in +sub file { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-file} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-file}; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>start() + +Without argument, retrieves the line number where the list started. +This must have been set before by either specifying B<-start> in the +B<new()> method or by calling the B<start()> method with a scalar +argument. + +=cut + +# The line in the file the node appears +sub start { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-start} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-start}; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>indent() + +Without argument, retrieves the indent level of the list as specified +in C<=over n>. This must have been set before by either specifying +B<-indent> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<indent()> method +with a scalar argument. + +=cut + +# indent level +sub indent { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-indent} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-indent}; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>type() + +Without argument, retrieves the list type, which can be an arbitrary value, +e.g. C<OL>, C<UL>, ... when thinking the HTML way. +This must have been set before by either specifying +B<-type> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<type()> method +with a scalar argument. + +=cut + +# The type of the list (UL, OL, ...) +sub type { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-type} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-type}; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>rx() + +Without argument, retrieves a regular expression for simplifying the +individual item strings once the list type has been determined. Usage: +E.g. when converting to HTML, one might strip the leading number in +an ordered list as C<E<lt>OLE<gt>> already prints numbers itself. +This must have been set before by either specifying +B<-rx> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<rx()> method +with a scalar argument. + +=cut + +# The regular expression to simplify the items +sub rx { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-rx} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-rx}; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>item() + +Without argument, retrieves the array of the items in this list. +The items may be represented by any scalar. +If an argument has been given, it is pushed on the list of items. + +=cut + +# The individual =items of this list +sub item { + my ($self,$item) = @_; + if(defined $item) { + push(@{$self->{_items}}, $item); + return $item; + } + else { + return @{$self->{_items}}; + } +} + +=item $list-E<gt>parent() + +Without argument, retrieves information about the parent holding this +list, which is represented as an arbitrary scalar. +This must have been set before by either specifying +B<-parent> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<parent()> method +with a scalar argument. + +=cut + +# possibility for parsers/translators to store information about the +# lists's parent object +sub parent { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-parent} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-parent}; +} + +=item $list-E<gt>tag() + +Without argument, retrieves information about the list tag, which can be +any scalar. +This must have been set before by either specifying +B<-tag> in the B<new()> method or by calling the B<tag()> method +with a scalar argument. + +=back + +=cut + +# possibility for parsers/translators to store information about the +# list's object +sub tag { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-tag} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-tag}; +} + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Pod::Hyperlink +# +# class to manipulate POD hyperlinks (L<>) +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +package Pod::Hyperlink; + +=head2 Pod::Hyperlink + +B<Pod::Hyperlink> is a class for manipulation of POD hyperlinks. Usage: + + my $link = Pod::Hyperlink->new('alternative text|page/"section in page"'); + +The B<Pod::Hyperlink> class is mainly designed to parse the contents of the +C<LE<lt>...E<gt>> sequence, providing a simple interface for accessing the +different parts of a POD hyperlink for further processing. It can also be +used to construct hyperlinks. + +=over 4 + +=item Pod::Hyperlink-E<gt>new() + +The B<new()> method can either be passed a set of key/value pairs or a single +scalar value, namely the contents of a C<LE<lt>...E<gt>> sequence. An object +of the class C<Pod::Hyperlink> is returned. The value C<undef> indicates a +failure, the error message is stored in C<$@>. + +=cut + +use Carp; + +sub new { + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + my $self = +{}; + bless $self, $class; + $self->initialize(); + if(defined $_[0]) { + if(ref($_[0])) { + # called with a list of parameters + %$self = %{$_[0]}; + $self->_construct_text(); + } + else { + # called with L<> contents + return undef unless($self->parse($_[0])); + } + } + return $self; +} + +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + $self->{-line} ||= 'undef'; + $self->{-file} ||= 'undef'; + $self->{-page} ||= ''; + $self->{-node} ||= ''; + $self->{-alttext} ||= ''; + $self->{-type} ||= 'undef'; + $self->{_warnings} = []; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>parse($string) + +This method can be used to (re)parse a (new) hyperlink, i.e. the contents +of a C<LE<lt>...E<gt>> sequence. The result is stored in the current object. +Warnings are stored in the B<warnings> property. +E.g. sections like C<LE<lt>open(2)E<gt>> are deprecated, as they do not point +to Perl documents. C<LE<lt>DBI::foo(3p)E<gt>> is wrong as well, the manpage +section can simply be dropped. + +=cut + +sub parse { + my $self = shift; + local($_) = $_[0]; + # syntax check the link and extract destination + my ($alttext,$page,$node,$type,$quoted) = (undef,'','','',0); + + $self->{_warnings} = []; + + # collapse newlines with whitespace + s/\s*\n+\s*/ /g; + + # strip leading/trailing whitespace + if(s/^[\s\n]+//) { + $self->warning("ignoring leading whitespace in link"); + } + if(s/[\s\n]+$//) { + $self->warning("ignoring trailing whitespace in link"); + } + unless(length($_)) { + _invalid_link("empty link"); + return undef; + } + + ## Check for different possibilities. This is tedious and error-prone + # we match all possibilities (alttext, page, section/item) + #warn "DEBUG: link=$_\n"; + + # only page + # problem: a lot of people use (), or (1) or the like to indicate + # man page sections. But this collides with L<func()> that is supposed + # to point to an internal funtion... + my $page_rx = '[\w.-]+(?:::[\w.-]+)*(?:[(](?:\d\w*|)[)]|)'; + # page name only + if(m!^($page_rx)$!o) { + $page = $1; + $type = 'page'; + } + # alttext, page and "section" + elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*($page_rx)\s*/\s*"(.+)"$!o) { + ($alttext, $page, $node) = ($1, $2, $3); + $type = 'section'; + $quoted = 1; #... therefore | and / are allowed + } + # alttext and page + elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*($page_rx)$!o) { + ($alttext, $page) = ($1, $2); + $type = 'page'; + } + # alttext and "section" + elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*(?:/\s*|)"(.+)"$!) { + ($alttext, $node) = ($1,$2); + $type = 'section'; + $quoted = 1; + } + # page and "section" + elsif(m!^($page_rx)\s*/\s*"(.+)"$!o) { + ($page, $node) = ($1, $2); + $type = 'section'; + $quoted = 1; + } + # page and item + elsif(m!^($page_rx)\s*/\s*(.+)$!o) { + ($page, $node) = ($1, $2); + $type = 'item'; + } + # only "section" + elsif(m!^/?"(.+)"$!) { + $node = $1; + $type = 'section'; + $quoted = 1; + } + # only item + elsif(m!^\s*/(.+)$!) { + $node = $1; + $type = 'item'; + } + # non-standard: Hyperlink + elsif(m!^(\w+:[^:\s]\S*)$!i) { + $node = $1; + $type = 'hyperlink'; + } + # alttext, page and item + elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*($page_rx)\s*/\s*(.+)$!o) { + ($alttext, $page, $node) = ($1, $2, $3); + $type = 'item'; + } + # alttext and item + elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*/(.+)$!) { + ($alttext, $node) = ($1,$2); + } + # nonstandard: alttext and hyperlink + elsif(m!^(.*?)\s*[|]\s*(\w+:[^:\s]\S*)$!) { + ($alttext, $node) = ($1,$2); + $type = 'hyperlink'; + } + # must be an item or a "malformed" section (without "") + else { + $node = $_; + $type = 'item'; + } + # collapse whitespace in nodes + $node =~ s/\s+/ /gs; + + # empty alternative text expands to node name + if(defined $alttext) { + if(!length($alttext)) { + $alttext = $node | $page; + } + } + else { + $alttext = ''; + } + + if($page =~ /[(]\w*[)]$/) { + $self->warning("(section) in '$page' deprecated"); + } + if(!$quoted && $node =~ m:[|/]: && $type ne 'hyperlink') { + $self->warning("node '$node' contains non-escaped | or /"); + } + if($alttext =~ m:[|/]:) { + $self->warning("alternative text '$node' contains non-escaped | or /"); + } + $self->{-page} = $page; + $self->{-node} = $node; + $self->{-alttext} = $alttext; + #warn "DEBUG: page=$page section=$section item=$item alttext=$alttext\n"; + $self->{-type} = $type; + $self->_construct_text(); + 1; +} + +sub _construct_text { + my $self = shift; + my $alttext = $self->alttext(); + my $type = $self->type(); + my $section = $self->node(); + my $page = $self->page(); + my $page_ext = ''; + $page =~ s/([(]\w*[)])$// && ($page_ext = $1); + if($alttext) { + $self->{_text} = $alttext; + } + elsif($type eq 'hyperlink') { + $self->{_text} = $section; + } + else { + $self->{_text} = ($section || '') . + (($page && $section) ? ' in ' : '') . + "$page$page_ext"; + } + # for being marked up later + # use the non-standard markers P<> and Q<>, so that the resulting + # text can be parsed by the translators. It's their job to put + # the correct hypertext around the linktext + if($alttext) { + $self->{_markup} = "Q<$alttext>"; + } + elsif($type eq 'hyperlink') { + $self->{_markup} = "Q<$section>"; + } + else { + $self->{_markup} = (!$section ? '' : "Q<$section>") . + ($page ? ($section ? ' in ':'') . "P<$page>$page_ext" : ''); + } +} + +=item $link-E<gt>markup($string) + +Set/retrieve the textual value of the link. This string contains special +markers C<PE<lt>E<gt>> and C<QE<lt>E<gt>> that should be expanded by the +translator's interior sequence expansion engine to the +formatter-specific code to highlight/activate the hyperlink. The details +have to be implemented in the translator. + +=cut + +#' retrieve/set markuped text +sub markup { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_markup} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_markup}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>text() + +This method returns the textual representation of the hyperlink as above, +but without markers (read only). Depending on the link type this is one of +the following alternatives (the + and * denote the portions of the text +that are marked up): + + +perl+ L<perl> + *$|* in +perlvar+ L<perlvar/$|> + *OPTIONS* in +perldoc+ L<perldoc/"OPTIONS"> + *DESCRIPTION* L<"DESCRIPTION"> + +=cut + +# The complete link's text +sub text { + $_[0]->{_text}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>warning() + +After parsing, this method returns any warnings encountered during the +parsing process. + +=cut + +# Set/retrieve warnings +sub warning { + my $self = shift; + if(@_) { + push(@{$self->{_warnings}}, @_); + return @_; + } + return @{$self->{_warnings}}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>file() + +=item $link-E<gt>line() + +Just simple slots for storing information about the line and the file +the link was encountered in. Has to be filled in manually. + +=cut + +# The line in the file the link appears +sub line { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-line} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-line}; +} + +# The POD file name the link appears in +sub file { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-file} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-file}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>page() + +This method sets or returns the POD page this link points to. + +=cut + +# The POD page the link appears on +sub page { + if (@_ > 1) { + $_[0]->{-page} = $_[1]; + $_[0]->_construct_text(); + } + $_[0]->{-page}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>node() + +As above, but the destination node text of the link. + +=cut + +# The link destination +sub node { + if (@_ > 1) { + $_[0]->{-node} = $_[1]; + $_[0]->_construct_text(); + } + $_[0]->{-node}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>alttext() + +Sets or returns an alternative text specified in the link. + +=cut + +# Potential alternative text +sub alttext { + if (@_ > 1) { + $_[0]->{-alttext} = $_[1]; + $_[0]->_construct_text(); + } + $_[0]->{-alttext}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>type() + +The node type, either C<section> or C<item>. As an unofficial type, +there is also C<hyperlink>, derived from e.g. C<LE<lt>http://perl.comE<gt>> + +=cut + +# The type: item or headn +sub type { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-type} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-type}; +} + +=item $link-E<gt>link() + +Returns the link as contents of C<LE<lt>E<gt>>. Reciprocal to B<parse()>. + +=back + +=cut + +# The link itself +sub link { + my $self = shift; + my $link = $self->page() || ''; + if($self->node()) { + my $node = $self->node(); + $text =~ s/\|/E<verbar>/g; + $text =~ s:/:E<sol>:g; + if($self->type() eq 'section') { + $link .= ($link ? '/' : '') . '"' . $node . '"'; + } + elsif($self->type() eq 'hyperlink') { + $link = $self->node(); + } + else { # item + $link .= '/' . $node; + } + } + if($self->alttext()) { + my $text = $self->alttext(); + $text =~ s/\|/E<verbar>/g; + $text =~ s:/:E<sol>:g; + $link = "$text|$link"; + } + $link; +} + +sub _invalid_link { + my ($msg) = @_; + # this sets @_ + #eval { die "$msg\n" }; + #chomp $@; + $@ = $msg; # this seems to work, too! + undef; +} + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Pod::Cache +# +# class to hold POD page details +#----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +package Pod::Cache; + +=head2 Pod::Cache + +B<Pod::Cache> holds information about a set of POD documents, +especially the nodes for hyperlinks. +The following methods are available: + +=over 4 + +=item Pod::Cache-E<gt>new() + +Create a new cache object. This object can hold an arbitrary number of +POD documents of class Pod::Cache::Item. + +=cut + +sub new { + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + my $self = []; + bless $self, $class; + return $self; +} + +=item $cache-E<gt>item() + +Add a new item to the cache. Without arguments, this method returns a +list of all cache elements. + +=cut + +sub item { + my ($self,%param) = @_; + if(%param) { + my $item = Pod::Cache::Item->new(%param); + push(@$self, $item); + return $item; + } + else { + return @{$self}; + } +} + +=item $cache-E<gt>find_page($name) + +Look for a POD document named C<$name> in the cache. Returns the +reference to the corresponding Pod::Cache::Item object or undef if +not found. + +=back + +=cut + +sub find_page { + my ($self,$page) = @_; + foreach(@$self) { + if($_->page() eq $page) { + return $_; + } + } + undef; +} + +package Pod::Cache::Item; + +=head2 Pod::Cache::Item + +B<Pod::Cache::Item> holds information about individual POD documents, +that can be grouped in a Pod::Cache object. +It is intended to hold information about the hyperlink nodes of POD +documents. +The following methods are available: + +=over 4 + +=item Pod::Cache::Item-E<gt>new() + +Create a new object. + +=cut + +sub new { + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + my %params = @_; + my $self = {%params}; + bless $self, $class; + $self->initialize(); + return $self; +} + +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + $self->{-nodes} = [] unless(defined $self->{-nodes}); +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>page() + +Set/retrieve the POD document name (e.g. "Pod::Parser"). + +=cut + +# The POD page +sub page { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-page} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-page}; +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>description() + +Set/retrieve the POD short description as found in the C<=head1 NAME> +section. + +=cut + +# The POD description, taken out of NAME if present +sub description { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-description} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-description}; +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>path() + +Set/retrieve the POD file storage path. + +=cut + +# The file path +sub path { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-path} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-path}; +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>file() + +Set/retrieve the POD file name. + +=cut + +# The POD file name +sub file { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{-file} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{-file}; +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>nodes() + +Add a node (or a list of nodes) to the document's node list. Note that +the order is kept, i.e. start with the first node and end with the last. +If no argument is given, the current list of nodes is returned in the +same order the nodes have been added. +A node can be any scalar, but usually is a pair of node string and +unique id for the C<find_node> method to work correctly. + +=cut + +# The POD nodes +sub nodes { + my ($self,@nodes) = @_; + if(@nodes) { + push(@{$self->{-nodes}}, @nodes); + return @nodes; + } + else { + return @{$self->{-nodes}}; + } +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>find_node($name) + +Look for a node or index entry named C<$name> in the object. +Returns the unique id of the node (i.e. the second element of the array +stored in the node arry) or undef if not found. + +=cut + +sub find_node { + my ($self,$node) = @_; + my @search; + push(@search, @{$self->{-nodes}}) if($self->{-nodes}); + push(@search, @{$self->{-idx}}) if($self->{-idx}); + foreach(@search) { + if($_->[0] eq $node) { + return $_->[1]; # id + } + } + undef; +} + +=item $cacheitem-E<gt>idx() + +Add an index entry (or a list of them) to the document's index list. Note that +the order is kept, i.e. start with the first node and end with the last. +If no argument is given, the current list of index entries is returned in the +same order the entries have been added. +An index entry can be any scalar, but usually is a pair of string and +unique id. + +=back + +=cut + +# The POD index entries +sub idx { + my ($self,@idx) = @_; + if(@idx) { + push(@{$self->{-idx}}, @idx); + return @idx; + } + else { + return @{$self->{-idx}}; + } +} + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Marek Rouchal E<lt>marekr@cpan.orgE<gt>, borrowing +a lot of things from L<pod2man> and L<pod2roff> as well as other POD +processing tools by Tom Christiansen, Brad Appleton and Russ Allbery. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<pod2man>, L<pod2roff>, L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Checker>, +L<pod2html> + +=cut + +1; diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Parser.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Parser.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a5fde848503 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Parser.pm @@ -0,0 +1,1799 @@ +############################################################################# +# Pod/Parser.pm -- package which defines a base class for parsing POD docs. +# +# Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved. +# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software; +# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms +# as Perl itself. +############################################################################# + +package Pod::Parser; + +use vars qw($VERSION); +$VERSION = 1.32; ## Current version of this package +require 5.005; ## requires this Perl version or later + +############################################################################# + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Parser - base class for creating POD filters and translators + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Parser; + + package MyParser; + @ISA = qw(Pod::Parser); + + sub command { + my ($parser, $command, $paragraph, $line_num) = @_; + ## Interpret the command and its text; sample actions might be: + if ($command eq 'head1') { ... } + elsif ($command eq 'head2') { ... } + ## ... other commands and their actions + my $out_fh = $parser->output_handle(); + my $expansion = $parser->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num); + print $out_fh $expansion; + } + + sub verbatim { + my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num) = @_; + ## Format verbatim paragraph; sample actions might be: + my $out_fh = $parser->output_handle(); + print $out_fh $paragraph; + } + + sub textblock { + my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num) = @_; + ## Translate/Format this block of text; sample actions might be: + my $out_fh = $parser->output_handle(); + my $expansion = $parser->interpolate($paragraph, $line_num); + print $out_fh $expansion; + } + + sub interior_sequence { + my ($parser, $seq_command, $seq_argument) = @_; + ## Expand an interior sequence; sample actions might be: + return "*$seq_argument*" if ($seq_command eq 'B'); + return "`$seq_argument'" if ($seq_command eq 'C'); + return "_${seq_argument}_'" if ($seq_command eq 'I'); + ## ... other sequence commands and their resulting text + } + + package main; + + ## Create a parser object and have it parse file whose name was + ## given on the command-line (use STDIN if no files were given). + $parser = new MyParser(); + $parser->parse_from_filehandle(\*STDIN) if (@ARGV == 0); + for (@ARGV) { $parser->parse_from_file($_); } + +=head1 REQUIRES + +perl5.005, Pod::InputObjects, Exporter, Symbol, Carp + +=head1 EXPORTS + +Nothing. + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +B<Pod::Parser> is a base class for creating POD filters and translators. +It handles most of the effort involved with parsing the POD sections +from an input stream, leaving subclasses free to be concerned only with +performing the actual translation of text. + +B<Pod::Parser> parses PODs, and makes method calls to handle the various +components of the POD. Subclasses of B<Pod::Parser> override these methods +to translate the POD into whatever output format they desire. + +=head1 QUICK OVERVIEW + +To create a POD filter for translating POD documentation into some other +format, you create a subclass of B<Pod::Parser> which typically overrides +just the base class implementation for the following methods: + +=over 2 + +=item * + +B<command()> + +=item * + +B<verbatim()> + +=item * + +B<textblock()> + +=item * + +B<interior_sequence()> + +=back + +You may also want to override the B<begin_input()> and B<end_input()> +methods for your subclass (to perform any needed per-file and/or +per-document initialization or cleanup). + +If you need to perform any preprocesssing of input before it is parsed +you may want to override one or more of B<preprocess_line()> and/or +B<preprocess_paragraph()>. + +Sometimes it may be necessary to make more than one pass over the input +files. If this is the case you have several options. You can make the +first pass using B<Pod::Parser> and override your methods to store the +intermediate results in memory somewhere for the B<end_pod()> method to +process. You could use B<Pod::Parser> for several passes with an +appropriate state variable to control the operation for each pass. If +your input source can't be reset to start at the beginning, you can +store it in some other structure as a string or an array and have that +structure implement a B<getline()> method (which is all that +B<parse_from_filehandle()> uses to read input). + +Feel free to add any member data fields you need to keep track of things +like current font, indentation, horizontal or vertical position, or +whatever else you like. Be sure to read L<"PRIVATE METHODS AND DATA"> +to avoid name collisions. + +For the most part, the B<Pod::Parser> base class should be able to +do most of the input parsing for you and leave you free to worry about +how to intepret the commands and translate the result. + +Note that all we have described here in this quick overview is the +simplest most straightforward use of B<Pod::Parser> to do stream-based +parsing. It is also possible to use the B<Pod::Parser::parse_text> function +to do more sophisticated tree-based parsing. See L<"TREE-BASED PARSING">. + +=head1 PARSING OPTIONS + +A I<parse-option> is simply a named option of B<Pod::Parser> with a +value that corresponds to a certain specified behavior. These various +behaviors of B<Pod::Parser> may be enabled/disabled by setting +or unsetting one or more I<parse-options> using the B<parseopts()> method. +The set of currently accepted parse-options is as follows: + +=over 3 + +=item B<-want_nonPODs> (default: unset) + +Normally (by default) B<Pod::Parser> will only provide access to +the POD sections of the input. Input paragraphs that are not part +of the POD-format documentation are not made available to the caller +(not even using B<preprocess_paragraph()>). Setting this option to a +non-empty, non-zero value will allow B<preprocess_paragraph()> to see +non-POD sections of the input as well as POD sections. The B<cutting()> +method can be used to determine if the corresponding paragraph is a POD +paragraph, or some other input paragraph. + +=item B<-process_cut_cmd> (default: unset) + +Normally (by default) B<Pod::Parser> handles the C<=cut> POD directive +by itself and does not pass it on to the caller for processing. Setting +this option to a non-empty, non-zero value will cause B<Pod::Parser> to +pass the C<=cut> directive to the caller just like any other POD command +(and hence it may be processed by the B<command()> method). + +B<Pod::Parser> will still interpret the C<=cut> directive to mean that +"cutting mode" has been (re)entered, but the caller will get a chance +to capture the actual C<=cut> paragraph itself for whatever purpose +it desires. + +=item B<-warnings> (default: unset) + +Normally (by default) B<Pod::Parser> recognizes a bare minimum of +pod syntax errors and warnings and issues diagnostic messages +for errors, but not for warnings. (Use B<Pod::Checker> to do more +thorough checking of POD syntax.) Setting this option to a non-empty, +non-zero value will cause B<Pod::Parser> to issue diagnostics for +the few warnings it recognizes as well as the errors. + +=back + +Please see L<"parseopts()"> for a complete description of the interface +for the setting and unsetting of parse-options. + +=cut + +############################################################################# + +use vars qw(@ISA); +use strict; +#use diagnostics; +use Pod::InputObjects; +use Carp; +use Exporter; +BEGIN { + if ($] < 5.6) { + require Symbol; + import Symbol; + } +} +@ISA = qw(Exporter); + +## These "variables" are used as local "glob aliases" for performance +use vars qw(%myData %myOpts @input_stack); + +############################################################################# + +=head1 RECOMMENDED SUBROUTINE/METHOD OVERRIDES + +B<Pod::Parser> provides several methods which most subclasses will probably +want to override. These methods are as follows: + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<command()> + + $parser->command($cmd,$text,$line_num,$pod_para); + +This method should be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate +action when a POD command paragraph (denoted by a line beginning with +"=") is encountered. When such a POD directive is seen in the input, +this method is called and is passed: + +=over 3 + +=item C<$cmd> + +the name of the command for this POD paragraph + +=item C<$text> + +the paragraph text for the given POD paragraph command. + +=item C<$line_num> + +the line-number of the beginning of the paragraph + +=item C<$pod_para> + +a reference to a C<Pod::Paragraph> object which contains further +information about the paragraph command (see L<Pod::InputObjects> +for details). + +=back + +B<Note> that this method I<is> called for C<=pod> paragraphs. + +The base class implementation of this method simply treats the raw POD +command as normal block of paragraph text (invoking the B<textblock()> +method with the command paragraph). + +=cut + +sub command { + my ($self, $cmd, $text, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + ## Just treat this like a textblock + $self->textblock($pod_para->raw_text(), $line_num, $pod_para); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<verbatim()> + + $parser->verbatim($text,$line_num,$pod_para); + +This method may be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate +action when a block of verbatim text is encountered. It is passed the +following parameters: + +=over 3 + +=item C<$text> + +the block of text for the verbatim paragraph + +=item C<$line_num> + +the line-number of the beginning of the paragraph + +=item C<$pod_para> + +a reference to a C<Pod::Paragraph> object which contains further +information about the paragraph (see L<Pod::InputObjects> +for details). + +=back + +The base class implementation of this method simply prints the textblock +(unmodified) to the output filehandle. + +=cut + +sub verbatim { + my ($self, $text, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my $out_fh = $self->{_OUTPUT}; + print $out_fh $text; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<textblock()> + + $parser->textblock($text,$line_num,$pod_para); + +This method may be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate +action when a normal block of POD text is encountered (although the base +class method will usually do what you want). It is passed the following +parameters: + +=over 3 + +=item C<$text> + +the block of text for the a POD paragraph + +=item C<$line_num> + +the line-number of the beginning of the paragraph + +=item C<$pod_para> + +a reference to a C<Pod::Paragraph> object which contains further +information about the paragraph (see L<Pod::InputObjects> +for details). + +=back + +In order to process interior sequences, subclasses implementations of +this method will probably want to invoke either B<interpolate()> or +B<parse_text()>, passing it the text block C<$text>, and the corresponding +line number in C<$line_num>, and then perform any desired processing upon +the returned result. + +The base class implementation of this method simply prints the text block +as it occurred in the input stream). + +=cut + +sub textblock { + my ($self, $text, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my $out_fh = $self->{_OUTPUT}; + print $out_fh $self->interpolate($text, $line_num); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<interior_sequence()> + + $parser->interior_sequence($seq_cmd,$seq_arg,$pod_seq); + +This method should be overridden by subclasses to take the appropriate +action when an interior sequence is encountered. An interior sequence is +an embedded command within a block of text which appears as a command +name (usually a single uppercase character) followed immediately by a +string of text which is enclosed in angle brackets. This method is +passed the sequence command C<$seq_cmd> and the corresponding text +C<$seq_arg>. It is invoked by the B<interpolate()> method for each interior +sequence that occurs in the string that it is passed. It should return +the desired text string to be used in place of the interior sequence. +The C<$pod_seq> argument is a reference to a C<Pod::InteriorSequence> +object which contains further information about the interior sequence. +Please see L<Pod::InputObjects> for details if you need to access this +additional information. + +Subclass implementations of this method may wish to invoke the +B<nested()> method of C<$pod_seq> to see if it is nested inside +some other interior-sequence (and if so, which kind). + +The base class implementation of the B<interior_sequence()> method +simply returns the raw text of the interior sequence (as it occurred +in the input) to the caller. + +=cut + +sub interior_sequence { + my ($self, $seq_cmd, $seq_arg, $pod_seq) = @_; + ## Just return the raw text of the interior sequence + return $pod_seq->raw_text(); +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 OPTIONAL SUBROUTINE/METHOD OVERRIDES + +B<Pod::Parser> provides several methods which subclasses may want to override +to perform any special pre/post-processing. These methods do I<not> have to +be overridden, but it may be useful for subclasses to take advantage of them. + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<new()> + + my $parser = Pod::Parser->new(); + +This is the constructor for B<Pod::Parser> and its subclasses. You +I<do not> need to override this method! It is capable of constructing +subclass objects as well as base class objects, provided you use +any of the following constructor invocation styles: + + my $parser1 = MyParser->new(); + my $parser2 = new MyParser(); + my $parser3 = $parser2->new(); + +where C<MyParser> is some subclass of B<Pod::Parser>. + +Using the syntax C<MyParser::new()> to invoke the constructor is I<not> +recommended, but if you insist on being able to do this, then the +subclass I<will> need to override the B<new()> constructor method. If +you do override the constructor, you I<must> be sure to invoke the +B<initialize()> method of the newly blessed object. + +Using any of the above invocations, the first argument to the +constructor is always the corresponding package name (or object +reference). No other arguments are required, but if desired, an +associative array (or hash-table) my be passed to the B<new()> +constructor, as in: + + my $parser1 = MyParser->new( MYDATA => $value1, MOREDATA => $value2 ); + my $parser2 = new MyParser( -myflag => 1 ); + +All arguments passed to the B<new()> constructor will be treated as +key/value pairs in a hash-table. The newly constructed object will be +initialized by copying the contents of the given hash-table (which may +have been empty). The B<new()> constructor for this class and all of its +subclasses returns a blessed reference to the initialized object (hash-table). + +=cut + +sub new { + ## Determine if we were called via an object-ref or a classname + my $this = shift; + my $class = ref($this) || $this; + ## Any remaining arguments are treated as initial values for the + ## hash that is used to represent this object. + my %params = @_; + my $self = { %params }; + ## Bless ourselves into the desired class and perform any initialization + bless $self, $class; + $self->initialize(); + return $self; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<initialize()> + + $parser->initialize(); + +This method performs any necessary object initialization. It takes no +arguments (other than the object instance of course, which is typically +copied to a local variable named C<$self>). If subclasses override this +method then they I<must> be sure to invoke C<$self-E<gt>SUPER::initialize()>. + +=cut + +sub initialize { + #my $self = shift; + #return; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<begin_pod()> + + $parser->begin_pod(); + +This method is invoked at the beginning of processing for each POD +document that is encountered in the input. Subclasses should override +this method to perform any per-document initialization. + +=cut + +sub begin_pod { + #my $self = shift; + #return; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<begin_input()> + + $parser->begin_input(); + +This method is invoked by B<parse_from_filehandle()> immediately I<before> +processing input from a filehandle. The base class implementation does +nothing, however, subclasses may override it to perform any per-file +initializations. + +Note that if multiple files are parsed for a single POD document +(perhaps the result of some future C<=include> directive) this method +is invoked for every file that is parsed. If you wish to perform certain +initializations once per document, then you should use B<begin_pod()>. + +=cut + +sub begin_input { + #my $self = shift; + #return; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<end_input()> + + $parser->end_input(); + +This method is invoked by B<parse_from_filehandle()> immediately I<after> +processing input from a filehandle. The base class implementation does +nothing, however, subclasses may override it to perform any per-file +cleanup actions. + +Please note that if multiple files are parsed for a single POD document +(perhaps the result of some kind of C<=include> directive) this method +is invoked for every file that is parsed. If you wish to perform certain +cleanup actions once per document, then you should use B<end_pod()>. + +=cut + +sub end_input { + #my $self = shift; + #return; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<end_pod()> + + $parser->end_pod(); + +This method is invoked at the end of processing for each POD document +that is encountered in the input. Subclasses should override this method +to perform any per-document finalization. + +=cut + +sub end_pod { + #my $self = shift; + #return; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<preprocess_line()> + + $textline = $parser->preprocess_line($text, $line_num); + +This method should be overridden by subclasses that wish to perform +any kind of preprocessing for each I<line> of input (I<before> it has +been determined whether or not it is part of a POD paragraph). The +parameter C<$text> is the input line; and the parameter C<$line_num> is +the line number of the corresponding text line. + +The value returned should correspond to the new text to use in its +place. If the empty string or an undefined value is returned then no +further processing will be performed for this line. + +Please note that the B<preprocess_line()> method is invoked I<before> +the B<preprocess_paragraph()> method. After all (possibly preprocessed) +lines in a paragraph have been assembled together and it has been +determined that the paragraph is part of the POD documentation from one +of the selected sections, then B<preprocess_paragraph()> is invoked. + +The base class implementation of this method returns the given text. + +=cut + +sub preprocess_line { + my ($self, $text, $line_num) = @_; + return $text; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<preprocess_paragraph()> + + $textblock = $parser->preprocess_paragraph($text, $line_num); + +This method should be overridden by subclasses that wish to perform any +kind of preprocessing for each block (paragraph) of POD documentation +that appears in the input stream. The parameter C<$text> is the POD +paragraph from the input file; and the parameter C<$line_num> is the +line number for the beginning of the corresponding paragraph. + +The value returned should correspond to the new text to use in its +place If the empty string is returned or an undefined value is +returned, then the given C<$text> is ignored (not processed). + +This method is invoked after gathering up all the lines in a paragraph +and after determining the cutting state of the paragraph, +but before trying to further parse or interpret them. After +B<preprocess_paragraph()> returns, the current cutting state (which +is returned by C<$self-E<gt>cutting()>) is examined. If it evaluates +to true then input text (including the given C<$text>) is cut (not +processed) until the next POD directive is encountered. + +Please note that the B<preprocess_line()> method is invoked I<before> +the B<preprocess_paragraph()> method. After all (possibly preprocessed) +lines in a paragraph have been assembled together and either it has been +determined that the paragraph is part of the POD documentation from one +of the selected sections or the C<-want_nonPODs> option is true, +then B<preprocess_paragraph()> is invoked. + +The base class implementation of this method returns the given text. + +=cut + +sub preprocess_paragraph { + my ($self, $text, $line_num) = @_; + return $text; +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 METHODS FOR PARSING AND PROCESSING + +B<Pod::Parser> provides several methods to process input text. These +methods typically won't need to be overridden (and in some cases they +can't be overridden), but subclasses may want to invoke them to exploit +their functionality. + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<parse_text()> + + $ptree1 = $parser->parse_text($text, $line_num); + $ptree2 = $parser->parse_text({%opts}, $text, $line_num); + $ptree3 = $parser->parse_text(\%opts, $text, $line_num); + +This method is useful if you need to perform your own interpolation +of interior sequences and can't rely upon B<interpolate> to expand +them in simple bottom-up order. + +The parameter C<$text> is a string or block of text to be parsed +for interior sequences; and the parameter C<$line_num> is the +line number curresponding to the beginning of C<$text>. + +B<parse_text()> will parse the given text into a parse-tree of "nodes." +and interior-sequences. Each "node" in the parse tree is either a +text-string, or a B<Pod::InteriorSequence>. The result returned is a +parse-tree of type B<Pod::ParseTree>. Please see L<Pod::InputObjects> +for more information about B<Pod::InteriorSequence> and B<Pod::ParseTree>. + +If desired, an optional hash-ref may be specified as the first argument +to customize certain aspects of the parse-tree that is created and +returned. The set of recognized option keywords are: + +=over 3 + +=item B<-expand_seq> =E<gt> I<code-ref>|I<method-name> + +Normally, the parse-tree returned by B<parse_text()> will contain an +unexpanded C<Pod::InteriorSequence> object for each interior-sequence +encountered. Specifying B<-expand_seq> tells B<parse_text()> to "expand" +every interior-sequence it sees by invoking the referenced function +(or named method of the parser object) and using the return value as the +expanded result. + +If a subroutine reference was given, it is invoked as: + + &$code_ref( $parser, $sequence ) + +and if a method-name was given, it is invoked as: + + $parser->method_name( $sequence ) + +where C<$parser> is a reference to the parser object, and C<$sequence> +is a reference to the interior-sequence object. +[I<NOTE>: If the B<interior_sequence()> method is specified, then it is +invoked according to the interface specified in L<"interior_sequence()">]. + +=item B<-expand_text> =E<gt> I<code-ref>|I<method-name> + +Normally, the parse-tree returned by B<parse_text()> will contain a +text-string for each contiguous sequence of characters outside of an +interior-sequence. Specifying B<-expand_text> tells B<parse_text()> to +"preprocess" every such text-string it sees by invoking the referenced +function (or named method of the parser object) and using the return value +as the preprocessed (or "expanded") result. [Note that if the result is +an interior-sequence, then it will I<not> be expanded as specified by the +B<-expand_seq> option; Any such recursive expansion needs to be handled by +the specified callback routine.] + +If a subroutine reference was given, it is invoked as: + + &$code_ref( $parser, $text, $ptree_node ) + +and if a method-name was given, it is invoked as: + + $parser->method_name( $text, $ptree_node ) + +where C<$parser> is a reference to the parser object, C<$text> is the +text-string encountered, and C<$ptree_node> is a reference to the current +node in the parse-tree (usually an interior-sequence object or else the +top-level node of the parse-tree). + +=item B<-expand_ptree> =E<gt> I<code-ref>|I<method-name> + +Rather than returning a C<Pod::ParseTree>, pass the parse-tree as an +argument to the referenced subroutine (or named method of the parser +object) and return the result instead of the parse-tree object. + +If a subroutine reference was given, it is invoked as: + + &$code_ref( $parser, $ptree ) + +and if a method-name was given, it is invoked as: + + $parser->method_name( $ptree ) + +where C<$parser> is a reference to the parser object, and C<$ptree> +is a reference to the parse-tree object. + +=back + +=cut + +sub parse_text { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = ''; + + ## Get options and set any defaults + my %opts = (ref $_[0]) ? %{ shift() } : (); + my $expand_seq = $opts{'-expand_seq'} || undef; + my $expand_text = $opts{'-expand_text'} || undef; + my $expand_ptree = $opts{'-expand_ptree'} || undef; + + my $text = shift; + my $line = shift; + my $file = $self->input_file(); + my $cmd = ""; + + ## Convert method calls into closures, for our convenience + my $xseq_sub = $expand_seq; + my $xtext_sub = $expand_text; + my $xptree_sub = $expand_ptree; + if (defined $expand_seq and $expand_seq eq 'interior_sequence') { + ## If 'interior_sequence' is the method to use, we have to pass + ## more than just the sequence object, we also need to pass the + ## sequence name and text. + $xseq_sub = sub { + my ($self, $iseq) = @_; + my $args = join("", $iseq->parse_tree->children); + return $self->interior_sequence($iseq->name, $args, $iseq); + }; + } + ref $xseq_sub or $xseq_sub = sub { shift()->$expand_seq(@_) }; + ref $xtext_sub or $xtext_sub = sub { shift()->$expand_text(@_) }; + ref $xptree_sub or $xptree_sub = sub { shift()->$expand_ptree(@_) }; + + ## Keep track of the "current" interior sequence, and maintain a stack + ## of "in progress" sequences. + ## + ## NOTE that we push our own "accumulator" at the very beginning of the + ## stack. It's really a parse-tree, not a sequence; but it implements + ## the methods we need so we can use it to gather-up all the sequences + ## and strings we parse. Thus, by the end of our parsing, it should be + ## the only thing left on our stack and all we have to do is return it! + ## + my $seq = Pod::ParseTree->new(); + my @seq_stack = ($seq); + my ($ldelim, $rdelim) = ('', ''); + + ## Iterate over all sequence starts text (NOTE: split with + ## capturing parens keeps the delimiters) + $_ = $text; + my @tokens = split /([A-Z]<(?:<+\s)?)/; + while ( @tokens ) { + $_ = shift @tokens; + ## Look for the beginning of a sequence + if ( /^([A-Z])(<(?:<+\s)?)$/ ) { + ## Push a new sequence onto the stack of those "in-progress" + my $ldelim_orig; + ($cmd, $ldelim_orig) = ($1, $2); + ($ldelim = $ldelim_orig) =~ s/\s+$//; + ($rdelim = $ldelim) =~ tr/</>/; + $seq = Pod::InteriorSequence->new( + -name => $cmd, + -ldelim => $ldelim_orig, -rdelim => $rdelim, + -file => $file, -line => $line + ); + (@seq_stack > 1) and $seq->nested($seq_stack[-1]); + push @seq_stack, $seq; + } + ## Look for sequence ending + elsif ( @seq_stack > 1 ) { + ## Make sure we match the right kind of closing delimiter + my ($seq_end, $post_seq) = ("", ""); + if ( ($ldelim eq '<' and /\A(.*?)(>)/s) + or /\A(.*?)(\s+$rdelim)/s ) + { + ## Found end-of-sequence, capture the interior and the + ## closing the delimiter, and put the rest back on the + ## token-list + $post_seq = substr($_, length($1) + length($2)); + ($_, $seq_end) = ($1, $2); + (length $post_seq) and unshift @tokens, $post_seq; + } + if (length) { + ## In the middle of a sequence, append this text to it, and + ## dont forget to "expand" it if that's what the caller wanted + $seq->append($expand_text ? &$xtext_sub($self,$_,$seq) : $_); + $_ .= $seq_end; + } + if (length $seq_end) { + ## End of current sequence, record terminating delimiter + $seq->rdelim($seq_end); + ## Pop it off the stack of "in progress" sequences + pop @seq_stack; + ## Append result to its parent in current parse tree + $seq_stack[-1]->append($expand_seq ? &$xseq_sub($self,$seq) + : $seq); + ## Remember the current cmd-name and left-delimiter + if(@seq_stack > 1) { + $cmd = $seq_stack[-1]->name; + $ldelim = $seq_stack[-1]->ldelim; + $rdelim = $seq_stack[-1]->rdelim; + } else { + $cmd = $ldelim = $rdelim = ''; + } + } + } + elsif (length) { + ## In the middle of a sequence, append this text to it, and + ## dont forget to "expand" it if that's what the caller wanted + $seq->append($expand_text ? &$xtext_sub($self,$_,$seq) : $_); + } + ## Keep track of line count + $line += tr/\n//; + ## Remember the "current" sequence + $seq = $seq_stack[-1]; + } + + ## Handle unterminated sequences + my $errorsub = (@seq_stack > 1) ? $self->errorsub() : undef; + while (@seq_stack > 1) { + ($cmd, $file, $line) = ($seq->name, $seq->file_line); + $ldelim = $seq->ldelim; + ($rdelim = $ldelim) =~ tr/</>/; + $rdelim =~ s/^(\S+)(\s*)$/$2$1/; + pop @seq_stack; + my $errmsg = "*** ERROR: unterminated ${cmd}${ldelim}...${rdelim}". + " at line $line in file $file\n"; + (ref $errorsub) and &{$errorsub}($errmsg) + or (defined $errorsub) and $self->$errorsub($errmsg) + or warn($errmsg); + $seq_stack[-1]->append($expand_seq ? &$xseq_sub($self,$seq) : $seq); + $seq = $seq_stack[-1]; + } + + ## Return the resulting parse-tree + my $ptree = (pop @seq_stack)->parse_tree; + return $expand_ptree ? &$xptree_sub($self, $ptree) : $ptree; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<interpolate()> + + $textblock = $parser->interpolate($text, $line_num); + +This method translates all text (including any embedded interior sequences) +in the given text string C<$text> and returns the interpolated result. The +parameter C<$line_num> is the line number corresponding to the beginning +of C<$text>. + +B<interpolate()> merely invokes a private method to recursively expand +nested interior sequences in bottom-up order (innermost sequences are +expanded first). If there is a need to expand nested sequences in +some alternate order, use B<parse_text> instead. + +=cut + +sub interpolate { + my($self, $text, $line_num) = @_; + my %parse_opts = ( -expand_seq => 'interior_sequence' ); + my $ptree = $self->parse_text( \%parse_opts, $text, $line_num ); + return join "", $ptree->children(); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head1 B<parse_paragraph()> + + $parser->parse_paragraph($text, $line_num); + +This method takes the text of a POD paragraph to be processed, along +with its corresponding line number, and invokes the appropriate method +(one of B<command()>, B<verbatim()>, or B<textblock()>). + +For performance reasons, this method is invoked directly without any +dynamic lookup; Hence subclasses may I<not> override it! + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub parse_paragraph { + my ($self, $text, $line_num) = @_; + local *myData = $self; ## alias to avoid deref-ing overhead + local *myOpts = ($myData{_PARSEOPTS} ||= {}); ## get parse-options + local $_; + + ## See if we want to preprocess nonPOD paragraphs as well as POD ones. + my $wantNonPods = $myOpts{'-want_nonPODs'}; + + ## Update cutting status + $myData{_CUTTING} = 0 if $text =~ /^={1,2}\S/; + + ## Perform any desired preprocessing if we wanted it this early + $wantNonPods and $text = $self->preprocess_paragraph($text, $line_num); + + ## Ignore up until next POD directive if we are cutting + return if $myData{_CUTTING}; + + ## Now we know this is block of text in a POD section! + + ##----------------------------------------------------------------- + ## This is a hook (hack ;-) for Pod::Select to do its thing without + ## having to override methods, but also without Pod::Parser assuming + ## $self is an instance of Pod::Select (if the _SELECTED_SECTIONS + ## field exists then we assume there is an is_selected() method for + ## us to invoke (calling $self->can('is_selected') could verify this + ## but that is more overhead than I want to incur) + ##----------------------------------------------------------------- + + ## Ignore this block if it isnt in one of the selected sections + if (exists $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}) { + $self->is_selected($text) or return ($myData{_CUTTING} = 1); + } + + ## If we havent already, perform any desired preprocessing and + ## then re-check the "cutting" state + unless ($wantNonPods) { + $text = $self->preprocess_paragraph($text, $line_num); + return 1 unless ((defined $text) and (length $text)); + return 1 if ($myData{_CUTTING}); + } + + ## Look for one of the three types of paragraphs + my ($pfx, $cmd, $arg, $sep) = ('', '', '', ''); + my $pod_para = undef; + if ($text =~ /^(={1,2})(?=\S)/) { + ## Looks like a command paragraph. Capture the command prefix used + ## ("=" or "=="), as well as the command-name, its paragraph text, + ## and whatever sequence of characters was used to separate them + $pfx = $1; + $_ = substr($text, length $pfx); + ($cmd, $sep, $text) = split /(\s+)/, $_, 2; + ## If this is a "cut" directive then we dont need to do anything + ## except return to "cutting" mode. + if ($cmd eq 'cut') { + $myData{_CUTTING} = 1; + return unless $myOpts{'-process_cut_cmd'}; + } + } + ## Save the attributes indicating how the command was specified. + $pod_para = new Pod::Paragraph( + -name => $cmd, + -text => $text, + -prefix => $pfx, + -separator => $sep, + -file => $myData{_INFILE}, + -line => $line_num + ); + # ## Invoke appropriate callbacks + # if (exists $myData{_CALLBACKS}) { + # ## Look through the callback list, invoke callbacks, + # ## then see if we need to do the default actions + # ## (invoke_callbacks will return true if we do). + # return 1 unless $self->invoke_callbacks($cmd, $text, $line_num, $pod_para); + # } + if (length $cmd) { + ## A command paragraph + $self->command($cmd, $text, $line_num, $pod_para); + } + elsif ($text =~ /^\s+/) { + ## Indented text - must be a verbatim paragraph + $self->verbatim($text, $line_num, $pod_para); + } + else { + ## Looks like an ordinary block of text + $self->textblock($text, $line_num, $pod_para); + } + return 1; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<parse_from_filehandle()> + + $parser->parse_from_filehandle($in_fh,$out_fh); + +This method takes an input filehandle (which is assumed to already be +opened for reading) and reads the entire input stream looking for blocks +(paragraphs) of POD documentation to be processed. If no first argument +is given the default input filehandle C<STDIN> is used. + +The C<$in_fh> parameter may be any object that provides a B<getline()> +method to retrieve a single line of input text (hence, an appropriate +wrapper object could be used to parse PODs from a single string or an +array of strings). + +Using C<$in_fh-E<gt>getline()>, input is read line-by-line and assembled +into paragraphs or "blocks" (which are separated by lines containing +nothing but whitespace). For each block of POD documentation +encountered it will invoke a method to parse the given paragraph. + +If a second argument is given then it should correspond to a filehandle where +output should be sent (otherwise the default output filehandle is +C<STDOUT> if no output filehandle is currently in use). + +B<NOTE:> For performance reasons, this method caches the input stream at +the top of the stack in a local variable. Any attempts by clients to +change the stack contents during processing when in the midst executing +of this method I<will not affect> the input stream used by the current +invocation of this method. + +This method does I<not> usually need to be overridden by subclasses. + +=cut + +sub parse_from_filehandle { + my $self = shift; + my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{ shift() } : (); + my ($in_fh, $out_fh) = @_; + $in_fh = \*STDIN unless ($in_fh); + local *myData = $self; ## alias to avoid deref-ing overhead + local *myOpts = ($myData{_PARSEOPTS} ||= {}); ## get parse-options + local $_; + + ## Put this stream at the top of the stack and do beginning-of-input + ## processing. NOTE that $in_fh might be reset during this process. + my $topstream = $self->_push_input_stream($in_fh, $out_fh); + (exists $opts{-cutting}) and $self->cutting( $opts{-cutting} ); + + ## Initialize line/paragraph + my ($textline, $paragraph) = ('', ''); + my ($nlines, $plines) = (0, 0); + + ## Use <$fh> instead of $fh->getline where possible (for speed) + $_ = ref $in_fh; + my $tied_fh = (/^(?:GLOB|FileHandle|IO::\w+)$/ or tied $in_fh); + + ## Read paragraphs line-by-line + while (defined ($textline = $tied_fh ? <$in_fh> : $in_fh->getline)) { + $textline = $self->preprocess_line($textline, ++$nlines); + next unless ((defined $textline) && (length $textline)); + + if ((! length $paragraph) && ($textline =~ /^==/)) { + ## '==' denotes a one-line command paragraph + $paragraph = $textline; + $plines = 1; + $textline = ''; + } else { + ## Append this line to the current paragraph + $paragraph .= $textline; + ++$plines; + } + + ## See if this line is blank and ends the current paragraph. + ## If it isnt, then keep iterating until it is. + next unless (($textline =~ /^([^\S\r\n]*)[\r\n]*$/) + && (length $paragraph)); + + ## Issue a warning about any non-empty blank lines + if (length($1) > 0 and $myOpts{'-warnings'} and ! $myData{_CUTTING}) { + my $errorsub = $self->errorsub(); + my $file = $self->input_file(); + my $errmsg = "*** WARNING: line containing nothing but whitespace". + " in paragraph at line $nlines in file $file\n"; + (ref $errorsub) and &{$errorsub}($errmsg) + or (defined $errorsub) and $self->$errorsub($errmsg) + or warn($errmsg); + } + + ## Now process the paragraph + parse_paragraph($self, $paragraph, ($nlines - $plines) + 1); + $paragraph = ''; + $plines = 0; + } + ## Dont forget about the last paragraph in the file + if (length $paragraph) { + parse_paragraph($self, $paragraph, ($nlines - $plines) + 1) + } + + ## Now pop the input stream off the top of the input stack. + $self->_pop_input_stream(); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<parse_from_file()> + + $parser->parse_from_file($filename,$outfile); + +This method takes a filename and does the following: + +=over 2 + +=item * + +opens the input and output files for reading +(creating the appropriate filehandles) + +=item * + +invokes the B<parse_from_filehandle()> method passing it the +corresponding input and output filehandles. + +=item * + +closes the input and output files. + +=back + +If the special input filename "-" or "<&STDIN" is given then the STDIN +filehandle is used for input (and no open or close is performed). If no +input filename is specified then "-" is implied. + +If a second argument is given then it should be the name of the desired +output file. If the special output filename "-" or ">&STDOUT" is given +then the STDOUT filehandle is used for output (and no open or close is +performed). If the special output filename ">&STDERR" is given then the +STDERR filehandle is used for output (and no open or close is +performed). If no output filehandle is currently in use and no output +filename is specified, then "-" is implied. +Alternatively, an L<IO::String> object is also accepted as an output +file handle. + +This method does I<not> usually need to be overridden by subclasses. + +=cut + +sub parse_from_file { + my $self = shift; + my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{ shift() } : (); + my ($infile, $outfile) = @_; + my ($in_fh, $out_fh) = (gensym(), gensym()) if ($] < 5.006); + my ($close_input, $close_output) = (0, 0); + local *myData = $self; + local *_; + + ## Is $infile a filename or a (possibly implied) filehandle + if (defined $infile && ref $infile) { + if (ref($infile) =~ /^(SCALAR|ARRAY|HASH|CODE|REF)$/) { + croak "Input from $1 reference not supported!\n"; + } + ## Must be a filehandle-ref (or else assume its a ref to an object + ## that supports the common IO read operations). + $myData{_INFILE} = ${$infile}; + $in_fh = $infile; + } + elsif (!defined($infile) || !length($infile) || ($infile eq '-') + || ($infile =~ /^<&(?:STDIN|0)$/i)) + { + ## Not a filename, just a string implying STDIN + $infile ||= '-'; + $myData{_INFILE} = "<standard input>"; + $in_fh = \*STDIN; + } + else { + ## We have a filename, open it for reading + $myData{_INFILE} = $infile; + open($in_fh, "< $infile") or + croak "Can't open $infile for reading: $!\n"; + $close_input = 1; + } + + ## NOTE: we need to be *very* careful when "defaulting" the output + ## file. We only want to use a default if this is the beginning of + ## the entire document (but *not* if this is an included file). We + ## determine this by seeing if the input stream stack has been set-up + ## already + + ## Is $outfile a filename, a (possibly implied) filehandle, maybe a ref? + if (ref $outfile) { + ## we need to check for ref() first, as other checks involve reading + if (ref($outfile) =~ /^(ARRAY|HASH|CODE)$/) { + croak "Output to $1 reference not supported!\n"; + } + elsif (ref($outfile) eq 'SCALAR') { +# # NOTE: IO::String isn't a part of the perl distribution, +# # so probably we shouldn't support this case... +# require IO::String; +# $myData{_OUTFILE} = "$outfile"; +# $out_fh = IO::String->new($outfile); + croak "Output to SCALAR reference not supported!\n"; + } + else { + ## Must be a filehandle-ref (or else assume its a ref to an + ## object that supports the common IO write operations). + $myData{_OUTFILE} = ${$outfile}; + $out_fh = $outfile; + } + } + elsif (!defined($outfile) || !length($outfile) || ($outfile eq '-') + || ($outfile =~ /^>&?(?:STDOUT|1)$/i)) + { + if (defined $myData{_TOP_STREAM}) { + $out_fh = $myData{_OUTPUT}; + } + else { + ## Not a filename, just a string implying STDOUT + $outfile ||= '-'; + $myData{_OUTFILE} = "<standard output>"; + $out_fh = \*STDOUT; + } + } + elsif ($outfile =~ /^>&(STDERR|2)$/i) { + ## Not a filename, just a string implying STDERR + $myData{_OUTFILE} = "<standard error>"; + $out_fh = \*STDERR; + } + else { + ## We have a filename, open it for writing + $myData{_OUTFILE} = $outfile; + (-d $outfile) and croak "$outfile is a directory, not POD input!\n"; + open($out_fh, "> $outfile") or + croak "Can't open $outfile for writing: $!\n"; + $close_output = 1; + } + + ## Whew! That was a lot of work to set up reasonably/robust behavior + ## in the case of a non-filename for reading and writing. Now we just + ## have to parse the input and close the handles when we're finished. + $self->parse_from_filehandle(\%opts, $in_fh, $out_fh); + + $close_input and + close($in_fh) || croak "Can't close $infile after reading: $!\n"; + $close_output and + close($out_fh) || croak "Can't close $outfile after writing: $!\n"; +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 ACCESSOR METHODS + +Clients of B<Pod::Parser> should use the following methods to access +instance data fields: + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<errorsub()> + + $parser->errorsub("method_name"); + $parser->errorsub(\&warn_user); + $parser->errorsub(sub { print STDERR, @_ }); + +Specifies the method or subroutine to use when printing error messages +about POD syntax. The supplied method/subroutine I<must> return TRUE upon +successful printing of the message. If C<undef> is given, then the B<warn> +builtin is used to issue error messages (this is the default behavior). + + my $errorsub = $parser->errorsub() + my $errmsg = "This is an error message!\n" + (ref $errorsub) and &{$errorsub}($errmsg) + or (defined $errorsub) and $parser->$errorsub($errmsg) + or warn($errmsg); + +Returns a method name, or else a reference to the user-supplied subroutine +used to print error messages. Returns C<undef> if the B<warn> builtin +is used to issue error messages (this is the default behavior). + +=cut + +sub errorsub { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_ERRORSUB} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_ERRORSUB}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<cutting()> + + $boolean = $parser->cutting(); + +Returns the current C<cutting> state: a boolean-valued scalar which +evaluates to true if text from the input file is currently being "cut" +(meaning it is I<not> considered part of the POD document). + + $parser->cutting($boolean); + +Sets the current C<cutting> state to the given value and returns the +result. + +=cut + +sub cutting { + return (@_ > 1) ? ($_[0]->{_CUTTING} = $_[1]) : $_[0]->{_CUTTING}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<parseopts()> + +When invoked with no additional arguments, B<parseopts> returns a hashtable +of all the current parsing options. + + ## See if we are parsing non-POD sections as well as POD ones + my %opts = $parser->parseopts(); + $opts{'-want_nonPODs}' and print "-want_nonPODs\n"; + +When invoked using a single string, B<parseopts> treats the string as the +name of a parse-option and returns its corresponding value if it exists +(returns C<undef> if it doesn't). + + ## Did we ask to see '=cut' paragraphs? + my $want_cut = $parser->parseopts('-process_cut_cmd'); + $want_cut and print "-process_cut_cmd\n"; + +When invoked with multiple arguments, B<parseopts> treats them as +key/value pairs and the specified parse-option names are set to the +given values. Any unspecified parse-options are unaffected. + + ## Set them back to the default + $parser->parseopts(-warnings => 0); + +When passed a single hash-ref, B<parseopts> uses that hash to completely +reset the existing parse-options, all previous parse-option values +are lost. + + ## Reset all options to default + $parser->parseopts( { } ); + +See L<"PARSING OPTIONS"> for more information on the name and meaning of each +parse-option currently recognized. + +=cut + +sub parseopts { + local *myData = shift; + local *myOpts = ($myData{_PARSEOPTS} ||= {}); + return %myOpts if (@_ == 0); + if (@_ == 1) { + local $_ = shift; + return ref($_) ? $myData{_PARSEOPTS} = $_ : $myOpts{$_}; + } + my @newOpts = (%myOpts, @_); + $myData{_PARSEOPTS} = { @newOpts }; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<output_file()> + + $fname = $parser->output_file(); + +Returns the name of the output file being written. + +=cut + +sub output_file { + return $_[0]->{_OUTFILE}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<output_handle()> + + $fhandle = $parser->output_handle(); + +Returns the output filehandle object. + +=cut + +sub output_handle { + return $_[0]->{_OUTPUT}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<input_file()> + + $fname = $parser->input_file(); + +Returns the name of the input file being read. + +=cut + +sub input_file { + return $_[0]->{_INFILE}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<input_handle()> + + $fhandle = $parser->input_handle(); + +Returns the current input filehandle object. + +=cut + +sub input_handle { + return $_[0]->{_INPUT}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head1 B<input_streams()> + + $listref = $parser->input_streams(); + +Returns a reference to an array which corresponds to the stack of all +the input streams that are currently in the middle of being parsed. + +While parsing an input stream, it is possible to invoke +B<parse_from_file()> or B<parse_from_filehandle()> to parse a new input +stream and then return to parsing the previous input stream. Each input +stream to be parsed is pushed onto the end of this input stack +before any of its input is read. The input stream that is currently +being parsed is always at the end (or top) of the input stack. When an +input stream has been exhausted, it is popped off the end of the +input stack. + +Each element on this input stack is a reference to C<Pod::InputSource> +object. Please see L<Pod::InputObjects> for more details. + +This method might be invoked when printing diagnostic messages, for example, +to obtain the name and line number of the all input files that are currently +being processed. + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub input_streams { + return $_[0]->{_INPUT_STREAMS}; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin __PRIVATE__ + +=head1 B<top_stream()> + + $hashref = $parser->top_stream(); + +Returns a reference to the hash-table that represents the element +that is currently at the top (end) of the input stream stack +(see L<"input_streams()">). The return value will be the C<undef> +if the input stack is empty. + +This method might be used when printing diagnostic messages, for example, +to obtain the name and line number of the current input file. + +=end __PRIVATE__ + +=cut + +sub top_stream { + return $_[0]->{_TOP_STREAM} || undef; +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 PRIVATE METHODS AND DATA + +B<Pod::Parser> makes use of several internal methods and data fields +which clients should not need to see or use. For the sake of avoiding +name collisions for client data and methods, these methods and fields +are briefly discussed here. Determined hackers may obtain further +information about them by reading the B<Pod::Parser> source code. + +Private data fields are stored in the hash-object whose reference is +returned by the B<new()> constructor for this class. The names of all +private methods and data-fields used by B<Pod::Parser> begin with a +prefix of "_" and match the regular expression C</^_\w+$/>. + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin _PRIVATE_ + +=head1 B<_push_input_stream()> + + $hashref = $parser->_push_input_stream($in_fh,$out_fh); + +This method will push the given input stream on the input stack and +perform any necessary beginning-of-document or beginning-of-file +processing. The argument C<$in_fh> is the input stream filehandle to +push, and C<$out_fh> is the corresponding output filehandle to use (if +it is not given or is undefined, then the current output stream is used, +which defaults to standard output if it doesnt exist yet). + +The value returned will be reference to the hash-table that represents +the new top of the input stream stack. I<Please Note> that it is +possible for this method to use default values for the input and output +file handles. If this happens, you will need to look at the C<INPUT> +and C<OUTPUT> instance data members to determine their new values. + +=end _PRIVATE_ + +=cut + +sub _push_input_stream { + my ($self, $in_fh, $out_fh) = @_; + local *myData = $self; + + ## Initialize stuff for the entire document if this is *not* + ## an included file. + ## + ## NOTE: we need to be *very* careful when "defaulting" the output + ## filehandle. We only want to use a default value if this is the + ## beginning of the entire document (but *not* if this is an included + ## file). + unless (defined $myData{_TOP_STREAM}) { + $out_fh = \*STDOUT unless (defined $out_fh); + $myData{_CUTTING} = 1; ## current "cutting" state + $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS} = []; ## stack of all input streams + } + + ## Initialize input indicators + $myData{_OUTFILE} = '(unknown)' unless (defined $myData{_OUTFILE}); + $myData{_OUTPUT} = $out_fh if (defined $out_fh); + $in_fh = \*STDIN unless (defined $in_fh); + $myData{_INFILE} = '(unknown)' unless (defined $myData{_INFILE}); + $myData{_INPUT} = $in_fh; + my $input_top = $myData{_TOP_STREAM} + = new Pod::InputSource( + -name => $myData{_INFILE}, + -handle => $in_fh, + -was_cutting => $myData{_CUTTING} + ); + local *input_stack = $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS}; + push(@input_stack, $input_top); + + ## Perform beginning-of-document and/or beginning-of-input processing + $self->begin_pod() if (@input_stack == 1); + $self->begin_input(); + + return $input_top; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin _PRIVATE_ + +=head1 B<_pop_input_stream()> + + $hashref = $parser->_pop_input_stream(); + +This takes no arguments. It will perform any necessary end-of-file or +end-of-document processing and then pop the current input stream from +the top of the input stack. + +The value returned will be reference to the hash-table that represents +the new top of the input stream stack. + +=end _PRIVATE_ + +=cut + +sub _pop_input_stream { + my ($self) = @_; + local *myData = $self; + local *input_stack = $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS}; + + ## Perform end-of-input and/or end-of-document processing + $self->end_input() if (@input_stack > 0); + $self->end_pod() if (@input_stack == 1); + + ## Restore cutting state to whatever it was before we started + ## parsing this file. + my $old_top = pop(@input_stack); + $myData{_CUTTING} = $old_top->was_cutting(); + + ## Dont forget to reset the input indicators + my $input_top = undef; + if (@input_stack > 0) { + $input_top = $myData{_TOP_STREAM} = $input_stack[-1]; + $myData{_INFILE} = $input_top->name(); + $myData{_INPUT} = $input_top->handle(); + } else { + delete $myData{_TOP_STREAM}; + delete $myData{_INPUT_STREAMS}; + } + + return $input_top; +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 TREE-BASED PARSING + +If straightforward stream-based parsing wont meet your needs (as is +likely the case for tasks such as translating PODs into structured +markup languages like HTML and XML) then you may need to take the +tree-based approach. Rather than doing everything in one pass and +calling the B<interpolate()> method to expand sequences into text, it +may be desirable to instead create a parse-tree using the B<parse_text()> +method to return a tree-like structure which may contain an ordered +list of children (each of which may be a text-string, or a similar +tree-like structure). + +Pay special attention to L<"METHODS FOR PARSING AND PROCESSING"> and +to the objects described in L<Pod::InputObjects>. The former describes +the gory details and parameters for how to customize and extend the +parsing behavior of B<Pod::Parser>. B<Pod::InputObjects> provides +several objects that may all be used interchangeably as parse-trees. The +most obvious one is the B<Pod::ParseTree> object. It defines the basic +interface and functionality that all things trying to be a POD parse-tree +should do. A B<Pod::ParseTree> is defined such that each "node" may be a +text-string, or a reference to another parse-tree. Each B<Pod::Paragraph> +object and each B<Pod::InteriorSequence> object also supports the basic +parse-tree interface. + +The B<parse_text()> method takes a given paragraph of text, and +returns a parse-tree that contains one or more children, each of which +may be a text-string, or an InteriorSequence object. There are also +callback-options that may be passed to B<parse_text()> to customize +the way it expands or transforms interior-sequences, as well as the +returned result. These callbacks can be used to create a parse-tree +with custom-made objects (which may or may not support the parse-tree +interface, depending on how you choose to do it). + +If you wish to turn an entire POD document into a parse-tree, that process +is fairly straightforward. The B<parse_text()> method is the key to doing +this successfully. Every paragraph-callback (i.e. the polymorphic methods +for B<command()>, B<verbatim()>, and B<textblock()> paragraphs) takes +a B<Pod::Paragraph> object as an argument. Each paragraph object has a +B<parse_tree()> method that can be used to get or set a corresponding +parse-tree. So for each of those paragraph-callback methods, simply call +B<parse_text()> with the options you desire, and then use the returned +parse-tree to assign to the given paragraph object. + +That gives you a parse-tree for each paragraph - so now all you need is +an ordered list of paragraphs. You can maintain that yourself as a data +element in the object/hash. The most straightforward way would be simply +to use an array-ref, with the desired set of custom "options" for each +invocation of B<parse_text>. Let's assume the desired option-set is +given by the hash C<%options>. Then we might do something like the +following: + + package MyPodParserTree; + + @ISA = qw( Pod::Parser ); + + ... + + sub begin_pod { + my $self = shift; + $self->{'-paragraphs'} = []; ## initialize paragraph list + } + + sub command { + my ($parser, $command, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({%options}, $paragraph, ...); + $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree ); + push @{ $self->{'-paragraphs'} }, $pod_para; + } + + sub verbatim { + my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + push @{ $self->{'-paragraphs'} }, $pod_para; + } + + sub textblock { + my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({%options}, $paragraph, ...); + $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree ); + push @{ $self->{'-paragraphs'} }, $pod_para; + } + + ... + + package main; + ... + my $parser = new MyPodParserTree(...); + $parser->parse_from_file(...); + my $paragraphs_ref = $parser->{'-paragraphs'}; + +Of course, in this module-author's humble opinion, I'd be more inclined to +use the existing B<Pod::ParseTree> object than a simple array. That way +everything in it, paragraphs and sequences, all respond to the same core +interface for all parse-tree nodes. The result would look something like: + + package MyPodParserTree2; + + ... + + sub begin_pod { + my $self = shift; + $self->{'-ptree'} = new Pod::ParseTree; ## initialize parse-tree + } + + sub parse_tree { + ## convenience method to get/set the parse-tree for the entire POD + (@_ > 1) and $_[0]->{'-ptree'} = $_[1]; + return $_[0]->{'-ptree'}; + } + + sub command { + my ($parser, $command, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({<<options>>}, $paragraph, ...); + $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree ); + $parser->parse_tree()->append( $pod_para ); + } + + sub verbatim { + my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + $parser->parse_tree()->append( $pod_para ); + } + + sub textblock { + my ($parser, $paragraph, $line_num, $pod_para) = @_; + my $ptree = $parser->parse_text({<<options>>}, $paragraph, ...); + $pod_para->parse_tree( $ptree ); + $parser->parse_tree()->append( $pod_para ); + } + + ... + + package main; + ... + my $parser = new MyPodParserTree2(...); + $parser->parse_from_file(...); + my $ptree = $parser->parse_tree; + ... + +Now you have the entire POD document as one great big parse-tree. You +can even use the B<-expand_seq> option to B<parse_text> to insert +whole different kinds of objects. Just don't expect B<Pod::Parser> +to know what to do with them after that. That will need to be in your +code. Or, alternatively, you can insert any object you like so long as +it conforms to the B<Pod::ParseTree> interface. + +One could use this to create subclasses of B<Pod::Paragraphs> and +B<Pod::InteriorSequences> for specific commands (or to create your own +custom node-types in the parse-tree) and add some kind of B<emit()> +method to each custom node/subclass object in the tree. Then all you'd +need to do is recursively walk the tree in the desired order, processing +the children (most likely from left to right) by formatting them if +they are text-strings, or by calling their B<emit()> method if they +are objects/references. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::InputObjects>, L<Pod::Select> + +B<Pod::InputObjects> defines POD input objects corresponding to +command paragraphs, parse-trees, and interior-sequences. + +B<Pod::Select> is a subclass of B<Pod::Parser> which provides the ability +to selectively include and/or exclude sections of a POD document from being +translated based upon the current heading, subheading, subsubheading, etc. + +=for __PRIVATE__ +B<Pod::Callbacks> is a subclass of B<Pod::Parser> which gives its users +the ability the employ I<callback functions> instead of, or in addition +to, overriding methods of the base class. + +=for __PRIVATE__ +B<Pod::Select> and B<Pod::Callbacks> do not override any +methods nor do they define any new methods with the same name. Because +of this, they may I<both> be used (in combination) as a base class of +the same subclass in order to combine their functionality without +causing any namespace clashes due to multiple inheritance. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt> + +Based on code for B<Pod::Text> written by +Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt> + +=cut + +1; +# vim: ts=4 sw=4 et diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f9614838fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc.pm @@ -0,0 +1,1762 @@ + +require 5; +use 5.006; # we use some open(X, "<", $y) syntax +package Pod::Perldoc; +use strict; +use warnings; +use Config '%Config'; + +use Fcntl; # for sysopen +use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile catdir splitdir); + +use vars qw($VERSION @Pagers $Bindir $Pod2man + $Temp_Files_Created $Temp_File_Lifetime +); +$VERSION = '3.14'; +#.......................................................................... + +BEGIN { # Make a DEBUG constant very first thing... + unless(defined &DEBUG) { + if(($ENV{'PERLDOCDEBUG'} || '') =~ m/^(\d+)/) { # untaint + eval("sub DEBUG () {$1}"); + die "WHAT? Couldn't eval-up a DEBUG constant!? $@" if $@; + } else { + *DEBUG = sub () {0}; + } + } +} + +use Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO; # uses the DEBUG. + +#.......................................................................... + +sub TRUE () {1} +sub FALSE () {return} + +BEGIN { + *IS_VMS = $^O eq 'VMS' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_VMS; + *IS_MSWin32 = $^O eq 'MSWin32' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_MSWin32; + *IS_Dos = $^O eq 'dos' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_Dos; + *IS_OS2 = $^O eq 'os2' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_OS2; + *IS_Cygwin = $^O eq 'cygwin' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_Cygwin; + *IS_Linux = $^O eq 'linux' ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_Linux; + *IS_HPUX = $^O =~ m/hpux/ ? \&TRUE : \&FALSE unless defined &IS_HPUX; +} + +$Temp_File_Lifetime ||= 60 * 60 * 24 * 5; + # If it's older than five days, it's quite unlikely + # that anyone's still looking at it!! + # (Currently used only by the MSWin cleanup routine) + + +#.......................................................................... +{ my $pager = $Config{'pager'}; + push @Pagers, $pager if -x (split /\s+/, $pager)[0] or IS_VMS; +} +$Bindir = $Config{'scriptdirexp'}; +$Pod2man = "pod2man" . ( $Config{'versiononly'} ? $Config{'version'} : '' ); + +# End of class-init stuff +# +########################################################################### +# +# Option accessors... + +foreach my $subname (map "opt_$_", split '', q{mhlvriFfXqnTdU}) { + no strict 'refs'; + *$subname = do{ use strict 'refs'; sub () { shift->_elem($subname, @_) } }; +} + +# And these are so that GetOptsOO knows they take options: +sub opt_f_with { shift->_elem('opt_f', @_) } +sub opt_q_with { shift->_elem('opt_q', @_) } +sub opt_d_with { shift->_elem('opt_d', @_) } + +sub opt_w_with { # Specify an option for the formatter subclass + my($self, $value) = @_; + if($value =~ m/^([-_a-zA-Z][-_a-zA-Z0-9]*)(?:[=\:](.*?))?$/s) { + my $option = $1; + my $option_value = defined($2) ? $2 : "TRUE"; + $option =~ tr/\-/_/s; # tolerate "foo-bar" for "foo_bar" + $self->add_formatter_option( $option, $option_value ); + } else { + warn "\"$value\" isn't a good formatter option name. I'm ignoring it!\n"; + } + return; +} + +sub opt_M_with { # specify formatter class name(s) + my($self, $classes) = @_; + return unless defined $classes and length $classes; + DEBUG > 4 and print "Considering new formatter classes -M$classes\n"; + my @classes_to_add; + foreach my $classname (split m/[,;]+/s, $classes) { + next unless $classname =~ m/\S/; + if( $classname =~ m/^(\w+(::\w+)+)$/s ) { + # A mildly restrictive concept of what modulenames are valid. + push @classes_to_add, $1; # untaint + } else { + warn "\"$classname\" isn't a valid classname. Ignoring.\n"; + } + } + + unshift @{ $self->{'formatter_classes'} }, @classes_to_add; + + DEBUG > 3 and print( + "Adding @classes_to_add to the list of formatter classes, " + . "making them @{ $self->{'formatter_classes'} }.\n" + ); + + return; +} + +sub opt_V { # report version and exit + print join '', + "Perldoc v$VERSION, under perl v$] for $^O", + + (defined(&Win32::BuildNumber) and defined &Win32::BuildNumber()) + ? (" (win32 build ", &Win32::BuildNumber(), ")") : (), + + (chr(65) eq 'A') ? () : " (non-ASCII)", + + "\n", + ; + exit; +} + +sub opt_t { # choose plaintext as output format + my $self = shift; + $self->opt_o_with('text') if @_ and $_[0]; + return $self->_elem('opt_t', @_); +} + +sub opt_u { # choose raw pod as output format + my $self = shift; + $self->opt_o_with('pod') if @_ and $_[0]; + return $self->_elem('opt_u', @_); +} + +sub opt_n_with { + # choose man as the output format, and specify the proggy to run + my $self = shift; + $self->opt_o_with('man') if @_ and $_[0]; + $self->_elem('opt_n', @_); +} + +sub opt_o_with { # "o" for output format + my($self, $rest) = @_; + return unless defined $rest and length $rest; + if($rest =~ m/^(\w+)$/s) { + $rest = $1; #untaint + } else { + warn "\"$rest\" isn't a valid output format. Skipping.\n"; + return; + } + + $self->aside("Noting \"$rest\" as desired output format...\n"); + + # Figure out what class(es) that could actually mean... + + my @classes; + foreach my $prefix ("Pod::Perldoc::To", "Pod::Simple::", "Pod::") { + # Messy but smart: + foreach my $stem ( + $rest, # Yes, try it first with the given capitalization + "\L$rest", "\L\u$rest", "\U$rest" # And then try variations + + ) { + push @classes, $prefix . $stem; + #print "Considering $prefix$stem\n"; + } + + # Tidier, but misses too much: + #push @classes, $prefix . ucfirst(lc($rest)); + } + $self->opt_M_with( join ";", @classes ); + return; +} + +########################################################################### +# % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % + +sub run { # to be called by the "perldoc" executable + my $class = shift; + if(DEBUG > 3) { + print "Parameters to $class\->run:\n"; + my @x = @_; + while(@x) { + $x[1] = '<undef>' unless defined $x[1]; + $x[1] = "@{$x[1]}" if ref( $x[1] ) eq 'ARRAY'; + print " [$x[0]] => [$x[1]]\n"; + splice @x,0,2; + } + print "\n"; + } + return $class -> new(@_) -> process() || 0; +} + +# % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % % +########################################################################### + +sub new { # yeah, nothing fancy + my $class = shift; + my $new = bless {@_}, (ref($class) || $class); + DEBUG > 1 and print "New $class object $new\n"; + $new->init(); + $new; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub aside { # If we're in -v or DEBUG mode, say this. + my $self = shift; + if( DEBUG or $self->opt_v ) { + my $out = join( '', + DEBUG ? do { + my $callsub = (caller(1))[3]; + my $package = quotemeta(__PACKAGE__ . '::'); + $callsub =~ s/^$package/'/os; + # the o is justified, as $package really won't change. + $callsub . ": "; + } : '', + @_, + ); + if(DEBUG) { print $out } else { print STDERR $out } + } + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub usage { + my $self = shift; + warn "@_\n" if @_; + + # Erase evidence of previous errors (if any), so exit status is simple. + $! = 0; + + die <<EOF; +perldoc [options] PageName|ModuleName|ProgramName... +perldoc [options] -f BuiltinFunction +perldoc [options] -q FAQRegex + +Options: + -h Display this help message + -V report version + -r Recursive search (slow) + -i Ignore case + -t Display pod using pod2text instead of pod2man and nroff + (-t is the default on win32 unless -n is specified) + -u Display unformatted pod text + -m Display module's file in its entirety + -n Specify replacement for nroff + -l Display the module's file name + -F Arguments are file names, not modules + -v Verbosely describe what's going on + -T Send output to STDOUT without any pager + -d output_filename_to_send_to + -o output_format_name + -M FormatterModuleNameToUse + -w formatter_option:option_value + -X use index if present (looks for pod.idx at $Config{archlib}) + -q Search the text of questions (not answers) in perlfaq[1-9] + +PageName|ModuleName... + is the name of a piece of documentation that you want to look at. You + may either give a descriptive name of the page (as in the case of + `perlfunc') the name of a module, either like `Term::Info' or like + `Term/Info', or the name of a program, like `perldoc'. + +BuiltinFunction + is the name of a perl function. Will extract documentation from + `perlfunc'. + +FAQRegex + is a regex. Will search perlfaq[1-9] for and extract any + questions that match. + +Any switches in the PERLDOC environment variable will be used before the +command line arguments. The optional pod index file contains a list of +filenames, one per line. + [Perldoc v$VERSION] +EOF + +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub usage_brief { + my $me = $0; # Editing $0 is unportable + + $me =~ s,.*[/\\],,; # get basename + + die <<"EOUSAGE"; +Usage: $me [-h] [-V] [-r] [-i] [-v] [-t] [-u] [-m] [-n nroffer_program] [-l] [-T] [-d output_filename] [-o output_format] [-M FormatterModuleNameToUse] [-w formatter_option:option_value] [-F] [-X] PageName|ModuleName|ProgramName + $me -f PerlFunc + $me -q FAQKeywords + +The -h option prints more help. Also try "perldoc perldoc" to get +acquainted with the system. [Perldoc v$VERSION] +EOUSAGE + +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub pagers { @{ shift->{'pagers'} } } + +#.......................................................................... + +sub _elem { # handy scalar meta-accessor: shift->_elem("foo", @_) + if(@_ > 2) { return $_[0]{ $_[1] } = $_[2] } + else { return $_[0]{ $_[1] } } +} +#.......................................................................... +########################################################################### +# +# Init formatter switches, and start it off with __bindir and all that +# other stuff that ToMan.pm needs. +# + +sub init { + my $self = shift; + + # Make sure creat()s are neither too much nor too little + eval { umask(0077) }; # doubtless someone has no mask + + $self->{'args'} ||= \@ARGV; + $self->{'found'} ||= []; + $self->{'temp_file_list'} ||= []; + + + $self->{'target'} = undef; + + $self->init_formatter_class_list; + + $self->{'pagers' } = [@Pagers] unless exists $self->{'pagers'}; + $self->{'bindir' } = $Bindir unless exists $self->{'bindir'}; + $self->{'pod2man'} = $Pod2man unless exists $self->{'pod2man'}; + + push @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} = [] }, ( + # Yeah, we could use a hashref, but maybe there's some class where options + # have to be ordered; so we'll use an arrayref. + + [ '__bindir' => $self->{'bindir' } ], + [ '__pod2man' => $self->{'pod2man'} ], + ); + + DEBUG > 3 and printf "Formatter switches now: [%s]\n", + join ' ', map "[@$_]", @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} }; + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub init_formatter_class_list { + my $self = shift; + $self->{'formatter_classes'} ||= []; + + # Remember, no switches have been read yet, when + # we've started this routine. + + $self->opt_M_with('Pod::Perldoc::ToPod'); # the always-there fallthru + $self->opt_o_with('text'); + $self->opt_o_with('man') unless IS_MSWin32 || IS_Dos + || !($ENV{TERM} && ( + ($ENV{TERM} || '') !~ /dumb|emacs|none|unknown/i + )); + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub process { + # if this ever returns, its retval will be used for exit(RETVAL) + + my $self = shift; + DEBUG > 1 and print " Beginning process.\n"; + DEBUG > 1 and print " Args: @{$self->{'args'}}\n\n"; + if(DEBUG > 3) { + print "Object contents:\n"; + my @x = %$self; + while(@x) { + $x[1] = '<undef>' unless defined $x[1]; + $x[1] = "@{$x[1]}" if ref( $x[1] ) eq 'ARRAY'; + print " [$x[0]] => [$x[1]]\n"; + splice @x,0,2; + } + print "\n"; + } + + # TODO: make it deal with being invoked as various different things + # such as perlfaq". + + return $self->usage_brief unless @{ $self->{'args'} }; + $self->pagers_guessing; + $self->options_reading; + $self->aside(sprintf "$0 => %s v%s\n", ref($self), $self->VERSION); + $self->drop_privs_maybe; + $self->options_processing; + + # Hm, we have @pages and @found, but we only really act on one + # file per call, with the exception of the opt_q hack, and with + # -l things + + $self->aside("\n"); + + my @pages; + $self->{'pages'} = \@pages; + if( $self->opt_f) { @pages = ("perlfunc") } + elsif( $self->opt_q) { @pages = ("perlfaq1" .. "perlfaq9") } + else { @pages = @{$self->{'args'}}; + # @pages = __FILE__ + # if @pages == 1 and $pages[0] eq 'perldoc'; + } + + return $self->usage_brief unless @pages; + + $self->find_good_formatter_class(); + $self->formatter_sanity_check(); + + $self->maybe_diddle_INC(); + # for when we're apparently in a module or extension directory + + my @found = $self->grand_search_init(\@pages); + exit (IS_VMS ? 98962 : 1) unless @found; + + if ($self->opt_l) { + DEBUG and print "We're in -l mode, so byebye after this:\n"; + print join("\n", @found), "\n"; + return; + } + + $self->tweak_found_pathnames(\@found); + $self->assert_closing_stdout; + return $self->page_module_file(@found) if $self->opt_m; + DEBUG > 2 and print "Found: [@found]\n"; + + return $self->render_and_page(\@found); +} + +#.......................................................................... +{ + +my( %class_seen, %class_loaded ); +sub find_good_formatter_class { + my $self = $_[0]; + my @class_list = @{ $self->{'formatter_classes'} || [] }; + die "WHAT? Nothing in the formatter class list!?" unless @class_list; + + my $good_class_found; + foreach my $c (@class_list) { + DEBUG > 4 and print "Trying to load $c...\n"; + if($class_loaded{$c}) { + DEBUG > 4 and print "OK, the already-loaded $c it is!\n"; + $good_class_found = $c; + last; + } + + if($class_seen{$c}) { + DEBUG > 4 and print + "I've tried $c before, and it's no good. Skipping.\n"; + next; + } + + $class_seen{$c} = 1; + + if( $c->can('parse_from_file') ) { + DEBUG > 4 and print + "Interesting, the formatter class $c is already loaded!\n"; + + } elsif( + (IS_VMS or IS_MSWin32 or IS_Dos or IS_OS2) + # the alway case-insensitive fs's + and $class_seen{lc("~$c")}++ + ) { + DEBUG > 4 and print + "We already used something quite like \"\L$c\E\", so no point using $c\n"; + # This avoids redefining the package. + } else { + DEBUG > 4 and print "Trying to eval 'require $c'...\n"; + + local $^W = $^W; + if(DEBUG() or $self->opt_v) { + # feh, let 'em see it + } else { + $^W = 0; + # The average user just has no reason to be seeing + # $^W-suppressable warnings from the the require! + } + + eval "require $c"; + if($@) { + DEBUG > 4 and print "Couldn't load $c: $!\n"; + next; + } + } + + if( $c->can('parse_from_file') ) { + DEBUG > 4 and print "Settling on $c\n"; + my $v = $c->VERSION; + $v = ( defined $v and length $v ) ? " version $v" : ''; + $self->aside("Formatter class $c$v successfully loaded!\n"); + $good_class_found = $c; + last; + } else { + DEBUG > 4 and print "Class $c isn't a formatter?! Skipping.\n"; + } + } + + die "Can't find any loadable formatter class in @class_list?!\nAborting" + unless $good_class_found; + + $self->{'formatter_class'} = $good_class_found; + $self->aside("Will format with the class $good_class_found\n"); + + return; +} + +} +#.......................................................................... + +sub formatter_sanity_check { + my $self = shift; + my $formatter_class = $self->{'formatter_class'} + || die "NO FORMATTER CLASS YET!?"; + + if(!$self->opt_T # so -T can FORCE sending to STDOUT + and $formatter_class->can('is_pageable') + and !$formatter_class->is_pageable + and !$formatter_class->can('page_for_perldoc') + ) { + my $ext = + ($formatter_class->can('output_extension') + && $formatter_class->output_extension + ) || ''; + $ext = ".$ext" if length $ext; + + die + "When using Perldoc to format with $formatter_class, you have to\n" + . "specify -T or -dsomefile$ext\n" + . "See `perldoc perldoc' for more information on those switches.\n" + ; + } +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub render_and_page { + my($self, $found_list) = @_; + + $self->maybe_generate_dynamic_pod($found_list); + + my($out, $formatter) = $self->render_findings($found_list); + + if($self->opt_d) { + printf "Perldoc (%s) output saved to %s\n", + $self->{'formatter_class'} || ref($self), + $out; + print "But notice that it's 0 bytes long!\n" unless -s $out; + + + } elsif( # Allow the formatter to "page" itself, if it wants. + $formatter->can('page_for_perldoc') + and do { + $self->aside("Going to call $formatter\->page_for_perldoc(\"$out\")\n"); + if( $formatter->page_for_perldoc($out, $self) ) { + $self->aside("page_for_perldoc returned true, so NOT paging with $self.\n"); + 1; + } else { + $self->aside("page_for_perldoc returned false, so paging with $self instead.\n"); + ''; + } + } + ) { + # Do nothing, since the formatter has "paged" it for itself. + + } else { + # Page it normally (internally) + + if( -s $out ) { # Usual case: + $self->page($out, $self->{'output_to_stdout'}, $self->pagers); + + } else { + # Odd case: + $self->aside("Skipping $out (from $$found_list[0] " + . "via $$self{'formatter_class'}) as it is 0-length.\n"); + + push @{ $self->{'temp_file_list'} }, $out; + $self->unlink_if_temp_file($out); + } + } + + $self->after_rendering(); # any extra cleanup or whatever + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub options_reading { + my $self = shift; + + if( defined $ENV{"PERLDOC"} and length $ENV{"PERLDOC"} ) { + require Text::ParseWords; + $self->aside("Noting env PERLDOC setting of $ENV{'PERLDOC'}\n"); + # Yes, appends to the beginning + unshift @{ $self->{'args'} }, + Text::ParseWords::shellwords( $ENV{"PERLDOC"} ) + ; + DEBUG > 1 and print " Args now: @{$self->{'args'}}\n\n"; + } else { + DEBUG > 1 and print " Okay, no PERLDOC setting in ENV.\n"; + } + + DEBUG > 1 + and print " Args right before switch processing: @{$self->{'args'}}\n"; + + Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO::getopts( $self, $self->{'args'}, 'YES' ) + or return $self->usage; + + DEBUG > 1 + and print " Args after switch processing: @{$self->{'args'}}\n"; + + return $self->usage if $self->opt_h; + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub options_processing { + my $self = shift; + + if ($self->opt_X) { + my $podidx = "$Config{'archlib'}/pod.idx"; + $podidx = "" unless -f $podidx && -r _ && -M _ <= 7; + $self->{'podidx'} = $podidx; + } + + $self->{'output_to_stdout'} = 1 if $self->opt_T or ! -t STDOUT; + + $self->options_sanity; + + $self->opt_n("nroff") unless $self->opt_n; + $self->add_formatter_option( '__nroffer' => $self->opt_n ); + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub options_sanity { + my $self = shift; + + # The opts-counting stuff interacts quite badly with + # the $ENV{"PERLDOC"} stuff. I.e., if I have $ENV{"PERLDOC"} + # set to -t, and I specify -u on the command line, I don't want + # to be hectored at that -u and -t don't make sense together. + + #my $opts = grep $_ && 1, # yes, the count of the set ones + # $self->opt_t, $self->opt_u, $self->opt_m, $self->opt_l + #; + # + #$self->usage("only one of -t, -u, -m or -l") if $opts > 1; + + + # Any sanity-checking need doing here? + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub grand_search_init { + my($self, $pages, @found) = @_; + + foreach (@$pages) { + if ($self->{'podidx'} && open(PODIDX, $self->{'podidx'})) { + my $searchfor = catfile split '::', $_; + $self->aside( "Searching for '$searchfor' in $self->{'podidx'}\n" ); + local $_; + while (<PODIDX>) { + chomp; + push(@found, $_) if m,/$searchfor(?:\.(?:pod|pm))?\z,i; + } + close(PODIDX) or die "Can't close $$self{'podidx'}: $!"; + next; + } + + $self->aside( "Searching for $_\n" ); + + if ($self->opt_F) { + next unless -r; + push @found, $_ if $self->opt_m or $self->containspod($_); + next; + } + + # We must look both in @INC for library modules and in $bindir + # for executables, like h2xs or perldoc itself. + + my @searchdirs = ($self->{'bindir'}, @INC); + unless ($self->opt_m) { + if (IS_VMS) { + my($i,$trn); + for ($i = 0; $trn = $ENV{'DCL$PATH;'.$i}; $i++) { + push(@searchdirs,$trn); + } + push(@searchdirs,'perl_root:[lib.pod]') # installed pods + } + else { + push(@searchdirs, grep(-d, split($Config{path_sep}, + $ENV{'PATH'}))); + } + } + my @files = $self->searchfor(0,$_,@searchdirs); + if (@files) { + $self->aside( "Found as @files\n" ); + } + else { + # no match, try recursive search + @searchdirs = grep(!/^\.\z/s,@INC); + @files= $self->searchfor(1,$_,@searchdirs) if $self->opt_r; + if (@files) { + $self->aside( "Loosely found as @files\n" ); + } + else { + print STDERR "No " . + ($self->opt_m ? "module" : "documentation") . " found for \"$_\".\n"; + if ( @{ $self->{'found'} } ) { + print STDERR "However, try\n"; + for my $dir (@{ $self->{'found'} }) { + opendir(DIR, $dir) or die "opendir $dir: $!"; + while (my $file = readdir(DIR)) { + next if ($file =~ /^\./s); + $file =~ s/\.(pm|pod)\z//; # XXX: badfs + print STDERR "\tperldoc $_\::$file\n"; + } + closedir(DIR) or die "closedir $dir: $!"; + } + } + } + } + push(@found,@files); + } + return @found; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub maybe_generate_dynamic_pod { + my($self, $found_things) = @_; + my @dynamic_pod; + + $self->search_perlfunc($found_things, \@dynamic_pod) if $self->opt_f; + + $self->search_perlfaqs($found_things, \@dynamic_pod) if $self->opt_q; + + if( ! $self->opt_f and ! $self->opt_q ) { + DEBUG > 4 and print "That's a non-dynamic pod search.\n"; + } elsif ( @dynamic_pod ) { + $self->aside("Hm, I found some Pod from that search!\n"); + my ($buffd, $buffer) = $self->new_tempfile('pod', 'dyn'); + + push @{ $self->{'temp_file_list'} }, $buffer; + # I.e., it MIGHT be deleted at the end. + + my $in_list = $self->opt_f; + + print $buffd "=over 8\n\n" if $in_list; + print $buffd @dynamic_pod or die "Can't print $buffer: $!"; + print $buffd "=back\n" if $in_list; + + close $buffd or die "Can't close $buffer: $!"; + + @$found_things = $buffer; + # Yes, so found_things never has more than one thing in + # it, by time we leave here + + $self->add_formatter_option('__filter_nroff' => 1); + + } else { + @$found_things = (); + $self->aside("I found no Pod from that search!\n"); + } + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub add_formatter_option { # $self->add_formatter_option('key' => 'value'); + my $self = shift; + push @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} }, [ @_ ] if @_; + + DEBUG > 3 and printf "Formatter switches now: [%s]\n", + join ' ', map "[@$_]", @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} }; + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub search_perlfunc { + my($self, $found_things, $pod) = @_; + + DEBUG > 2 and print "Search: @$found_things\n"; + + my $perlfunc = shift @$found_things; + open(PFUNC, "<", $perlfunc) # "Funk is its own reward" + or die("Can't open $perlfunc: $!"); + + # Functions like -r, -e, etc. are listed under `-X'. + my $search_re = ($self->opt_f =~ /^-[rwxoRWXOeszfdlpSbctugkTBMAC]$/) + ? '(?:I<)?-X' : quotemeta($self->opt_f) ; + + DEBUG > 2 and + print "Going to perlfunc-scan for $search_re in $perlfunc\n"; + + # Skip introduction + local $_; + while (<PFUNC>) { + last if /^=head2 Alphabetical Listing of Perl Functions/; + } + + # Look for our function + my $found = 0; + my $inlist = 0; + while (<PFUNC>) { # "The Mothership Connection is here!" + if ( m/^=item\s+$search_re\b/ ) { + $found = 1; + } + elsif (/^=item/) { + last if $found > 1 and not $inlist; + } + next unless $found; + if (/^=over/) { + ++$inlist; + } + elsif (/^=back/) { + --$inlist; + } + push @$pod, $_; + ++$found if /^\w/; # found descriptive text + } + if (!@$pod) { + die sprintf + "No documentation for perl function `%s' found\n", + $self->opt_f + ; + } + close PFUNC or die "Can't open $perlfunc: $!"; + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub search_perlfaqs { + my( $self, $found_things, $pod) = @_; + + my $found = 0; + my %found_in; + my $search_key = $self->opt_q; + + my $rx = eval { qr/$search_key/ } + or die <<EOD; +Invalid regular expression '$search_key' given as -q pattern: +$@ +Did you mean \\Q$search_key ? + +EOD + + local $_; + foreach my $file (@$found_things) { + die "invalid file spec: $!" if $file =~ /[<>|]/; + open(INFAQ, "<", $file) # XXX 5.6ism + or die "Can't read-open $file: $!\nAborting"; + while (<INFAQ>) { + if ( m/^=head2\s+.*(?:$search_key)/i ) { + $found = 1; + push @$pod, "=head1 Found in $file\n\n" unless $found_in{$file}++; + } + elsif (/^=head[12]/) { + $found = 0; + } + next unless $found; + push @$pod, $_; + } + close(INFAQ); + } + die("No documentation for perl FAQ keyword `$search_key' found\n") + unless @$pod; + + return; +} + + +#.......................................................................... + +sub render_findings { + # Return the filename to open + + my($self, $found_things) = @_; + + my $formatter_class = $self->{'formatter_class'} + || die "No formatter class set!?"; + my $formatter = $formatter_class->can('new') + ? $formatter_class->new + : $formatter_class + ; + + if(! @$found_things) { + die "Nothing found?!"; + # should have been caught before here + } elsif(@$found_things > 1) { + warn join '', + "Perldoc is only really meant for reading one document at a time.\n", + "So these parameters are being ignored: ", + join(' ', @$found_things[1 .. $#$found_things] ), + "\n" + } + + my $file = $found_things->[0]; + + DEBUG > 3 and printf "Formatter switches now: [%s]\n", + join ' ', map "[@$_]", @{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} }; + + # Set formatter options: + if( ref $formatter ) { + foreach my $f (@{ $self->{'formatter_switches'} || [] }) { + my($switch, $value, $silent_fail) = @$f; + if( $formatter->can($switch) ) { + eval { $formatter->$switch( defined($value) ? $value : () ) }; + warn "Got an error when setting $formatter_class\->$switch:\n$@\n" + if $@; + } else { + if( $silent_fail or $switch =~ m/^__/s ) { + DEBUG > 2 and print "Formatter $formatter_class doesn't support $switch\n"; + } else { + warn "$formatter_class doesn't recognize the $switch switch.\n"; + } + } + } + } + + $self->{'output_is_binary'} = + $formatter->can('write_with_binmode') && $formatter->write_with_binmode; + + my ($out_fh, $out) = $self->new_output_file( + ( $formatter->can('output_extension') && $formatter->output_extension ) + || undef, + $self->useful_filename_bit, + ); + + # Now, finally, do the formatting! + { + local $^W = $^W; + if(DEBUG() or $self->opt_v) { + # feh, let 'em see it + } else { + $^W = 0; + # The average user just has no reason to be seeing + # $^W-suppressable warnings from the formatting! + } + + eval { $formatter->parse_from_file( $file, $out_fh ) }; + } + + warn "Error while formatting with $formatter_class:\n $@\n" if $@; + DEBUG > 2 and print "Back from formatting with $formatter_class\n"; + + close $out_fh + or warn "Can't close $out: $!\n(Did $formatter already close it?)"; + sleep 0; sleep 0; sleep 0; + # Give the system a few timeslices to meditate on the fact + # that the output file does in fact exist and is closed. + + $self->unlink_if_temp_file($file); + + unless( -s $out ) { + if( $formatter->can( 'if_zero_length' ) ) { + # Basically this is just a hook for Pod::Simple::Checker; since + # what other class could /happily/ format an input file with Pod + # as a 0-length output file? + $formatter->if_zero_length( $file, $out, $out_fh ); + } else { + warn "Got a 0-length file from $$found_things[0] via $formatter_class!?\n" + } + } + + DEBUG and print "Finished writing to $out.\n"; + return($out, $formatter) if wantarray; + return $out; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub unlink_if_temp_file { + # Unlink the specified file IFF it's in the list of temp files. + # Really only used in the case of -f / -q things when we can + # throw away the dynamically generated source pod file once + # we've formatted it. + # + my($self, $file) = @_; + return unless defined $file and length $file; + + my $temp_file_list = $self->{'temp_file_list'} || return; + if(grep $_ eq $file, @$temp_file_list) { + $self->aside("Unlinking $file\n"); + unlink($file) or warn "Odd, couldn't unlink $file: $!"; + } else { + DEBUG > 1 and print "$file isn't a temp file, so not unlinking.\n"; + } + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub MSWin_temp_cleanup { + + # Nothing particularly MSWin-specific in here, but I don't know if any + # other OS needs its temp dir policed like MSWin does! + + my $self = shift; + + my $tempdir = $ENV{'TEMP'}; + return unless defined $tempdir and length $tempdir + and -e $tempdir and -d _ and -w _; + + $self->aside( + "Considering whether any old files of mine in $tempdir need unlinking.\n" + ); + + opendir(TMPDIR, $tempdir) || return; + my @to_unlink; + + my $limit = time() - $Temp_File_Lifetime; + + DEBUG > 5 and printf "Looking for things pre-dating %s (%x)\n", + ($limit) x 2; + + my $filespec; + + while(defined($filespec = readdir(TMPDIR))) { + if( + $filespec =~ m{^perldoc_[a-zA-Z0-9]+_T([a-fA-F0-9]{7,})_[a-fA-F0-9]{3,}}s + ) { + if( hex($1) < $limit ) { + push @to_unlink, "$tempdir/$filespec"; + $self->aside( "Will unlink my old temp file $to_unlink[-1]\n" ); + } else { + DEBUG > 5 and + printf " $tempdir/$filespec is too recent (after %x)\n", $limit; + } + } else { + DEBUG > 5 and + print " $tempdir/$filespec doesn't look like a perldoc temp file.\n"; + } + } + closedir(TMPDIR); + $self->aside(sprintf "Unlinked %s items of mine in %s\n", + scalar(unlink(@to_unlink)), + $tempdir + ); + return; +} + +# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +sub MSWin_perldoc_tempfile { + my($self, $suffix, $infix) = @_; + + my $tempdir = $ENV{'TEMP'}; + return unless defined $tempdir and length $tempdir + and -e $tempdir and -d _ and -w _; + + my $spec; + + do { + $spec = sprintf "%s\\perldoc_%s_T%x_%x%02x.%s", # used also in MSWin_temp_cleanup + # Yes, we embed the create-time in the filename! + $tempdir, + $infix || 'x', + time(), + $$, + defined( &Win32::GetTickCount ) + ? (Win32::GetTickCount() & 0xff) + : int(rand 256) + # Under MSWin, $$ values get reused quickly! So if we ran + # perldoc foo and then perldoc bar before there was time for + # time() to increment time."_$$" would likely be the same + # for each process! So we tack on the tick count's lower + # bits (or, in a pinch, rand) + , + $suffix || 'txt'; + ; + } while( -e $spec ); + + my $counter = 0; + + while($counter < 50) { + my $fh; + # If we are running before perl5.6.0, we can't autovivify + if ($] < 5.006) { + require Symbol; + $fh = Symbol::gensym(); + } + DEBUG > 3 and print "About to try making temp file $spec\n"; + return($fh, $spec) if open($fh, ">", $spec); # XXX 5.6ism + $self->aside("Can't create temp file $spec: $!\n"); + } + + $self->aside("Giving up on making a temp file!\n"); + die "Can't make a tempfile!?"; +} + +#.......................................................................... + + +sub after_rendering { + my $self = $_[0]; + $self->after_rendering_VMS if IS_VMS; + $self->after_rendering_MSWin32 if IS_MSWin32; + $self->after_rendering_Dos if IS_Dos; + $self->after_rendering_OS2 if IS_OS2; + return; +} + +sub after_rendering_VMS { return } +sub after_rendering_Dos { return } +sub after_rendering_OS2 { return } + +sub after_rendering_MSWin32 { + shift->MSWin_temp_cleanup() if $Temp_Files_Created; +} + +#.......................................................................... +# : : : : : : : : : +#.......................................................................... + + +sub minus_f_nocase { # i.e., do like -f, but without regard to case + + my($self, $dir, $file) = @_; + my $path = catfile($dir,$file); + return $path if -f $path and -r _; + + if(!$self->opt_i + or IS_VMS or IS_MSWin32 + or IS_Dos or IS_OS2 + ) { + # On a case-forgiving file system, or if case is important, + # that is it, all we can do. + warn "Ignored $path: unreadable\n" if -f _; + return ''; + } + + local *DIR; + my @p = ($dir); + my($p,$cip); + foreach $p (splitdir $file){ + my $try = catfile @p, $p; + $self->aside("Scrutinizing $try...\n"); + stat $try; + if (-d _) { + push @p, $p; + if ( $p eq $self->{'target'} ) { + my $tmp_path = catfile @p; + my $path_f = 0; + for (@{ $self->{'found'} }) { + $path_f = 1 if $_ eq $tmp_path; + } + push (@{ $self->{'found'} }, $tmp_path) unless $path_f; + $self->aside( "Found as $tmp_path but directory\n" ); + } + } + elsif (-f _ && -r _) { + return $try; + } + elsif (-f _) { + warn "Ignored $try: unreadable\n"; + } + elsif (-d catdir(@p)) { # at least we see the containing directory! + my $found = 0; + my $lcp = lc $p; + my $p_dirspec = catdir(@p); + opendir DIR, $p_dirspec or die "opendir $p_dirspec: $!"; + while(defined( $cip = readdir(DIR) )) { + if (lc $cip eq $lcp){ + $found++; + last; # XXX stop at the first? what if there's others? + } + } + closedir DIR or die "closedir $p_dirspec: $!"; + return "" unless $found; + + push @p, $cip; + my $p_filespec = catfile(@p); + return $p_filespec if -f $p_filespec and -r _; + warn "Ignored $p_filespec: unreadable\n" if -f _; + } + } + return ""; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub pagers_guessing { + my $self = shift; + + my @pagers; + push @pagers, $self->pagers; + $self->{'pagers'} = \@pagers; + + if (IS_MSWin32) { + push @pagers, qw( more< less notepad ); + unshift @pagers, $ENV{PAGER} if $ENV{PAGER}; + } + elsif (IS_VMS) { + push @pagers, qw( most more less type/page ); + } + elsif (IS_Dos) { + push @pagers, qw( less.exe more.com< ); + unshift @pagers, $ENV{PAGER} if $ENV{PAGER}; + } + else { + if (IS_OS2) { + unshift @pagers, 'less', 'cmd /c more <'; + } + push @pagers, qw( more less pg view cat ); + unshift @pagers, $ENV{PAGER} if $ENV{PAGER}; + } + + if (IS_Cygwin) { + if (($pagers[0] eq 'less') || ($pagers[0] eq '/usr/bin/less')) { + unshift @pagers, '/usr/bin/less -isrR'; + } + } + + unshift @pagers, $ENV{PERLDOC_PAGER} if $ENV{PERLDOC_PAGER}; + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub page_module_file { + my($self, @found) = @_; + + # Security note: + # Don't ever just pass this off to anything like MSWin's "start.exe", + # since we might be calling on a .pl file, and we wouldn't want that + # to actually /execute/ the file that we just want to page thru! + # Also a consideration if one were to use a web browser as a pager; + # doing so could trigger the browser's MIME mapping for whatever + # it thinks .pm/.pl/whatever is. Probably just a (useless and + # annoying) "Save as..." dialog, but potentially executing the file + # in question -- particularly in the case of MSIE and it's, ahem, + # occasionally hazy distinction between OS-local extension + # associations, and browser-specific MIME mappings. + + if ($self->{'output_to_stdout'}) { + $self->aside("Sending unpaged output to STDOUT.\n"); + local $_; + my $any_error = 0; + foreach my $output (@found) { + unless( open(TMP, "<", $output) ) { # XXX 5.6ism + warn("Can't open $output: $!"); + $any_error = 1; + next; + } + while (<TMP>) { + print or die "Can't print to stdout: $!"; + } + close TMP or die "Can't close while $output: $!"; + $self->unlink_if_temp_file($output); + } + return $any_error; # successful + } + + foreach my $pager ( $self->pagers ) { + $self->aside("About to try calling $pager @found\n"); + if (system($pager, @found) == 0) { + $self->aside("Yay, it worked.\n"); + return 0; + } + $self->aside("That didn't work.\n"); + + # Odd -- when it fails, under Win32, this seems to neither + # return with a fail nor return with a success!! + # That's discouraging! + } + + $self->aside( + sprintf "Can't manage to find a way to page [%s] via pagers [%s]\n", + join(' ', @found), + join(' ', $self->pagers), + ); + + if (IS_VMS) { + DEBUG > 1 and print "Bailing out in a VMSish way.\n"; + eval q{ + use vmsish qw(status exit); + exit $?; + 1; + } or die; + } + + return 1; + # i.e., an UNSUCCESSFUL return value! +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub check_file { + my($self, $dir, $file) = @_; + + unless( ref $self ) { + # Should never get called: + $Carp::Verbose = 1; + require Carp; + Carp::croak( join '', + "Crazy ", __PACKAGE__, " error:\n", + "check_file must be an object_method!\n", + "Aborting" + ); + } + + if(length $dir and not -d $dir) { + DEBUG > 3 and print " No dir $dir -- skipping.\n"; + return ""; + } + + if ($self->opt_m) { + return $self->minus_f_nocase($dir,$file); + } + + else { + my $path = $self->minus_f_nocase($dir,$file); + if( length $path and $self->containspod($path) ) { + DEBUG > 3 and print + " The file $path indeed looks promising!\n"; + return $path; + } + } + DEBUG > 3 and print " No good: $file in $dir\n"; + + return ""; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub containspod { + my($self, $file, $readit) = @_; + return 1 if !$readit && $file =~ /\.pod\z/i; + + + # Under cygwin the /usr/bin/perl is legal executable, but + # you cannot open a file with that name. It must be spelled + # out as "/usr/bin/perl.exe". + # + # The following if-case under cygwin prevents error + # + # $ perldoc perl + # Cannot open /usr/bin/perl: no such file or directory + # + # This would work though + # + # $ perldoc perl.pod + + if ( IS_Cygwin and -x $file and -f "$file.exe" ) + { + warn "Cygwin $file.exe search skipped\n" if DEBUG or $self->opt_v; + return 0; + } + + local($_); + open(TEST,"<", $file) or die "Can't open $file: $!"; # XXX 5.6ism + while (<TEST>) { + if (/^=head/) { + close(TEST) or die "Can't close $file: $!"; + return 1; + } + } + close(TEST) or die "Can't close $file: $!"; + return 0; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub maybe_diddle_INC { + my $self = shift; + + # Does this look like a module or extension directory? + + if (-f "Makefile.PL") { + + # Add "." and "lib" to @INC (if they exist) + eval q{ use lib qw(. lib); 1; } or die; + + # don't add if superuser + if ($< && $> && -f "blib") { # don't be looking too hard now! + eval q{ use blib; 1 }; + warn $@ if $@ && $self->opt_v; + } + } + + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub new_output_file { + my $self = shift; + my $outspec = $self->opt_d; # Yes, -d overrides all else! + # So don't call this twice per format-job! + + return $self->new_tempfile(@_) unless defined $outspec and length $outspec; + + # Otherwise open a write-handle on opt_d!f + + my $fh; + # If we are running before perl5.6.0, we can't autovivify + if ($] < 5.006) { + require Symbol; + $fh = Symbol::gensym(); + } + DEBUG > 3 and print "About to try writing to specified output file $outspec\n"; + die "Can't write-open $outspec: $!" + unless open($fh, ">", $outspec); # XXX 5.6ism + + DEBUG > 3 and print "Successfully opened $outspec\n"; + binmode($fh) if $self->{'output_is_binary'}; + return($fh, $outspec); +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub useful_filename_bit { + # This tries to provide a meaningful bit of text to do with the query, + # such as can be used in naming the file -- since if we're going to be + # opening windows on temp files (as a "pager" may well do!) then it's + # better if the temp file's name (which may well be used as the window + # title) isn't ALL just random garbage! + # In other words "perldoc_LWPSimple_2371981429" is a better temp file + # name than "perldoc_2371981429". So this routine is what tries to + # provide the "LWPSimple" bit. + # + my $self = shift; + my $pages = $self->{'pages'} || return undef; + return undef unless @$pages; + + my $chunk = $pages->[0]; + return undef unless defined $chunk; + $chunk =~ s/:://g; + $chunk =~ s/\.\w+$//g; # strip any extension + if( $chunk =~ m/([^\#\\:\/\$]+)$/s ) { # get basename, if it's a file + $chunk = $1; + } else { + return undef; + } + $chunk =~ s/[^a-zA-Z0-9]+//g; # leave ONLY a-zA-Z0-9 things! + $chunk = substr($chunk, -10) if length($chunk) > 10; + return $chunk; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub new_tempfile { # $self->new_tempfile( [$suffix, [$infix] ] ) + my $self = shift; + + ++$Temp_Files_Created; + + if( IS_MSWin32 ) { + my @out = $self->MSWin_perldoc_tempfile(@_); + return @out if @out; + # otherwise fall thru to the normal stuff below... + } + + require File::Temp; + return File::Temp::tempfile(UNLINK => 1); +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub page { # apply a pager to the output file + my ($self, $output, $output_to_stdout, @pagers) = @_; + if ($output_to_stdout) { + $self->aside("Sending unpaged output to STDOUT.\n"); + open(TMP, "<", $output) or die "Can't open $output: $!"; # XXX 5.6ism + local $_; + while (<TMP>) { + print or die "Can't print to stdout: $!"; + } + close TMP or die "Can't close while $output: $!"; + $self->unlink_if_temp_file($output); + } else { + # On VMS, quoting prevents logical expansion, and temp files with no + # extension get the wrong default extension (such as .LIS for TYPE) + + $output = VMS::Filespec::rmsexpand($output, '.') if IS_VMS; + + $output =~ s{/}{\\}g if IS_MSWin32 || IS_Dos; + # Altho "/" under MSWin is in theory good as a pathsep, + # many many corners of the OS don't like it. So we + # have to force it to be "\" to make everyone happy. + + foreach my $pager (@pagers) { + $self->aside("About to try calling $pager $output\n"); + if (IS_VMS) { + last if system("$pager $output") == 0; + } else { + last if system("$pager \"$output\"") == 0; + } + } + } + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub searchfor { + my($self, $recurse,$s,@dirs) = @_; + $s =~ s!::!/!g; + $s = VMS::Filespec::unixify($s) if IS_VMS; + return $s if -f $s && $self->containspod($s); + $self->aside( "Looking for $s in @dirs\n" ); + my $ret; + my $i; + my $dir; + $self->{'target'} = (splitdir $s)[-1]; # XXX: why not use File::Basename? + for ($i=0; $i<@dirs; $i++) { + $dir = $dirs[$i]; + next unless -d $dir; # some dirs in @INC are optional + ($dir = VMS::Filespec::unixpath($dir)) =~ s!/\z!! if IS_VMS; + if ( (! $self->opt_m && ( $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.pod"))) + or ( $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.pm")) + or ( $ret = $self->check_file($dir,$s)) + or ( IS_VMS and + $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.com")) + or ( IS_OS2 and + $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.cmd")) + or ( (IS_MSWin32 or IS_Dos or IS_OS2) and + $ret = $self->check_file($dir,"$s.bat")) + or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pod","$s.pod")) + or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pod",$s)) + or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pods","$s.pod")) + or ( $ret = $self->check_file("$dir/pods",$s)) + ) { + DEBUG > 1 and print " Found $ret\n"; + return $ret; + } + + if ($recurse) { + opendir(D,$dir) or die "Can't opendir $dir: $!"; + my @newdirs = map catfile($dir, $_), grep { + not /^\.\.?\z/s and + not /^auto\z/s and # save time! don't search auto dirs + -d catfile($dir, $_) + } readdir D; + closedir(D) or die "Can't closedir $dir: $!"; + next unless @newdirs; + # what a wicked map! + @newdirs = map((s/\.dir\z//,$_)[1],@newdirs) if IS_VMS; + $self->aside( "Also looking in @newdirs\n" ); + push(@dirs,@newdirs); + } + } + return (); +} + +#.......................................................................... +{ + my $already_asserted; + sub assert_closing_stdout { + my $self = shift; + + return if $already_asserted; + + eval q~ END { close(STDOUT) || die "Can't close STDOUT: $!" } ~; + # What for? to let the pager know that nothing more will come? + + die $@ if $@; + $already_asserted = 1; + return; + } +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub tweak_found_pathnames { + my($self, $found) = @_; + if (IS_MSWin32) { + foreach (@$found) { s,/,\\,g } + } + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... +# : : : : : : : : : +#.......................................................................... + +sub am_taint_checking { + my $self = shift; + die "NO ENVIRONMENT?!?!" unless keys %ENV; # reset iterator along the way + my($k,$v) = each %ENV; + return is_tainted($v); +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub is_tainted { # just a function + my $arg = shift; + my $nada = substr($arg, 0, 0); # zero-length! + local $@; # preserve the caller's version of $@ + eval { eval "# $nada" }; + return length($@) != 0; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +sub drop_privs_maybe { + my $self = shift; + + # Attempt to drop privs if we should be tainting and aren't + if (!(IS_VMS || IS_MSWin32 || IS_Dos + || IS_OS2 + ) + && ($> == 0 || $< == 0) + && !$self->am_taint_checking() + ) { + my $id = eval { getpwnam("nobody") }; + $id = eval { getpwnam("nouser") } unless defined $id; + $id = -2 unless defined $id; + # + # According to Stevens' APUE and various + # (BSD, Solaris, HP-UX) man pages, setting + # the real uid first and effective uid second + # is the way to go if one wants to drop privileges, + # because if one changes into an effective uid of + # non-zero, one cannot change the real uid any more. + # + # Actually, it gets even messier. There is + # a third uid, called the saved uid, and as + # long as that is zero, one can get back to + # uid of zero. Setting the real-effective *twice* + # helps in *most* systems (FreeBSD and Solaris) + # but apparently in HP-UX even this doesn't help: + # the saved uid stays zero (apparently the only way + # in HP-UX to change saved uid is to call setuid() + # when the effective uid is zero). + # + eval { + $< = $id; # real uid + $> = $id; # effective uid + $< = $id; # real uid + $> = $id; # effective uid + }; + if( !$@ && $< && $> ) { + DEBUG and print "OK, I dropped privileges.\n"; + } elsif( $self->opt_U ) { + DEBUG and print "Couldn't drop privileges, but in -U mode, so feh." + } else { + DEBUG and print "Hm, couldn't drop privileges. Ah well.\n"; + # We used to die here; but that seemed pointless. + } + } + return; +} + +#.......................................................................... + +1; + +__END__ + +# See "perldoc perldoc" for basic details. +# +# Perldoc -- look up a piece of documentation in .pod format that +# is embedded in the perl installation tree. +# +#~~~~~~ +# +# See ChangeLog in CPAN dist for Pod::Perldoc for later notes. +# +# Version 3.01: Sun Nov 10 21:38:09 MST 2002 +# Sean M. Burke <sburke@cpan.org> +# Massive refactoring and code-tidying. +# Now it's a module(-family)! +# Formatter-specific stuff pulled out into Pod::Perldoc::To(Whatever).pm +# Added -T, -d, -o, -M, -w. +# Added some improved MSWin funk. +# +#~~~~~~ +# +# Version 2.05: Sat Oct 12 16:09:00 CEST 2002 +# Hugo van der Sanden <hv@crypt.org> +# Made -U the default, based on patch from Simon Cozens +# Version 2.04: Sun Aug 18 13:27:12 BST 2002 +# Randy W. Sims <RandyS@ThePierianSpring.org> +# allow -n to enable nroff under Win32 +# Version 2.03: Sun Apr 23 16:56:34 BST 2000 +# Hugo van der Sanden <hv@crypt.org> +# don't die when 'use blib' fails +# Version 2.02: Mon Mar 13 18:03:04 MST 2000 +# Tom Christiansen <tchrist@perl.com> +# Added -U insecurity option +# Version 2.01: Sat Mar 11 15:22:33 MST 2000 +# Tom Christiansen <tchrist@perl.com>, querulously. +# Security and correctness patches. +# What a twisted bit of distasteful spaghetti code. +# Version 2.0: ???? +# +#~~~~~~ +# +# Version 1.15: Tue Aug 24 01:50:20 EST 1999 +# Charles Wilson <cwilson@ece.gatech.edu> +# changed /pod/ directory to /pods/ for cygwin +# to support cygwin/win32 +# Version 1.14: Wed Jul 15 01:50:20 EST 1998 +# Robin Barker <rmb1@cise.npl.co.uk> +# -strict, -w cleanups +# Version 1.13: Fri Feb 27 16:20:50 EST 1997 +# Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com> +# -doc tweaks for -F and -X options +# Version 1.12: Sat Apr 12 22:41:09 EST 1997 +# Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com> +# -various fixes for win32 +# Version 1.11: Tue Dec 26 09:54:33 EST 1995 +# Kenneth Albanowski <kjahds@kjahds.com> +# -added Charles Bailey's further VMS patches, and -u switch +# -added -t switch, with pod2text support +# +# Version 1.10: Thu Nov 9 07:23:47 EST 1995 +# Kenneth Albanowski <kjahds@kjahds.com> +# -added VMS support +# -added better error recognition (on no found pages, just exit. On +# missing nroff/pod2man, just display raw pod.) +# -added recursive/case-insensitive matching (thanks, Andreas). This +# slows things down a bit, unfortunately. Give a precise name, and +# it'll run faster. +# +# Version 1.01: Tue May 30 14:47:34 EDT 1995 +# Andy Dougherty <doughera@lafcol.lafayette.edu> +# -added pod documentation. +# -added PATH searching. +# -added searching pod/ subdirectory (mainly to pick up perlfunc.pod +# and friends. +# +#~~~~~~~ +# +# TODO: +# +# Cache the directories read during sloppy match +# (To disk, or just in-memory?) +# +# Backport this to perl 5.005? +# +# Implement at least part of the "perlman" interface described +# in Programming Perl 3e? diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/BaseTo.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/BaseTo.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ca2a8c7e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/BaseTo.pm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo; +use strict; +use warnings; + +sub is_pageable { '' } +sub write_with_binmode { 1 } + +sub output_extension { 'txt' } # override in subclass! + +# sub new { my $self = shift; ... } +# sub parse_from_file( my($class, $in, $out) = ...; ... } + +#sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] } + +sub _perldoc_elem { + my($self, $name) = splice @_,0,2; + if(@_) { + $self->{$name} = $_[0]; + } else { + $self->{$name}; + } +} + + +1; + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/GetOptsOO.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/GetOptsOO.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b29aeb10906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/GetOptsOO.pm @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO; +use strict; + +# Rather like Getopt::Std's getopts +# Call Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO::getopts($object, \@ARGV, $truth) +# Given -n, if there's a opt_n_with, it'll call $object->opt_n_with( ARGUMENT ) +# (e.g., "-n foo" => $object->opt_n_with('foo'). Ditto "-nfoo") +# Otherwise (given -n) if there's an opt_n, we'll call it $object->opt_n($truth) +# (Truth defaults to 1) +# Otherwise we try calling $object->handle_unknown_option('n') +# (and we increment the error count by the return value of it) +# If there's no handle_unknown_option, then we just warn, and then increment +# the error counter +# +# The return value of Pod::Perldoc::GetOptsOO::getopts is true if no errors, +# otherwise it's false. +# +## sburke@cpan.org 2002-10-31 + +BEGIN { # Make a DEBUG constant ASAP + *DEBUG = defined( &Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG ) + ? \&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG + : sub(){10}; +} + + +sub getopts { + my($target, $args, $truth) = @_; + + $args ||= \@ARGV; + + $target->aside( + "Starting switch processing. Scanning arguments [@$args]\n" + ) if $target->can('aside'); + + return unless @$args; + + $truth = 1 unless @_ > 2; + + DEBUG > 3 and print " Truth is $truth\n"; + + + my $error_count = 0; + + while( @$args and ($_ = $args->[0]) =~ m/^-(.)(.*)/s ) { + my($first,$rest) = ($1,$2); + if ($_ eq '--') { # early exit if "--" + shift @$args; + last; + } + my $method = "opt_${first}_with"; + if( $target->can($method) ) { # it's argumental + if($rest eq '') { # like -f bar + shift @$args; + warn "Option $first needs a following argument!\n" unless @$args; + $rest = shift @$args; + } else { # like -fbar (== -f bar) + shift @$args; + } + + DEBUG > 3 and print " $method => $rest\n"; + $target->$method( $rest ); + + # Otherwise, it's not argumental... + } else { + + if( $target->can( $method = "opt_$first" ) ) { + DEBUG > 3 and print " $method is true ($truth)\n"; + $target->$method( $truth ); + + # Otherwise it's an unknown option... + + } elsif( $target->can('handle_unknown_option') ) { + DEBUG > 3 + and print " calling handle_unknown_option('$first')\n"; + + $error_count += ( + $target->handle_unknown_option( $first ) || 0 + ); + + } else { + ++$error_count; + warn "Unknown option: $first\n"; + } + + if($rest eq '') { # like -f + shift @$args + } else { # like -fbar (== -f -bar ) + DEBUG > 2 and print " Setting args->[0] to \"-$rest\"\n"; + $args->[0] = "-$rest"; + } + } + } + + + $target->aside( + "Ending switch processing. Args are [@$args] with $error_count errors.\n" + ) if $target->can('aside'); + + $error_count == 0; +} + +1; + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToChecker.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToChecker.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c60290d6502 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToChecker.pm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToChecker; +use strict; +use warnings; +use vars qw(@ISA); + +# Pick our superclass... +# +eval 'require Pod::Simple::Checker'; +if($@) { + require Pod::Checker; + @ISA = ('Pod::Checker'); +} else { + @ISA = ('Pod::Simple::Checker'); +} + +sub is_pageable { 1 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'txt' } + +sub if_zero_length { + my( $self, $file, $tmp, $tmpfd ) = @_; + print "No Pod errors in $file\n"; +} + + +1; + +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToChecker - let Perldoc check Pod for errors + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + % perldoc -o checker SomeFile.pod + No Pod errors in SomeFile.pod + (or an error report) + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Pod::Simple::Checker as a "formatter" class (or if that is +not available, then Pod::Checker), to check for errors in a given +Pod file. + +This is actually a Pod::Simple::Checker (or Pod::Checker) subclass, and +inherits all its options. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Simple::Checker>, L<Pod::Simple>, L<Pod::Checker>, L<Pod::Perldoc> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToMan.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToMan.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..43191222376 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToMan.pm @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToMan; +use strict; +use warnings; + +# This class is unlike ToText.pm et al, because we're NOT paging thru +# the output in our particular format -- we make the output and +# then we run nroff (or whatever) on it, and then page thru the +# (plaintext) output of THAT! + +use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo); +sub is_pageable { 1 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'txt' } + +sub __filter_nroff { shift->_perldoc_elem('__filter_nroff' , @_) } +sub __nroffer { shift->_perldoc_elem('__nroffer' , @_) } +sub __bindir { shift->_perldoc_elem('__bindir' , @_) } +sub __pod2man { shift->_perldoc_elem('__pod2man' , @_) } +sub __output_file { shift->_perldoc_elem('__output_file' , @_) } + +sub center { shift->_perldoc_elem('center' , @_) } +sub date { shift->_perldoc_elem('date' , @_) } +sub fixed { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixed' , @_) } +sub fixedbold { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbold' , @_) } +sub fixeditalic { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixeditalic' , @_) } +sub fixedbolditalic { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbolditalic', @_) } +sub quotes { shift->_perldoc_elem('quotes' , @_) } +sub release { shift->_perldoc_elem('release' , @_) } +sub section { shift->_perldoc_elem('section' , @_) } + +sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] } + +use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile); + +sub parse_from_file { + my $self = shift; + my($file, $outfh) = @_; + + my $render = $self->{'__nroffer'} || die "no nroffer set!?"; + + # turn the switches into CLIs + my $switches = join ' ', + map qq{"--$_=$self->{$_}"}, + grep !m/^_/s, + keys %$self + ; + + my $pod2man = + catfile( + ($self->{'__bindir'} || die "no bindir set?!" ), + ($self->{'__pod2man'} || die "no pod2man set?!" ), + ) + ; + unless(-e $pod2man) { + # This is rarely needed, I think. + $pod2man = $self->{'__pod2man'} || die "no pod2man set?!"; + die "Can't find a pod2man?! (". $self->{'__pod2man'} .")\nAborting" + unless -e $pod2man; + } + + my $command = "$pod2man $switches --lax $file | $render -man"; + # no temp file, just a pipe! + + # Thanks to Brendan O'Dea for contributing the following block + if(Pod::Perldoc::IS_Linux and -t STDOUT + and my ($cols) = `stty -a` =~ m/\bcolumns\s+(\d+)/ + ) { + my $c = $cols * 39 / 40; + $cols = $c > $cols - 2 ? $c : $cols -2; + $command .= ' -rLL=' . (int $c) . 'n' if $cols > 80; + } + + if(Pod::Perldoc::IS_Cygwin) { + $command .= ' -c'; + } + + # I hear persistent reports that adding a -c switch to $render + # solves many people's problems. But I also hear that some mans + # don't have a -c switch, so that unconditionally adding it here + # would presumably be a Bad Thing -- sburke@cpan.org + + $command .= " | col -x" if Pod::Perldoc::IS_HPUX; + + defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG) + and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG() + and print "About to run $command\n"; + ; + + my $rslt = `$command`; + + my $err; + + if( $self->{'__filter_nroff'} ) { + defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG) + and &Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG() + and print "filter_nroff is set, so filtering...\n"; + $rslt = $self->___Do_filter_nroff($rslt); + } else { + defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG) + and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG() + and print "filter_nroff isn't set, so not filtering.\n"; + } + + if (($err = $?)) { + defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG) + and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG() + and print "Nonzero exit ($?) while running $command.\n", + "Falling back to Pod::Perldoc::ToPod\n ", + ; + # A desperate fallthru: + require Pod::Perldoc::ToPod; + return Pod::Perldoc::ToPod->new->parse_from_file(@_); + + } else { + print $outfh $rslt + or die "Can't print to $$self{__output_file}: $!"; + } + + return; +} + + +sub ___Do_filter_nroff { + my $self = shift; + my @data = split /\n{2,}/, shift; + + shift @data while @data and $data[0] !~ /\S/; # Go to header + shift @data if @data and $data[0] =~ /Contributed\s+Perl/; # Skip header + pop @data if @data and $data[-1] =~ /^\w/; # Skip footer, like + # 28/Jan/99 perl 5.005, patch 53 1 + join "\n\n", @data; +} + +1; + +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToMan - let Perldoc render Pod as man pages + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -o man Some::Modulename + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Pod::Man and C<nroff> for reading Pod pages. + +The following options are supported: center, date, fixed, fixedbold, +fixeditalic, fixedbolditalic, quotes, release, section + +(Those options are explained in L<Pod::Man>.) + +For example: + + perldoc -o man -w center:Pod Some::Modulename + +=head1 CAVEAT + +This module may change to use a different pod-to-nroff formatter class +in the future, and this may change what options are supported. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Man>, L<Pod::Perldoc>, L<Pod::Perldoc::ToNroff> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002,3,4 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToNroff.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToNroff.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0568605068 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToNroff.pm @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToNroff; +use strict; +use warnings; + +# This is unlike ToMan.pm in that it emits the raw nroff source! + +use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo); + +sub is_pageable { 1 } # well, if you ask for it... +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'man' } + +use Pod::Man (); + +sub center { shift->_perldoc_elem('center' , @_) } +sub date { shift->_perldoc_elem('date' , @_) } +sub fixed { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixed' , @_) } +sub fixedbold { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbold' , @_) } +sub fixeditalic { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixeditalic' , @_) } +sub fixedbolditalic { shift->_perldoc_elem('fixedbolditalic', @_) } +sub quotes { shift->_perldoc_elem('quotes' , @_) } +sub release { shift->_perldoc_elem('release' , @_) } +sub section { shift->_perldoc_elem('section' , @_) } + +sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] } + +sub parse_from_file { + my $self = shift; + my $file = $_[0]; + + my @options = + map {; $_, $self->{$_} } + grep !m/^_/s, + keys %$self + ; + + defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG) + and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG() + and print "About to call new Pod::Man ", + $Pod::Man::VERSION ? "(v$Pod::Man::VERSION) " : '', + "with options: ", + @options ? "[@options]" : "(nil)", "\n"; + ; + + Pod::Man->new(@options)->parse_from_file(@_); +} + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToNroff - let Perldoc convert Pod to nroff + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -o nroff -d something.3 Some::Modulename + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Pod::Man as a formatter class. + +The following options are supported: center, date, fixed, fixedbold, +fixeditalic, fixedbolditalic, quotes, release, section + +Those options are explained in L<Pod::Man>. + +For example: + + perldoc -o nroff -w center:Pod -d something.3 Some::Modulename + +=head1 CAVEAT + +This module may change to use a different pod-to-nroff formatter class +in the future, and this may change what options are supported. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Man>, L<Pod::Perldoc>, L<Pod::Perldoc::ToMan> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToPod.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToPod.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bccbfcadbd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToPod.pm @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + +# This class is just a hack to act as a "formatter" for +# actually unformatted Pod. +# +# Note that this isn't the same as just passing thru whatever +# we're given -- we pass thru only the pod source, and suppress +# the Perl code (or whatever non-pod stuff is in the source file). + + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToPod; +use strict; +use warnings; + +use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo); +sub is_pageable { 1 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'pod' } + +sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] } + +sub parse_from_file { + my( $self, $in, $outfh ) = @_; + + open(IN, "<", $in) or die "Can't read-open $in: $!\nAborting"; + + my $cut_mode = 1; + + # A hack for finding things between =foo and =cut, inclusive + local $_; + while (<IN>) { + if( m/^=(\w+)/s ) { + if($cut_mode = ($1 eq 'cut')) { + print $outfh "\n=cut\n\n"; + # Pass thru the =cut line with some harmless + # (and occasionally helpful) padding + } + } + next if $cut_mode; + print $outfh $_ or die "Can't print to $outfh: $!"; + } + + close IN or die "Can't close $in: $!"; + return; +} + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToPod - let Perldoc render Pod as ... Pod! + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -opod Some::Modulename + +(That's currently the same as the following:) + + perldoc -u Some::Modulename + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to display Pod source as +itself! Pretty Zen, huh? + +Currently this class works by just filtering out the non-Pod stuff from +a given input file. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Perldoc> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToRtf.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToRtf.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25e609e313a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToRtf.pm @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToRtf; +use strict; +use warnings; +use vars qw($VERSION); + +use base qw( Pod::Simple::RTF ); + +$VERSION # so that ->VERSION is happy +# stop CPAN from seeing this + = +$Pod::Simple::RTF::VERSION; + + +sub is_pageable { 0 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'rtf' } + +sub page_for_perldoc { + my($self, $tempfile, $perldoc) = @_; + return unless $perldoc->IS_MSWin32; + + my $rtf_pager = $ENV{'RTFREADER'} || 'write.exe'; + + $perldoc->aside( "About to launch <\"$rtf_pager\" \"$tempfile\">\n" ); + + return 1 if system( qq{"$rtf_pager"}, qq{"$tempfile"} ) == 0; + return 0; +} + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToRtf - let Perldoc render Pod as RTF + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -o rtf Some::Modulename + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Pod::Simple::RTF as a formatter class. + +This is actually a Pod::Simple::RTF subclass, and inherits +all its options. + +You have to have Pod::Simple::RTF installed (from the Pod::Simple dist), +or this module won't work. + +If Perldoc is running under MSWin and uses this class as a formatter, +the output will be opened with F<write.exe> or whatever program is +specified in the environment variable C<RTFREADER>. For example, to +specify that RTF files should be opened the same as they are when you +double-click them, you would do C<set RTFREADER=start.exe> in your +F<autoexec.bat>. + +Handy tip: put C<set PERLDOC=-ortf> in your F<autoexec.bat> +and that will set this class as the default formatter to run when +you do C<perldoc whatever>. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Simple::RTF>, L<Pod::Simple>, L<Pod::Perldoc> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToText.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToText.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2eb9e0644ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToText.pm @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToText; +use strict; +use warnings; + +use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo); + +sub is_pageable { 1 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'txt' } + +use Pod::Text (); + +sub alt { shift->_perldoc_elem('alt' , @_) } +sub indent { shift->_perldoc_elem('indent' , @_) } +sub loose { shift->_perldoc_elem('loose' , @_) } +sub quotes { shift->_perldoc_elem('quotes' , @_) } +sub sentence { shift->_perldoc_elem('sentence', @_) } +sub width { shift->_perldoc_elem('width' , @_) } + +sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] } + +sub parse_from_file { + my $self = shift; + + my @options = + map {; $_, $self->{$_} } + grep !m/^_/s, + keys %$self + ; + + defined(&Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG) + and Pod::Perldoc::DEBUG() + and print "About to call new Pod::Text ", + $Pod::Text::VERSION ? "(v$Pod::Text::VERSION) " : '', + "with options: ", + @options ? "[@options]" : "(nil)", "\n"; + ; + + Pod::Text->new(@options)->parse_from_file(@_); +} + +1; + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToText - let Perldoc render Pod as plaintext + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -o text Some::Modulename + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Pod::Text as a formatter class. + +It supports the following options, which are explained in +L<Pod::Text>: alt, indent, loose, quotes, sentence, width + +For example: + + perldoc -o text -w indent:5 Some::Modulename + +=head1 CAVEAT + +This module may change to use a different text formatter class in the +future, and this may change what options are supported. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Perldoc> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToTk.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToTk.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39459629503 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToTk.pm @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToTk; +use strict; +use warnings; + +use base qw(Pod::Perldoc::BaseTo); + +sub is_pageable { 1 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'txt' } # doesn't matter +sub if_zero_length { } # because it will be 0-length! +sub new { return bless {}, ref($_[0]) || $_[0] } + +# TODO: document these and their meanings... +sub tree { shift->_perldoc_elem('tree' , @_) } +sub tk_opt { shift->_perldoc_elem('tk_opt' , @_) } +sub forky { shift->_perldoc_elem('forky' , @_) } + +use Pod::Perldoc (); +use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile); + +use Tk; +die join '', __PACKAGE__, " doesn't work nice with Tk.pm verison $Tk::VERSION" + if $Tk::VERSION eq '800.003'; + +BEGIN { eval { require Tk::FcyEntry; }; }; +use Tk::Pod; + +# The following was adapted from "tkpod" in the Tk-Pod dist. + +sub parse_from_file { + + my($self, $Input_File) = @_; + if($self->{'forky'}) { + return if fork; # i.e., parent process returns + } + + $Input_File =~ s{\\}{/}g + if Pod::Perldoc::IS_MSWin32 or Pod::Perldoc::IS_Dos + # and maybe OS/2 + ; + + my($tk_opt, $tree); + $tree = $self->{'tree' }; + $tk_opt = $self->{'tk_opt'}; + + #require Tk::ErrorDialog; + + # Add 'Tk' subdirectories to search path so, e.g., + # 'Scrolled' will find doc in 'Tk/Scrolled' + + if( $tk_opt ) { + push @INC, grep -d $_, map catfile($_,'Tk'), @INC; + } + + my $mw = MainWindow->new(); + #eval 'use blib "/home/e/eserte/src/perl/Tk-App";require Tk::App::Debug'; + $mw->withdraw; + + # CDE use Font Settings if available + my $ufont = $mw->optionGet('userFont','UserFont'); # fixed width + my $sfont = $mw->optionGet('systemFont','SystemFont'); # proportional + if (defined($ufont) and defined($sfont)) { + foreach ($ufont, $sfont) { s/:$//; }; + $mw->optionAdd('*Font', $sfont); + $mw->optionAdd('*Entry.Font', $ufont); + $mw->optionAdd('*Text.Font', $ufont); + } + + $mw->optionAdd('*Menu.tearOff', $Tk::platform ne 'MSWin32' ? 1 : 0); + + $mw->Pod( + '-file' => $Input_File, + (($Tk::Pod::VERSION >= 4) ? ('-tree' => $tree) : ()) + )->focusNext; + + # xxx dirty but it works. A simple $mw->destroy if $mw->children + # does not work because Tk::ErrorDialogs could be created. + # (they are withdrawn after Ok instead of destory'ed I guess) + + if ($mw->children) { + $mw->repeat(1000, sub { + # ErrorDialog is withdrawn not deleted :-( + foreach ($mw->children) { + return if "$_" =~ /^Tk::Pod/ # ->isa('Tk::Pod') + } + $mw->destroy; + }); + } else { + $mw->destroy; + } + #$mw->WidgetDump; + MainLoop(); + + exit if $self->{'forky'}; # we were the child! so exit now! + return; +} + +1; +__END__ + + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToTk - let Perldoc use Tk::Pod to render Pod + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -o tk Some::Modulename & + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Tk::Pod as a formatter class. + +You have to have installed Tk::Pod first, or this class won't load. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Tk::Pod>, L<Pod::Perldoc> + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org>, with significant portions copied from +F<tkpod> in the Tk::Pod dist, by Nick Ing-Simmons, Slaven Rezic, et al. + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToXml.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToXml.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd0d15cc10b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Perldoc/ToXml.pm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + +require 5; +package Pod::Perldoc::ToXml; +use strict; +use warnings; +use vars qw($VERSION); + +use base qw( Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream ); + +$VERSION # so that ->VERSION is happy +# stop CPAN from seeing this + = +$Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream::VERSION; + + +sub is_pageable { 0 } +sub write_with_binmode { 0 } +sub output_extension { 'xml' } + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Perldoc::ToXml - let Perldoc render Pod as XML + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + perldoc -o xml -d out.xml Some::Modulename + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This is a "plug-in" class that allows Perldoc to use +Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream as a formatter class. + +This is actually a Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream subclass, and inherits +all its options. + +You have to have installed Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream (from the Pod::Simple +dist), or this class won't work. + + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Simple::XMLOutStream>, L<Pod::Simple>, L<Pod::Perldoc> + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND DISCLAIMERS + +Copyright (c) 2002 Sean M. Burke. All rights reserved. + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of +merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Sean M. Burke C<sburke@cpan.org> + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/PlainText.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/PlainText.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f5ce90d2ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/PlainText.pm @@ -0,0 +1,705 @@ +# Pod::PlainText -- Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text. +# $Id: Text.pm,v 2.1 1999/09/20 11:53:33 eagle Exp $ +# +# Copyright 1999-2000 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu> +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This module is intended to be a replacement for Pod::Text, and attempts to +# match its output except for some specific circumstances where other +# decisions seemed to produce better output. It uses Pod::Parser and is +# designed to be very easy to subclass. + +############################################################################ +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################ + +package Pod::PlainText; + +require 5.005; + +use Carp qw(carp croak); +use Pod::Select (); + +use strict; +use vars qw(@ISA %ESCAPES $VERSION); + +# We inherit from Pod::Select instead of Pod::Parser so that we can be used +# by Pod::Usage. +@ISA = qw(Pod::Select); + +$VERSION = '2.02'; + + +############################################################################ +# Table of supported E<> escapes +############################################################################ + +# This table is taken near verbatim from Pod::PlainText in Pod::Parser, +# which got it near verbatim from the original Pod::Text. It is therefore +# credited to Tom Christiansen, and I'm glad I didn't have to write it. :) +%ESCAPES = ( + 'amp' => '&', # ampersand + 'lt' => '<', # left chevron, less-than + 'gt' => '>', # right chevron, greater-than + 'quot' => '"', # double quote + + "Aacute" => "\xC1", # capital A, acute accent + "aacute" => "\xE1", # small a, acute accent + "Acirc" => "\xC2", # capital A, circumflex accent + "acirc" => "\xE2", # small a, circumflex accent + "AElig" => "\xC6", # capital AE diphthong (ligature) + "aelig" => "\xE6", # small ae diphthong (ligature) + "Agrave" => "\xC0", # capital A, grave accent + "agrave" => "\xE0", # small a, grave accent + "Aring" => "\xC5", # capital A, ring + "aring" => "\xE5", # small a, ring + "Atilde" => "\xC3", # capital A, tilde + "atilde" => "\xE3", # small a, tilde + "Auml" => "\xC4", # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark + "auml" => "\xE4", # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Ccedil" => "\xC7", # capital C, cedilla + "ccedil" => "\xE7", # small c, cedilla + "Eacute" => "\xC9", # capital E, acute accent + "eacute" => "\xE9", # small e, acute accent + "Ecirc" => "\xCA", # capital E, circumflex accent + "ecirc" => "\xEA", # small e, circumflex accent + "Egrave" => "\xC8", # capital E, grave accent + "egrave" => "\xE8", # small e, grave accent + "ETH" => "\xD0", # capital Eth, Icelandic + "eth" => "\xF0", # small eth, Icelandic + "Euml" => "\xCB", # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark + "euml" => "\xEB", # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Iacute" => "\xCD", # capital I, acute accent + "iacute" => "\xED", # small i, acute accent + "Icirc" => "\xCE", # capital I, circumflex accent + "icirc" => "\xEE", # small i, circumflex accent + "Igrave" => "\xCD", # capital I, grave accent + "igrave" => "\xED", # small i, grave accent + "Iuml" => "\xCF", # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark + "iuml" => "\xEF", # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Ntilde" => "\xD1", # capital N, tilde + "ntilde" => "\xF1", # small n, tilde + "Oacute" => "\xD3", # capital O, acute accent + "oacute" => "\xF3", # small o, acute accent + "Ocirc" => "\xD4", # capital O, circumflex accent + "ocirc" => "\xF4", # small o, circumflex accent + "Ograve" => "\xD2", # capital O, grave accent + "ograve" => "\xF2", # small o, grave accent + "Oslash" => "\xD8", # capital O, slash + "oslash" => "\xF8", # small o, slash + "Otilde" => "\xD5", # capital O, tilde + "otilde" => "\xF5", # small o, tilde + "Ouml" => "\xD6", # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark + "ouml" => "\xF6", # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark + "szlig" => "\xDF", # small sharp s, German (sz ligature) + "THORN" => "\xDE", # capital THORN, Icelandic + "thorn" => "\xFE", # small thorn, Icelandic + "Uacute" => "\xDA", # capital U, acute accent + "uacute" => "\xFA", # small u, acute accent + "Ucirc" => "\xDB", # capital U, circumflex accent + "ucirc" => "\xFB", # small u, circumflex accent + "Ugrave" => "\xD9", # capital U, grave accent + "ugrave" => "\xF9", # small u, grave accent + "Uuml" => "\xDC", # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark + "uuml" => "\xFC", # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Yacute" => "\xDD", # capital Y, acute accent + "yacute" => "\xFD", # small y, acute accent + "yuml" => "\xFF", # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark + + "lchevron" => "\xAB", # left chevron (double less than) + "rchevron" => "\xBB", # right chevron (double greater than) +); + + +############################################################################ +# Initialization +############################################################################ + +# Initialize the object. Must be sure to call our parent initializer. +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + + $$self{alt} = 0 unless defined $$self{alt}; + $$self{indent} = 4 unless defined $$self{indent}; + $$self{loose} = 0 unless defined $$self{loose}; + $$self{sentence} = 0 unless defined $$self{sentence}; + $$self{width} = 76 unless defined $$self{width}; + + $$self{INDENTS} = []; # Stack of indentations. + $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent}; # Current left margin in spaces. + + $self->SUPER::initialize; +} + + +############################################################################ +# Core overrides +############################################################################ + +# Called for each command paragraph. Gets the command, the associated +# paragraph, the line number, and a Pod::Paragraph object. Just dispatches +# the command to a method named the same as the command. =cut is handled +# internally by Pod::Parser. +sub command { + my $self = shift; + my $command = shift; + return if $command eq 'pod'; + return if ($$self{EXCLUDE} && $command ne 'end'); + $self->item ("\n") if defined $$self{ITEM}; + $command = 'cmd_' . $command; + $self->$command (@_); +} + +# Called for a verbatim paragraph. Gets the paragraph, the line number, and +# a Pod::Paragraph object. Just output it verbatim, but with tabs converted +# to spaces. +sub verbatim { + my $self = shift; + return if $$self{EXCLUDE}; + $self->item if defined $$self{ITEM}; + local $_ = shift; + return if /^\s*$/; + s/^(\s*\S+)/(' ' x $$self{MARGIN}) . $1/gme; + $self->output ($_); +} + +# Called for a regular text block. Gets the paragraph, the line number, and +# a Pod::Paragraph object. Perform interpolation and output the results. +sub textblock { + my $self = shift; + return if $$self{EXCLUDE}; + $self->output ($_[0]), return if $$self{VERBATIM}; + local $_ = shift; + my $line = shift; + + # Perform a little magic to collapse multiple L<> references. This is + # here mostly for backwards-compatibility. We'll just rewrite the whole + # thing into actual text at this part, bypassing the whole internal + # sequence parsing thing. + s{ + ( + L< # A link of the form L</something>. + / + ( + [:\w]+ # The item has to be a simple word... + (\(\))? # ...or simple function. + ) + > + ( + ,?\s+(and\s+)? # Allow lots of them, conjuncted. + L< + / + ( + [:\w]+ + (\(\))? + ) + > + )+ + ) + } { + local $_ = $1; + s%L</([^>]+)>%$1%g; + my @items = split /(?:,?\s+(?:and\s+)?)/; + my $string = "the "; + my $i; + for ($i = 0; $i < @items; $i++) { + $string .= $items[$i]; + $string .= ", " if @items > 2 && $i != $#items; + $string .= " and " if ($i == $#items - 1); + } + $string .= " entries elsewhere in this document"; + $string; + }gex; + + # Now actually interpolate and output the paragraph. + $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, $line); + s/\s+$/\n/; + if (defined $$self{ITEM}) { + $self->item ($_ . "\n"); + } else { + $self->output ($self->reformat ($_ . "\n")); + } +} + +# Called for an interior sequence. Gets the command, argument, and a +# Pod::InteriorSequence object and is expected to return the resulting text. +# Calls code, bold, italic, file, and link to handle those types of +# sequences, and handles S<>, E<>, X<>, and Z<> directly. +sub interior_sequence { + my $self = shift; + my $command = shift; + local $_ = shift; + return '' if ($command eq 'X' || $command eq 'Z'); + + # Expand escapes into the actual character now, carping if invalid. + if ($command eq 'E') { + return $ESCAPES{$_} if defined $ESCAPES{$_}; + carp "Unknown escape: E<$_>"; + return "E<$_>"; + } + + # For all the other sequences, empty content produces no output. + return if $_ eq ''; + + # For S<>, compress all internal whitespace and then map spaces to \01. + # When we output the text, we'll map this back. + if ($command eq 'S') { + s/\s{2,}/ /g; + tr/ /\01/; + return $_; + } + + # Anything else needs to get dispatched to another method. + if ($command eq 'B') { return $self->seq_b ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'C') { return $self->seq_c ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'F') { return $self->seq_f ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'I') { return $self->seq_i ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'L') { return $self->seq_l ($_) } + else { carp "Unknown sequence $command<$_>" } +} + +# Called for each paragraph that's actually part of the POD. We take +# advantage of this opportunity to untabify the input. +sub preprocess_paragraph { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + 1 while s/^(.*?)(\t+)/$1 . ' ' x (length ($2) * 8 - length ($1) % 8)/me; + $_; +} + + +############################################################################ +# Command paragraphs +############################################################################ + +# All command paragraphs take the paragraph and the line number. + +# First level heading. +sub cmd_head1 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, shift); + if ($$self{alt}) { + $self->output ("\n==== $_ ====\n\n"); + } else { + $_ .= "\n" if $$self{loose}; + $self->output ($_ . "\n"); + } +} + +# Second level heading. +sub cmd_head2 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, shift); + if ($$self{alt}) { + $self->output ("\n== $_ ==\n\n"); + } else { + $self->output (' ' x ($$self{indent} / 2) . $_ . "\n\n"); + } +} + +# Start a list. +sub cmd_over { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + unless (/^[-+]?\d+\s+$/) { $_ = $$self{indent} } + push (@{ $$self{INDENTS} }, $$self{MARGIN}); + $$self{MARGIN} += ($_ + 0); +} + +# End a list. +sub cmd_back { + my $self = shift; + $$self{MARGIN} = pop @{ $$self{INDENTS} }; + unless (defined $$self{MARGIN}) { + carp "Unmatched =back"; + $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent}; + } +} + +# An individual list item. +sub cmd_item { + my $self = shift; + if (defined $$self{ITEM}) { $self->item } + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $$self{ITEM} = $self->interpolate ($_); +} + +# Begin a block for a particular translator. Setting VERBATIM triggers +# special handling in textblock(). +sub cmd_begin { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my ($kind) = /^(\S+)/ or return; + if ($kind eq 'text') { + $$self{VERBATIM} = 1; + } else { + $$self{EXCLUDE} = 1; + } +} + +# End a block for a particular translator. We assume that all =begin/=end +# pairs are properly closed. +sub cmd_end { + my $self = shift; + $$self{EXCLUDE} = 0; + $$self{VERBATIM} = 0; +} + +# One paragraph for a particular translator. Ignore it unless it's intended +# for text, in which case we treat it as a verbatim text block. +sub cmd_for { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $line = shift; + return unless s/^text\b[ \t]*\n?//; + $self->verbatim ($_, $line); +} + + +############################################################################ +# Interior sequences +############################################################################ + +# The simple formatting ones. These are here mostly so that subclasses can +# override them and do more complicated things. +sub seq_b { return $_[0]{alt} ? "``$_[1]''" : $_[1] } +sub seq_c { return $_[0]{alt} ? "``$_[1]''" : "`$_[1]'" } +sub seq_f { return $_[0]{alt} ? "\"$_[1]\"" : $_[1] } +sub seq_i { return '*' . $_[1] . '*' } + +# The complicated one. Handle links. Since this is plain text, we can't +# actually make any real links, so this is all to figure out what text we +# print out. +sub seq_l { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + # Smash whitespace in case we were split across multiple lines. + s/\s+/ /g; + + # If we were given any explicit text, just output it. + if (/^([^|]+)\|/) { return $1 } + + # Okay, leading and trailing whitespace isn't important; get rid of it. + s/^\s+//; + s/\s+$//; + + # Default to using the whole content of the link entry as a section + # name. Note that L<manpage/> forces a manpage interpretation, as does + # something looking like L<manpage(section)>. The latter is an + # enhancement over the original Pod::Text. + my ($manpage, $section) = ('', $_); + if (/^(?:https?|ftp|news):/) { + # a URL + return $_; + } elsif (/^"\s*(.*?)\s*"$/) { + $section = '"' . $1 . '"'; + } elsif (m/^[-:.\w]+(?:\(\S+\))?$/) { + ($manpage, $section) = ($_, ''); + } elsif (m%/%) { + ($manpage, $section) = split (/\s*\/\s*/, $_, 2); + } + + my $text = ''; + # Now build the actual output text. + if (!length $section) { + $text = "the $manpage manpage" if length $manpage; + } elsif ($section =~ /^[:\w]+(?:\(\))?/) { + $text .= 'the ' . $section . ' entry'; + $text .= (length $manpage) ? " in the $manpage manpage" + : " elsewhere in this document"; + } else { + $section =~ s/^\"\s*//; + $section =~ s/\s*\"$//; + $text .= 'the section on "' . $section . '"'; + $text .= " in the $manpage manpage" if length $manpage; + } + $text; +} + + +############################################################################ +# List handling +############################################################################ + +# This method is called whenever an =item command is complete (in other +# words, we've seen its associated paragraph or know for certain that it +# doesn't have one). It gets the paragraph associated with the item as an +# argument. If that argument is empty, just output the item tag; if it +# contains a newline, output the item tag followed by the newline. +# Otherwise, see if there's enough room for us to output the item tag in the +# margin of the text or if we have to put it on a separate line. +sub item { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $tag = $$self{ITEM}; + unless (defined $tag) { + carp "item called without tag"; + return; + } + undef $$self{ITEM}; + my $indent = $$self{INDENTS}[-1]; + unless (defined $indent) { $indent = $$self{indent} } + my $space = ' ' x $indent; + $space =~ s/^ /:/ if $$self{alt}; + if (!$_ || /^\s+$/ || ($$self{MARGIN} - $indent < length ($tag) + 1)) { + my $margin = $$self{MARGIN}; + $$self{MARGIN} = $indent; + my $output = $self->reformat ($tag); + $output =~ s/\n*$/\n/; + $self->output ($output); + $$self{MARGIN} = $margin; + $self->output ($self->reformat ($_)) if /\S/; + } else { + $_ = $self->reformat ($_); + s/^ /:/ if ($$self{alt} && $indent > 0); + my $tagspace = ' ' x length $tag; + s/^($space)$tagspace/$1$tag/ or warn "Bizarre space in item"; + $self->output ($_); + } +} + + +############################################################################ +# Output formatting +############################################################################ + +# Wrap a line, indenting by the current left margin. We can't use +# Text::Wrap because it plays games with tabs. We can't use formline, even +# though we'd really like to, because it screws up non-printing characters. +# So we have to do the wrapping ourselves. +sub wrap { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $output = ''; + my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN}; + my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN}; + while (length > $width) { + if (s/^([^\n]{0,$width})\s+// || s/^([^\n]{$width})//) { + $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n"; + } else { + last; + } + } + $output .= $spaces . $_; + $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/; + $output; +} + +# Reformat a paragraph of text for the current margin. Takes the text to +# reformat and returns the formatted text. +sub reformat { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + # If we're trying to preserve two spaces after sentences, do some + # munging to support that. Otherwise, smash all repeated whitespace. + if ($$self{sentence}) { + s/ +$//mg; + s/\.\n/. \n/g; + s/\n/ /g; + s/ +/ /g; + } else { + s/\s+/ /g; + } + $self->wrap ($_); +} + +# Output text to the output device. +sub output { $_[1] =~ tr/\01/ /; print { $_[0]->output_handle } $_[1] } + + +############################################################################ +# Backwards compatibility +############################################################################ + +# The old Pod::Text module did everything in a pod2text() function. This +# tries to provide the same interface for legacy applications. +sub pod2text { + my @args; + + # This is really ugly; I hate doing option parsing in the middle of a + # module. But the old Pod::Text module supported passing flags to its + # entry function, so handle -a and -<number>. + while ($_[0] =~ /^-/) { + my $flag = shift; + if ($flag eq '-a') { push (@args, alt => 1) } + elsif ($flag =~ /^-(\d+)$/) { push (@args, width => $1) } + else { + unshift (@_, $flag); + last; + } + } + + # Now that we know what arguments we're using, create the parser. + my $parser = Pod::PlainText->new (@args); + + # If two arguments were given, the second argument is going to be a file + # handle. That means we want to call parse_from_filehandle(), which + # means we need to turn the first argument into a file handle. Magic + # open will handle the <&STDIN case automagically. + if (defined $_[1]) { + local *IN; + unless (open (IN, $_[0])) { + croak ("Can't open $_[0] for reading: $!\n"); + return; + } + $_[0] = \*IN; + return $parser->parse_from_filehandle (@_); + } else { + return $parser->parse_from_file (@_); + } +} + + +############################################################################ +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################ + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::PlainText - Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::PlainText; + my $parser = Pod::PlainText->new (sentence => 0, width => 78); + + # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT. + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt. + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::PlainText is a module that can convert documentation in the POD format (the +preferred language for documenting Perl) into formatted ASCII. It uses no +special formatting controls or codes whatsoever, and its output is therefore +suitable for nearly any device. + +As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Pod::PlainText supports the same methods and +interfaces. See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, one creates a +new parser with C<Pod::PlainText-E<gt>new()> and then calls either +parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file(). + +new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs, that control the +behavior of the parser. The currently recognized options are: + +=over 4 + +=item alt + +If set to a true value, selects an alternate output format that, among other +things, uses a different heading style and marks C<=item> entries with a +colon in the left margin. Defaults to false. + +=item indent + +The number of spaces to indent regular text, and the default indentation for +C<=over> blocks. Defaults to 4. + +=item loose + +If set to a true value, a blank line is printed after a C<=head1> heading. +If set to false (the default), no blank line is printed after C<=head1>, +although one is still printed after C<=head2>. This is the default because +it's the expected formatting for manual pages; if you're formatting +arbitrary text documents, setting this to true may result in more pleasing +output. + +=item sentence + +If set to a true value, Pod::PlainText will assume that each sentence ends in two +spaces, and will try to preserve that spacing. If set to false, all +consecutive whitespace in non-verbatim paragraphs is compressed into a +single space. Defaults to true. + +=item width + +The column at which to wrap text on the right-hand side. Defaults to 76. + +=back + +The standard Pod::Parser method parse_from_filehandle() takes up to two +arguments, the first being the file handle to read POD from and the second +being the file handle to write the formatted output to. The first defaults +to STDIN if not given, and the second defaults to STDOUT. The method +parse_from_file() is almost identical, except that its two arguments are the +input and output disk files instead. See L<Pod::Parser> for the specific +details. + +=head1 DIAGNOSTICS + +=over 4 + +=item Bizarre space in item + +(W) Something has gone wrong in internal C<=item> processing. This message +indicates a bug in Pod::PlainText; you should never see it. + +=item Can't open %s for reading: %s + +(F) Pod::PlainText was invoked via the compatibility mode pod2text() interface +and the input file it was given could not be opened. + +=item Unknown escape: %s + +(W) The POD source contained an C<EE<lt>E<gt>> escape that Pod::PlainText didn't +know about. + +=item Unknown sequence: %s + +(W) The POD source contained a non-standard internal sequence (something of +the form C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) that Pod::PlainText didn't know about. + +=item Unmatched =back + +(W) Pod::PlainText encountered a C<=back> command that didn't correspond to an +C<=over> command. + +=back + +=head1 RESTRICTIONS + +Embedded Ctrl-As (octal 001) in the input will be mapped to spaces on +output, due to an internal implementation detail. + +=head1 NOTES + +This is a replacement for an earlier Pod::Text module written by Tom +Christiansen. It has a revamped interface, since it now uses Pod::Parser, +but an interface roughly compatible with the old Pod::Text::pod2text() +function is still available. Please change to the new calling convention, +though. + +The original Pod::Text contained code to do formatting via termcap +sequences, although it wasn't turned on by default and it was problematic to +get it to work at all. This rewrite doesn't even try to do that, but a +subclass of it does. Look for L<Pod::Text::Termcap|Pod::Text::Termcap>. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser|Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Text::Termcap|Pod::Text::Termcap>, +pod2text(1) + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Russ Allbery E<lt>rra@stanford.eduE<gt>, based I<very> heavily on the +original Pod::Text by Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt> and +its conversion to Pod::Parser by Brad Appleton +E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt>. + +=cut diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Plainer.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Plainer.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..373e8d090af --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Plainer.pm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +package Pod::Plainer; +use strict; +use Pod::Parser; +our @ISA = qw(Pod::Parser); +our $VERSION = '0.01'; + +our %E = qw( < lt > gt ); + +sub escape_ltgt { + (undef, my $text) = @_; + $text =~ s/([<>])/E<$E{$1}>/g; + $text +} + +sub simple_delimiters { + (undef, my $seq) = @_; + $seq -> left_delimiter( '<' ); + $seq -> right_delimiter( '>' ); + $seq; +} + +sub textblock { + my($parser,$text,$line) = @_; + print {$parser->output_handle()} + $parser->parse_text( + { -expand_text => q(escape_ltgt), + -expand_seq => q(simple_delimiters) }, + $text, $line ) -> raw_text(); +} + +1; + +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Plainer - Perl extension for converting Pod to old style Pod. + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Plainer; + + my $parser = Pod::Plainer -> new (); + $parser -> parse_from_filehandle(\*STDIN); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::Plainer uses Pod::Parser which takes Pod with the (new) +'CE<lt>E<lt> .. E<gt>E<gt>' constructs +and returns the old(er) style with just 'CE<lt>E<gt>'; +'<' and '>' are replaced by 'EE<lt>ltE<gt>' and 'EE<lt>gtE<gt>'. + +This can be used to pre-process Pod before using tools which do not +recognise the new style Pods. + +=head2 EXPORT + +None by default. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Robin Barker, rmb1@cise.npl.co.uk + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +See L<Pod::Parser>. + +=cut + diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Select.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Select.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1cc14dff4b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Select.pm @@ -0,0 +1,754 @@ +############################################################################# +# Pod/Select.pm -- function to select portions of POD docs +# +# Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Bradford Appleton. All rights reserved. +# This file is part of "PodParser". PodParser is free software; +# you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms +# as Perl itself. +############################################################################# + +package Pod::Select; + +use vars qw($VERSION); +$VERSION = 1.30; ## Current version of this package +require 5.005; ## requires this Perl version or later + +############################################################################# + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Select, podselect() - extract selected sections of POD from input + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Select; + + ## Select all the POD sections for each file in @filelist + ## and print the result on standard output. + podselect(@filelist); + + ## Same as above, but write to tmp.out + podselect({-output => "tmp.out"}, @filelist): + + ## Select from the given filelist, only those POD sections that are + ## within a 1st level section named any of: NAME, SYNOPSIS, OPTIONS. + podselect({-sections => ["NAME|SYNOPSIS", "OPTIONS"]}, @filelist): + + ## Select the "DESCRIPTION" section of the PODs from STDIN and write + ## the result to STDERR. + podselect({-output => ">&STDERR", -sections => ["DESCRIPTION"]}, \*STDIN); + +or + + use Pod::Select; + + ## Create a parser object for selecting POD sections from the input + $parser = new Pod::Select(); + + ## Select all the POD sections for each file in @filelist + ## and print the result to tmp.out. + $parser->parse_from_file("<&STDIN", "tmp.out"); + + ## Select from the given filelist, only those POD sections that are + ## within a 1st level section named any of: NAME, SYNOPSIS, OPTIONS. + $parser->select("NAME|SYNOPSIS", "OPTIONS"); + for (@filelist) { $parser->parse_from_file($_); } + + ## Select the "DESCRIPTION" and "SEE ALSO" sections of the PODs from + ## STDIN and write the result to STDERR. + $parser->select("DESCRIPTION"); + $parser->add_selection("SEE ALSO"); + $parser->parse_from_filehandle(\*STDIN, \*STDERR); + +=head1 REQUIRES + +perl5.005, Pod::Parser, Exporter, Carp + +=head1 EXPORTS + +podselect() + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +B<podselect()> is a function which will extract specified sections of +pod documentation from an input stream. This ability is provided by the +B<Pod::Select> module which is a subclass of B<Pod::Parser>. +B<Pod::Select> provides a method named B<select()> to specify the set of +POD sections to select for processing/printing. B<podselect()> merely +creates a B<Pod::Select> object and then invokes the B<podselect()> +followed by B<parse_from_file()>. + +=head1 SECTION SPECIFICATIONS + +B<podselect()> and B<Pod::Select::select()> may be given one or more +"section specifications" to restrict the text processed to only the +desired set of sections and their corresponding subsections. A section +specification is a string containing one or more Perl-style regular +expressions separated by forward slashes ("/"). If you need to use a +forward slash literally within a section title you can escape it with a +backslash ("\/"). + +The formal syntax of a section specification is: + +=over 4 + +=item * + +I<head1-title-regex>/I<head2-title-regex>/... + +=back + +Any omitted or empty regular expressions will default to ".*". +Please note that each regular expression given is implicitly +anchored by adding "^" and "$" to the beginning and end. Also, if a +given regular expression starts with a "!" character, then the +expression is I<negated> (so C<!foo> would match anything I<except> +C<foo>). + +Some example section specifications follow. + +=over 4 + +=item * + +Match the C<NAME> and C<SYNOPSIS> sections and all of their subsections: + +C<NAME|SYNOPSIS> + +=item * + +Match only the C<Question> and C<Answer> subsections of the C<DESCRIPTION> +section: + +C<DESCRIPTION/Question|Answer> + +=item * + +Match the C<Comments> subsection of I<all> sections: + +C</Comments> + +=item * + +Match all subsections of C<DESCRIPTION> I<except> for C<Comments>: + +C<DESCRIPTION/!Comments> + +=item * + +Match the C<DESCRIPTION> section but do I<not> match any of its subsections: + +C<DESCRIPTION/!.+> + +=item * + +Match all top level sections but none of their subsections: + +C</!.+> + +=back + +=begin _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ + +=head1 RANGE SPECIFICATIONS + +B<podselect()> and B<Pod::Select::select()> may be given one or more +"range specifications" to restrict the text processed to only the +desired ranges of paragraphs in the desired set of sections. A range +specification is a string containing a single Perl-style regular +expression (a regex), or else two Perl-style regular expressions +(regexs) separated by a ".." (Perl's "range" operator is ".."). +The regexs in a range specification are delimited by forward slashes +("/"). If you need to use a forward slash literally within a regex you +can escape it with a backslash ("\/"). + +The formal syntax of a range specification is: + +=over 4 + +=item * + +/I<start-range-regex>/[../I<end-range-regex>/] + +=back + +Where each the item inside square brackets (the ".." followed by the +end-range-regex) is optional. Each "range-regex" is of the form: + + =cmd-expr text-expr + +Where I<cmd-expr> is intended to match the name of one or more POD +commands, and I<text-expr> is intended to match the paragraph text for +the command. If a range-regex is supposed to match a POD command, then +the first character of the regex (the one after the initial '/') +absolutely I<must> be a single '=' character; it may not be anything +else (not even a regex meta-character) if it is supposed to match +against the name of a POD command. + +If no I<=cmd-expr> is given then the text-expr will be matched against +plain textblocks unless it is preceded by a space, in which case it is +matched against verbatim text-blocks. If no I<text-expr> is given then +only the command-portion of the paragraph is matched against. + +Note that these two expressions are each implicitly anchored. This +means that when matching against the command-name, there will be an +implicit '^' and '$' around the given I<=cmd-expr>; and when matching +against the paragraph text there will be an implicit '\A' and '\Z' +around the given I<text-expr>. + +Unlike with section-specs, the '!' character does I<not> have any special +meaning (negation or otherwise) at the beginning of a range-spec! + +Some example range specifications follow. + +=over 4 + +=item +Match all C<=for html> paragraphs: + +C</=for html/> + +=item +Match all paragraphs between C<=begin html> and C<=end html> +(note that this will I<not> work correctly if such sections +are nested): + +C</=begin html/../=end html/> + +=item +Match all paragraphs between the given C<=item> name until the end of the +current section: + +C</=item mine/../=head\d/> + +=item +Match all paragraphs between the given C<=item> until the next item, or +until the end of the itemized list (note that this will I<not> work as +desired if the item contains an itemized list nested within it): + +C</=item mine/../=(item|back)/> + +=back + +=end _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ + +=cut + +############################################################################# + +use strict; +#use diagnostics; +use Carp; +use Pod::Parser 1.04; +use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL); + +@ISA = qw(Pod::Parser); +@EXPORT = qw(&podselect); + +## Maximum number of heading levels supported for '=headN' directives +*MAX_HEADING_LEVEL = \3; + +############################################################################# + +=head1 OBJECT METHODS + +The following methods are provided in this module. Each one takes a +reference to the object itself as an implicit first parameter. + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +## =begin _PRIVATE_ +## +## =head1 B<_init_headings()> +## +## Initialize the current set of active section headings. +## +## =cut +## +## =end _PRIVATE_ + +use vars qw(%myData @section_headings); + +sub _init_headings { + my $self = shift; + local *myData = $self; + + ## Initialize current section heading titles if necessary + unless (defined $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}) { + local *section_headings = $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS} = []; + for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) { + $section_headings[$i] = ''; + } + } +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<curr_headings()> + + ($head1, $head2, $head3, ...) = $parser->curr_headings(); + $head1 = $parser->curr_headings(1); + +This method returns a list of the currently active section headings and +subheadings in the document being parsed. The list of headings returned +corresponds to the most recently parsed paragraph of the input. + +If an argument is given, it must correspond to the desired section +heading number, in which case only the specified section heading is +returned. If there is no current section heading at the specified +level, then C<undef> is returned. + +=cut + +sub curr_headings { + my $self = shift; + $self->_init_headings() unless (defined $self->{_SECTION_HEADINGS}); + my @headings = @{ $self->{_SECTION_HEADINGS} }; + return (@_ > 0 and $_[0] =~ /^\d+$/) ? $headings[$_[0] - 1] : @headings; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<select()> + + $parser->select($section_spec1,$section_spec2,...); + +This method is used to select the particular sections and subsections of +POD documentation that are to be printed and/or processed. The existing +set of selected sections is I<replaced> with the given set of sections. +See B<add_selection()> for adding to the current set of selected +sections. + +Each of the C<$section_spec> arguments should be a section specification +as described in L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">. The section specifications +are parsed by this method and the resulting regular expressions are +stored in the invoking object. + +If no C<$section_spec> arguments are given, then the existing set of +selected sections is cleared out (which means C<all> sections will be +processed). + +This method should I<not> normally be overridden by subclasses. + +=cut + +use vars qw(@selected_sections); + +sub select { + my $self = shift; + my @sections = @_; + local *myData = $self; + local $_; + +### NEED TO DISCERN A SECTION-SPEC FROM A RANGE-SPEC (look for m{^/.+/$}?) + + ##--------------------------------------------------------------------- + ## The following is a blatant hack for backward compatibility, and for + ## implementing add_selection(). If the *first* *argument* is the + ## string "+", then the remaining section specifications are *added* + ## to the current set of selections; otherwise the given section + ## specifications will *replace* the current set of selections. + ## + ## This should probably be fixed someday, but for the present time, + ## it seems incredibly unlikely that "+" would ever correspond to + ## a legitimate section heading + ##--------------------------------------------------------------------- + my $add = ($sections[0] eq "+") ? shift(@sections) : ""; + + ## Reset the set of sections to use + unless (@sections > 0) { + delete $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS} unless ($add); + return; + } + $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS} = [] + unless ($add && exists $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}); + local *selected_sections = $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}; + + ## Compile each spec + my $spec; + for $spec (@sections) { + if ( defined($_ = &_compile_section_spec($spec)) ) { + ## Store them in our sections array + push(@selected_sections, $_); + } + else { + carp "Ignoring section spec \"$spec\"!\n"; + } + } +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<add_selection()> + + $parser->add_selection($section_spec1,$section_spec2,...); + +This method is used to add to the currently selected sections and +subsections of POD documentation that are to be printed and/or +processed. See <select()> for replacing the currently selected sections. + +Each of the C<$section_spec> arguments should be a section specification +as described in L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">. The section specifications +are parsed by this method and the resulting regular expressions are +stored in the invoking object. + +This method should I<not> normally be overridden by subclasses. + +=cut + +sub add_selection { + my $self = shift; + $self->select("+", @_); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<clear_selections()> + + $parser->clear_selections(); + +This method takes no arguments, it has the exact same effect as invoking +<select()> with no arguments. + +=cut + +sub clear_selections { + my $self = shift; + $self->select(); +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<match_section()> + + $boolean = $parser->match_section($heading1,$heading2,...); + +Returns a value of true if the given section and subsection heading +titles match any of the currently selected section specifications in +effect from prior calls to B<select()> and B<add_selection()> (or if +there are no explictly selected/deselected sections). + +The arguments C<$heading1>, C<$heading2>, etc. are the heading titles of +the corresponding sections, subsections, etc. to try and match. If +C<$headingN> is omitted then it defaults to the current corresponding +section heading title in the input. + +This method should I<not> normally be overridden by subclasses. + +=cut + +sub match_section { + my $self = shift; + my (@headings) = @_; + local *myData = $self; + + ## Return true if no restrictions were explicitly specified + my $selections = (exists $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS}) + ? $myData{_SELECTED_SECTIONS} : undef; + return 1 unless ((defined $selections) && (@{$selections} > 0)); + + ## Default any unspecified sections to the current one + my @current_headings = $self->curr_headings(); + for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) { + (defined $headings[$i]) or $headings[$i] = $current_headings[$i]; + } + + ## Look for a match against the specified section expressions + my ($section_spec, $regex, $negated, $match); + for $section_spec ( @{$selections} ) { + ##------------------------------------------------------ + ## Each portion of this spec must match in order for + ## the spec to be matched. So we will start with a + ## match-value of 'true' and logically 'and' it with + ## the results of matching a given element of the spec. + ##------------------------------------------------------ + $match = 1; + for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) { + $regex = $section_spec->[$i]; + $negated = ($regex =~ s/^\!//); + $match &= ($negated ? ($headings[$i] !~ /${regex}/) + : ($headings[$i] =~ /${regex}/)); + last unless ($match); + } + return 1 if ($match); + } + return 0; ## no match +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<is_selected()> + + $boolean = $parser->is_selected($paragraph); + +This method is used to determine if the block of text given in +C<$paragraph> falls within the currently selected set of POD sections +and subsections to be printed or processed. This method is also +responsible for keeping track of the current input section and +subsections. It is assumed that C<$paragraph> is the most recently read +(but not yet processed) input paragraph. + +The value returned will be true if the C<$paragraph> and the rest of the +text in the same section as C<$paragraph> should be selected (included) +for processing; otherwise a false value is returned. + +=cut + +sub is_selected { + my ($self, $paragraph) = @_; + local $_; + local *myData = $self; + + $self->_init_headings() unless (defined $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}); + + ## Keep track of current sections levels and headings + $_ = $paragraph; + if (/^=((?:sub)*)(?:head(?:ing)?|sec(?:tion)?)(\d*)\s+(.*)\s*$/) + { + ## This is a section heading command + my ($level, $heading) = ($2, $3); + $level = 1 + (length($1) / 3) if ((! length $level) || (length $1)); + ## Reset the current section heading at this level + $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}->[$level - 1] = $heading; + ## Reset subsection headings of this one to empty + for (my $i = $level; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) { + $myData{_SECTION_HEADINGS}->[$i] = ''; + } + } + + return $self->match_section(); +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 EXPORTED FUNCTIONS + +The following functions are exported by this module. Please note that +these are functions (not methods) and therefore C<do not> take an +implicit first argument. + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=head1 B<podselect()> + + podselect(\%options,@filelist); + +B<podselect> will print the raw (untranslated) POD paragraphs of all +POD sections in the given input files specified by C<@filelist> +according to the given options. + +If any argument to B<podselect> is a reference to a hash +(associative array) then the values with the following keys are +processed as follows: + +=over 4 + +=item B<-output> + +A string corresponding to the desired output file (or ">&STDOUT" +or ">&STDERR"). The default is to use standard output. + +=item B<-sections> + +A reference to an array of sections specifications (as described in +L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">) which indicate the desired set of POD +sections and subsections to be selected from input. If no section +specifications are given, then all sections of the PODs are used. + +=begin _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ + +=item B<-ranges> + +A reference to an array of range specifications (as described in +L<"RANGE SPECIFICATIONS">) which indicate the desired range of POD +paragraphs to be selected from the desired input sections. If no range +specifications are given, then all paragraphs of the desired sections +are used. + +=end _NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ + +=back + +All other arguments should correspond to the names of input files +containing POD sections. A file name of "-" or "<&STDIN" will +be interpeted to mean standard input (which is the default if no +filenames are given). + +=cut + +sub podselect { + my(@argv) = @_; + my %defaults = (); + my $pod_parser = new Pod::Select(%defaults); + my $num_inputs = 0; + my $output = ">&STDOUT"; + my %opts; + local $_; + for (@argv) { + if (ref($_)) { + next unless (ref($_) eq 'HASH'); + %opts = (%defaults, %{$_}); + + ##------------------------------------------------------------- + ## Need this for backward compatibility since we formerly used + ## options that were all uppercase words rather than ones that + ## looked like Unix command-line options. + ## to be uppercase keywords) + ##------------------------------------------------------------- + %opts = map { + my ($key, $val) = (lc $_, $opts{$_}); + $key =~ s/^(?=\w)/-/; + $key =~ /^-se[cl]/ and $key = '-sections'; + #! $key eq '-range' and $key .= 's'; + ($key => $val); + } (keys %opts); + + ## Process the options + (exists $opts{'-output'}) and $output = $opts{'-output'}; + + ## Select the desired sections + $pod_parser->select(@{ $opts{'-sections'} }) + if ( (defined $opts{'-sections'}) + && ((ref $opts{'-sections'}) eq 'ARRAY') ); + + #! ## Select the desired paragraph ranges + #! $pod_parser->select(@{ $opts{'-ranges'} }) + #! if ( (defined $opts{'-ranges'}) + #! && ((ref $opts{'-ranges'}) eq 'ARRAY') ); + } + else { + $pod_parser->parse_from_file($_, $output); + ++$num_inputs; + } + } + $pod_parser->parse_from_file("-") unless ($num_inputs > 0); +} + +############################################################################# + +=head1 PRIVATE METHODS AND DATA + +B<Pod::Select> makes uses a number of internal methods and data fields +which clients should not need to see or use. For the sake of avoiding +name collisions with client data and methods, these methods and fields +are briefly discussed here. Determined hackers may obtain further +information about them by reading the B<Pod::Select> source code. + +Private data fields are stored in the hash-object whose reference is +returned by the B<new()> constructor for this class. The names of all +private methods and data-fields used by B<Pod::Select> begin with a +prefix of "_" and match the regular expression C</^_\w+$/>. + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin _PRIVATE_ + +=head1 B<_compile_section_spec()> + + $listref = $parser->_compile_section_spec($section_spec); + +This function (note it is a function and I<not> a method) takes a +section specification (as described in L<"SECTION SPECIFICATIONS">) +given in C<$section_sepc>, and compiles it into a list of regular +expressions. If C<$section_spec> has no syntax errors, then a reference +to the list (array) of corresponding regular expressions is returned; +otherwise C<undef> is returned and an error message is printed (using +B<carp>) for each invalid regex. + +=end _PRIVATE_ + +=cut + +sub _compile_section_spec { + my ($section_spec) = @_; + my (@regexs, $negated); + + ## Compile the spec into a list of regexs + local $_ = $section_spec; + s|\\\\|\001|g; ## handle escaped backward slashes + s|\\/|\002|g; ## handle escaped forward slashes + + ## Parse the regexs for the heading titles + @regexs = split('/', $_, $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL); + + ## Set default regex for ommitted levels + for (my $i = 0; $i < $MAX_HEADING_LEVEL; ++$i) { + $regexs[$i] = '.*' unless ((defined $regexs[$i]) + && (length $regexs[$i])); + } + ## Modify the regexs as needed and validate their syntax + my $bad_regexs = 0; + for (@regexs) { + $_ .= '.+' if ($_ eq '!'); + s|\001|\\\\|g; ## restore escaped backward slashes + s|\002|\\/|g; ## restore escaped forward slashes + $negated = s/^\!//; ## check for negation + eval "/$_/"; ## check regex syntax + if ($@) { + ++$bad_regexs; + carp "Bad regular expression /$_/ in \"$section_spec\": $@\n"; + } + else { + ## Add the forward and rear anchors (and put the negator back) + $_ = '^' . $_ unless (/^\^/); + $_ = $_ . '$' unless (/\$$/); + $_ = '!' . $_ if ($negated); + } + } + return (! $bad_regexs) ? [ @regexs ] : undef; +} + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin _PRIVATE_ + +=head2 $self->{_SECTION_HEADINGS} + +A reference to an array of the current section heading titles for each +heading level (note that the first heading level title is at index 0). + +=end _PRIVATE_ + +=cut + +##--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +=begin _PRIVATE_ + +=head2 $self->{_SELECTED_SECTIONS} + +A reference to an array of references to arrays. Each subarray is a list +of anchored regular expressions (preceded by a "!" if the expression is to +be negated). The index of the expression in the subarray should correspond +to the index of the heading title in C<$self-E<gt>{_SECTION_HEADINGS}> +that it is to be matched against. + +=end _PRIVATE_ + +=cut + +############################################################################# + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser> + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Please report bugs using L<http://rt.cpan.org>. + +Brad Appleton E<lt>bradapp@enteract.comE<gt> + +Based on code for B<pod2text> written by +Tom Christiansen E<lt>tchrist@mox.perl.comE<gt> + +=cut + +1; +# vim: ts=4 sw=4 et diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1028f2e9e1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text.pm @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ +# Pod::Text -- Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text. +# $Id: Text.pm,v 2.21 2002/08/04 03:34:58 eagle Exp $ +# +# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu> +# +# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This module converts POD to formatted text. It replaces the old Pod::Text +# module that came with versions of Perl prior to 5.6.0 and attempts to match +# its output except for some specific circumstances where other decisions +# seemed to produce better output. It uses Pod::Parser and is designed to be +# very easy to subclass. +# +# Perl core hackers, please note that this module is also separately +# maintained outside of the Perl core as part of the podlators. Please send +# me any patches at the address above in addition to sending them to the +# standard Perl mailing lists. + +############################################################################## +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################## + +package Pod::Text; + +require 5.004; + +use Carp qw(carp croak); +use Exporter (); +use Pod::ParseLink qw(parselink); +use Pod::Select (); + +use strict; +use vars qw(@ISA @EXPORT %ESCAPES $VERSION); + +# We inherit from Pod::Select instead of Pod::Parser so that we can be used by +# Pod::Usage. +@ISA = qw(Pod::Select Exporter); + +# We have to export pod2text for backward compatibility. +@EXPORT = qw(pod2text); + +# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl +# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings. This +# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however. +$VERSION = 2.21; + + +############################################################################## +# Table of supported E<> escapes +############################################################################## + +# This table is taken near verbatim from Pod::PlainText in Pod::Parser, which +# got it near verbatim from the original Pod::Text. It is therefore credited +# to Tom Christiansen, and I'm glad I didn't have to write it. :) "iexcl" to +# "divide" added by Tim Jenness. +%ESCAPES = ( + 'amp' => '&', # ampersand + 'apos' => "'", # apostrophe + 'lt' => '<', # left chevron, less-than + 'gt' => '>', # right chevron, greater-than + 'quot' => '"', # double quote + 'sol' => '/', # solidus (forward slash) + 'verbar' => '|', # vertical bar + + "Aacute" => "\xC1", # capital A, acute accent + "aacute" => "\xE1", # small a, acute accent + "Acirc" => "\xC2", # capital A, circumflex accent + "acirc" => "\xE2", # small a, circumflex accent + "AElig" => "\xC6", # capital AE diphthong (ligature) + "aelig" => "\xE6", # small ae diphthong (ligature) + "Agrave" => "\xC0", # capital A, grave accent + "agrave" => "\xE0", # small a, grave accent + "Aring" => "\xC5", # capital A, ring + "aring" => "\xE5", # small a, ring + "Atilde" => "\xC3", # capital A, tilde + "atilde" => "\xE3", # small a, tilde + "Auml" => "\xC4", # capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark + "auml" => "\xE4", # small a, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Ccedil" => "\xC7", # capital C, cedilla + "ccedil" => "\xE7", # small c, cedilla + "Eacute" => "\xC9", # capital E, acute accent + "eacute" => "\xE9", # small e, acute accent + "Ecirc" => "\xCA", # capital E, circumflex accent + "ecirc" => "\xEA", # small e, circumflex accent + "Egrave" => "\xC8", # capital E, grave accent + "egrave" => "\xE8", # small e, grave accent + "ETH" => "\xD0", # capital Eth, Icelandic + "eth" => "\xF0", # small eth, Icelandic + "Euml" => "\xCB", # capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark + "euml" => "\xEB", # small e, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Iacute" => "\xCD", # capital I, acute accent + "iacute" => "\xED", # small i, acute accent + "Icirc" => "\xCE", # capital I, circumflex accent + "icirc" => "\xEE", # small i, circumflex accent + "Igrave" => "\xCC", # capital I, grave accent + "igrave" => "\xEC", # small i, grave accent + "Iuml" => "\xCF", # capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark + "iuml" => "\xEF", # small i, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Ntilde" => "\xD1", # capital N, tilde + "ntilde" => "\xF1", # small n, tilde + "Oacute" => "\xD3", # capital O, acute accent + "oacute" => "\xF3", # small o, acute accent + "Ocirc" => "\xD4", # capital O, circumflex accent + "ocirc" => "\xF4", # small o, circumflex accent + "Ograve" => "\xD2", # capital O, grave accent + "ograve" => "\xF2", # small o, grave accent + "Oslash" => "\xD8", # capital O, slash + "oslash" => "\xF8", # small o, slash + "Otilde" => "\xD5", # capital O, tilde + "otilde" => "\xF5", # small o, tilde + "Ouml" => "\xD6", # capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark + "ouml" => "\xF6", # small o, dieresis or umlaut mark + "szlig" => "\xDF", # small sharp s, German (sz ligature) + "THORN" => "\xDE", # capital THORN, Icelandic + "thorn" => "\xFE", # small thorn, Icelandic + "Uacute" => "\xDA", # capital U, acute accent + "uacute" => "\xFA", # small u, acute accent + "Ucirc" => "\xDB", # capital U, circumflex accent + "ucirc" => "\xFB", # small u, circumflex accent + "Ugrave" => "\xD9", # capital U, grave accent + "ugrave" => "\xF9", # small u, grave accent + "Uuml" => "\xDC", # capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark + "uuml" => "\xFC", # small u, dieresis or umlaut mark + "Yacute" => "\xDD", # capital Y, acute accent + "yacute" => "\xFD", # small y, acute accent + "yuml" => "\xFF", # small y, dieresis or umlaut mark + + "laquo" => "\xAB", # left pointing double angle quotation mark + "lchevron" => "\xAB", # synonym (backwards compatibility) + "raquo" => "\xBB", # right pointing double angle quotation mark + "rchevron" => "\xBB", # synonym (backwards compatibility) + + "iexcl" => "\xA1", # inverted exclamation mark + "cent" => "\xA2", # cent sign + "pound" => "\xA3", # (UK) pound sign + "curren" => "\xA4", # currency sign + "yen" => "\xA5", # yen sign + "brvbar" => "\xA6", # broken vertical bar + "sect" => "\xA7", # section sign + "uml" => "\xA8", # diaresis + "copy" => "\xA9", # Copyright symbol + "ordf" => "\xAA", # feminine ordinal indicator + "not" => "\xAC", # not sign + "shy" => '', # soft (discretionary) hyphen + "reg" => "\xAE", # registered trademark + "macr" => "\xAF", # macron, overline + "deg" => "\xB0", # degree sign + "plusmn" => "\xB1", # plus-minus sign + "sup2" => "\xB2", # superscript 2 + "sup3" => "\xB3", # superscript 3 + "acute" => "\xB4", # acute accent + "micro" => "\xB5", # micro sign + "para" => "\xB6", # pilcrow sign = paragraph sign + "middot" => "\xB7", # middle dot = Georgian comma + "cedil" => "\xB8", # cedilla + "sup1" => "\xB9", # superscript 1 + "ordm" => "\xBA", # masculine ordinal indicator + "frac14" => "\xBC", # vulgar fraction one quarter + "frac12" => "\xBD", # vulgar fraction one half + "frac34" => "\xBE", # vulgar fraction three quarters + "iquest" => "\xBF", # inverted question mark + "times" => "\xD7", # multiplication sign + "divide" => "\xF7", # division sign + + "nbsp" => "\x01", # non-breaking space +); + + +############################################################################## +# Initialization +############################################################################## + +# Initialize the object. Must be sure to call our parent initializer. +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + + $$self{alt} = 0 unless defined $$self{alt}; + $$self{indent} = 4 unless defined $$self{indent}; + $$self{margin} = 0 unless defined $$self{margin}; + $$self{loose} = 0 unless defined $$self{loose}; + $$self{sentence} = 0 unless defined $$self{sentence}; + $$self{width} = 76 unless defined $$self{width}; + + # Figure out what quotes we'll be using for C<> text. + $$self{quotes} ||= '"'; + if ($$self{quotes} eq 'none') { + $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = ''; + } elsif (length ($$self{quotes}) == 1) { + $$self{LQUOTE} = $$self{RQUOTE} = $$self{quotes}; + } elsif ($$self{quotes} =~ /^(.)(.)$/ + || $$self{quotes} =~ /^(..)(..)$/) { + $$self{LQUOTE} = $1; + $$self{RQUOTE} = $2; + } else { + croak qq(Invalid quote specification "$$self{quotes}"); + } + + # Stack of indentations. + $$self{INDENTS} = []; + + # Current left margin. + $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent} + $$self{margin}; + + $self->SUPER::initialize; + + # Tell Pod::Parser that we want the non-POD stuff too if code was set. + $self->parseopts ('-want_nonPODs' => 1) if $$self{code}; +} + + +############################################################################## +# Core overrides +############################################################################## + +# Called for each command paragraph. Gets the command, the associated +# paragraph, the line number, and a Pod::Paragraph object. Just dispatches +# the command to a method named the same as the command. =cut is handled +# internally by Pod::Parser. +sub command { + my $self = shift; + my $command = shift; + return if $command eq 'pod'; + return if ($$self{EXCLUDE} && $command ne 'end'); + if ($self->can ('cmd_' . $command)) { + $command = 'cmd_' . $command; + $self->$command (@_); + } else { + my ($text, $line, $paragraph) = @_; + my $file; + ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line; + $text =~ s/\n+\z//; + $text = " $text" if ($text =~ /^\S/); + warn qq($file:$line: Unknown command paragraph: =$command$text\n); + return; + } +} + +# Called for a verbatim paragraph. Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a +# Pod::Paragraph object. Just output it verbatim, but with tabs converted to +# spaces. +sub verbatim { + my $self = shift; + return if $$self{EXCLUDE}; + $self->item if defined $$self{ITEM}; + local $_ = shift; + return if /^\s*$/; + s/^(\s*\S+)/(' ' x $$self{MARGIN}) . $1/gme; + $self->output ($_); +} + +# Called for a regular text block. Gets the paragraph, the line number, and a +# Pod::Paragraph object. Perform interpolation and output the results. +sub textblock { + my $self = shift; + return if $$self{EXCLUDE}; + $self->output ($_[0]), return if $$self{VERBATIM}; + local $_ = shift; + my $line = shift; + + # Interpolate and output the paragraph. + $_ = $self->interpolate ($_, $line); + s/\s+$/\n/; + if (defined $$self{ITEM}) { + $self->item ($_ . "\n"); + } else { + $self->output ($self->reformat ($_ . "\n")); + } +} + +# Called for a formatting code. Gets the command, argument, and a +# Pod::InteriorSequence object and is expected to return the resulting text. +# Calls methods for code, bold, italic, file, and link to handle those types +# of codes, and handles S<>, E<>, X<>, and Z<> directly. +sub interior_sequence { + local $_; + my ($self, $command, $seq); + ($self, $command, $_, $seq) = @_; + + # We have to defer processing of the inside of an L<> formatting code. If + # this code is nested inside an L<> code, return the literal raw text of + # it. + my $parent = $seq->nested; + while (defined $parent) { + return $seq->raw_text if ($parent->cmd_name eq 'L'); + $parent = $parent->nested; + } + + # Index entries are ignored in plain text. + return '' if ($command eq 'X' || $command eq 'Z'); + + # Expand escapes into the actual character now, warning if invalid. + if ($command eq 'E') { + if (/^\d+$/) { + return chr; + } else { + return $ESCAPES{$_} if defined $ESCAPES{$_}; + my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line; + warn "$file:$line: Unknown escape: E<$_>\n"; + return "E<$_>"; + } + } + + # For all the other formatting codes, empty content produces no output. + return if $_ eq ''; + + # For S<>, compress all internal whitespace and then map spaces to \01. + # When we output the text, we'll map this back. + if ($command eq 'S') { + s/\s+/ /g; + tr/ /\01/; + return $_; + } + + # Anything else needs to get dispatched to another method. + if ($command eq 'B') { return $self->seq_b ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'C') { return $self->seq_c ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'F') { return $self->seq_f ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'I') { return $self->seq_i ($_) } + elsif ($command eq 'L') { return $self->seq_l ($_, $seq) } + else { + my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line; + warn "$file:$line: Unknown formatting code: $command<$_>\n"; + } +} + +# Called for each paragraph that's actually part of the POD. We take +# advantage of this opportunity to untabify the input. Also, if given the +# code option, we may see paragraphs that aren't part of the POD and need to +# output them directly. +sub preprocess_paragraph { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + 1 while s/^(.*?)(\t+)/$1 . ' ' x (length ($2) * 8 - length ($1) % 8)/me; + $self->output_code ($_) if $self->cutting; + $_; +} + + +############################################################################## +# Command paragraphs +############################################################################## + +# All command paragraphs take the paragraph and the line number. + +# First level heading. +sub cmd_head1 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $self->heading ($text, $line, 0, '===='); +} + +# Second level heading. +sub cmd_head2 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $self->heading ($text, $line, $$self{indent} / 2, '== '); +} + +# Third level heading. +sub cmd_head3 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $self->heading ($text, $line, $$self{indent} * 2 / 3 + 0.5, '= '); +} + +# Third level heading. +sub cmd_head4 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $self->heading ($text, $line, $$self{indent} * 3 / 4 + 0.5, '- '); +} + +# Start a list. +sub cmd_over { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM}; + unless (/^[-+]?\d+\s+$/) { $_ = $$self{indent} } + push (@{ $$self{INDENTS} }, $$self{MARGIN}); + $$self{MARGIN} += ($_ + 0); +} + +# End a list. +sub cmd_back { + my ($self, $text, $line, $paragraph) = @_; + $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM}; + $$self{MARGIN} = pop @{ $$self{INDENTS} }; + unless (defined $$self{MARGIN}) { + my $file; + ($file, $line) = $paragraph->file_line; + warn "$file:$line: Unmatched =back\n"; + $$self{MARGIN} = $$self{indent}; + } +} + +# An individual list item. +sub cmd_item { + my $self = shift; + if (defined $$self{ITEM}) { $self->item } + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $$self{ITEM} = $_ ? $self->interpolate ($_) : '*'; +} + +# Begin a block for a particular translator. Setting VERBATIM triggers +# special handling in textblock(). +sub cmd_begin { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my ($kind) = /^(\S+)/ or return; + if ($kind eq 'text') { + $$self{VERBATIM} = 1; + } else { + $$self{EXCLUDE} = 1; + } +} + +# End a block for a particular translator. We assume that all =begin/=end +# pairs are properly closed. +sub cmd_end { + my $self = shift; + $$self{EXCLUDE} = 0; + $$self{VERBATIM} = 0; +} + +# One paragraph for a particular translator. Ignore it unless it's intended +# for text, in which case we treat it as a verbatim text block. +sub cmd_for { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $line = shift; + return unless s/^text\b[ \t]*\n?//; + $self->verbatim ($_, $line); +} + + +############################################################################## +# Formatting codes +############################################################################## + +# The simple ones. These are here mostly so that subclasses can override them +# and do more complicated things. +sub seq_b { return $_[0]{alt} ? "``$_[1]''" : $_[1] } +sub seq_f { return $_[0]{alt} ? "\"$_[1]\"" : $_[1] } +sub seq_i { return '*' . $_[1] . '*' } + +# Apply a whole bunch of messy heuristics to not quote things that don't +# benefit from being quoted. These originally come from Barrie Slaymaker and +# largely duplicate code in Pod::Man. +sub seq_c { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + # A regex that matches the portion of a variable reference that's the + # array or hash index, separated out just because we want to use it in + # several places in the following regex. + my $index = '(?: \[.*\] | \{.*\} )?'; + + # Check for things that we don't want to quote, and if we find any of + # them, return the string with just a font change and no quoting. + m{ + ^\s* + (?: + ( [\'\`\"] ) .* \1 # already quoted + | \` .* \' # `quoted' + | \$+ [\#^]? \S $index # special ($^Foo, $") + | [\$\@%&*]+ \#? [:\'\w]+ $index # plain var or func + | [\$\@%&*]* [:\'\w]+ (?: -> )? \(\s*[^\s,]\s*\) # 0/1-arg func call + | [+-]? ( \d[\d.]* | \.\d+ ) (?: [eE][+-]?\d+ )? # a number + | 0x [a-fA-F\d]+ # a hex constant + ) + \s*\z + }xo && return $_; + + # If we didn't return, go ahead and quote the text. + return $$self{alt} ? "``$_''" : "$$self{LQUOTE}$_$$self{RQUOTE}"; +} + +# Handle links. Since this is plain text, we can't actually make any real +# links, so this is all to figure out what text we print out. Most of the +# work is done by Pod::ParseLink. +sub seq_l { + my ($self, $link, $seq) = @_; + my ($text, $type) = (parselink ($link))[1,4]; + my ($file, $line) = $seq->file_line; + $text = $self->interpolate ($text, $line); + $text = '<' . $text . '>' if $type eq 'url'; + return $text || ''; +} + + +############################################################################## +# Header handling +############################################################################## + +# The common code for handling all headers. Takes the interpolated header +# text, the line number, the indentation, and the surrounding marker for the +# alt formatting method. +sub heading { + my ($self, $text, $line, $indent, $marker) = @_; + $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM}; + $text =~ s/\s+$//; + $text = $self->interpolate ($text, $line); + if ($$self{alt}) { + my $closemark = reverse (split (//, $marker)); + my $margin = ' ' x $$self{margin}; + $self->output ("\n" . "$margin$marker $text $closemark" . "\n\n"); + } else { + $text .= "\n" if $$self{loose}; + my $margin = ' ' x ($$self{margin} + $indent); + $self->output ($margin . $text . "\n"); + } +} + + +############################################################################## +# List handling +############################################################################## + +# This method is called whenever an =item command is complete (in other words, +# we've seen its associated paragraph or know for certain that it doesn't have +# one). It gets the paragraph associated with the item as an argument. If +# that argument is empty, just output the item tag; if it contains a newline, +# output the item tag followed by the newline. Otherwise, see if there's +# enough room for us to output the item tag in the margin of the text or if we +# have to put it on a separate line. +sub item { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $tag = $$self{ITEM}; + unless (defined $tag) { + carp "Item called without tag"; + return; + } + undef $$self{ITEM}; + my $indent = $$self{INDENTS}[-1]; + unless (defined $indent) { $indent = $$self{indent} } + my $margin = ' ' x $$self{margin}; + if (!$_ || /^\s+$/ || ($$self{MARGIN} - $indent < length ($tag) + 1)) { + my $realindent = $$self{MARGIN}; + $$self{MARGIN} = $indent; + my $output = $self->reformat ($tag); + $output =~ s/^$margin /$margin:/ if ($$self{alt} && $indent > 0); + $output =~ s/\n*$/\n/; + + # If the text is just whitespace, we have an empty item paragraph; + # this can result from =over/=item/=back without any intermixed + # paragraphs. Insert some whitespace to keep the =item from merging + # into the next paragraph. + $output .= "\n" if $_ && $_ =~ /^\s*$/; + + $self->output ($output); + $$self{MARGIN} = $realindent; + $self->output ($self->reformat ($_)) if $_ && /\S/; + } else { + my $space = ' ' x $indent; + $space =~ s/^$margin /$margin:/ if $$self{alt}; + $_ = $self->reformat ($_); + s/^$margin /$margin:/ if ($$self{alt} && $indent > 0); + my $tagspace = ' ' x length $tag; + s/^($space)$tagspace/$1$tag/ or warn "Bizarre space in item"; + $self->output ($_); + } +} + + +############################################################################## +# Output formatting +############################################################################## + +# Wrap a line, indenting by the current left margin. We can't use Text::Wrap +# because it plays games with tabs. We can't use formline, even though we'd +# really like to, because it screws up non-printing characters. So we have to +# do the wrapping ourselves. +sub wrap { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $output = ''; + my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN}; + my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN}; + while (length > $width) { + if (s/^([^\n]{0,$width})\s+// || s/^([^\n]{$width})//) { + $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n"; + } else { + last; + } + } + $output .= $spaces . $_; + $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/; + $output; +} + +# Reformat a paragraph of text for the current margin. Takes the text to +# reformat and returns the formatted text. +sub reformat { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + + # If we're trying to preserve two spaces after sentences, do some munging + # to support that. Otherwise, smash all repeated whitespace. + if ($$self{sentence}) { + s/ +$//mg; + s/\.\n/. \n/g; + s/\n/ /g; + s/ +/ /g; + } else { + s/\s+/ /g; + } + $self->wrap ($_); +} + +# Output text to the output device. +sub output { $_[1] =~ tr/\01/ /; print { $_[0]->output_handle } $_[1] } + +# Output a block of code (something that isn't part of the POD text). Called +# by preprocess_paragraph only if we were given the code option. Exists here +# only so that it can be overridden by subclasses. +sub output_code { $_[0]->output ($_[1]) } + + +############################################################################## +# Backwards compatibility +############################################################################## + +# The old Pod::Text module did everything in a pod2text() function. This +# tries to provide the same interface for legacy applications. +sub pod2text { + my @args; + + # This is really ugly; I hate doing option parsing in the middle of a + # module. But the old Pod::Text module supported passing flags to its + # entry function, so handle -a and -<number>. + while ($_[0] =~ /^-/) { + my $flag = shift; + if ($flag eq '-a') { push (@args, alt => 1) } + elsif ($flag =~ /^-(\d+)$/) { push (@args, width => $1) } + else { + unshift (@_, $flag); + last; + } + } + + # Now that we know what arguments we're using, create the parser. + my $parser = Pod::Text->new (@args); + + # If two arguments were given, the second argument is going to be a file + # handle. That means we want to call parse_from_filehandle(), which means + # we need to turn the first argument into a file handle. Magic open will + # handle the <&STDIN case automagically. + if (defined $_[1]) { + my @fhs = @_; + local *IN; + unless (open (IN, $fhs[0])) { + croak ("Can't open $fhs[0] for reading: $!\n"); + return; + } + $fhs[0] = \*IN; + return $parser->parse_from_filehandle (@fhs); + } else { + return $parser->parse_from_file (@_); + } +} + + +############################################################################## +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################## + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Text - Convert POD data to formatted ASCII text + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Text; + my $parser = Pod::Text->new (sentence => 0, width => 78); + + # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT. + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt. + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::Text is a module that can convert documentation in the POD format (the +preferred language for documenting Perl) into formatted ASCII. It uses no +special formatting controls or codes whatsoever, and its output is therefore +suitable for nearly any device. + +As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Pod::Text supports the same methods and +interfaces. See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, one creates a +new parser with C<< Pod::Text->new() >> and then calls either +parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file(). + +new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs, that control the +behavior of the parser. The currently recognized options are: + +=over 4 + +=item alt + +If set to a true value, selects an alternate output format that, among other +things, uses a different heading style and marks C<=item> entries with a +colon in the left margin. Defaults to false. + +=item code + +If set to a true value, the non-POD parts of the input file will be included +in the output. Useful for viewing code documented with POD blocks with the +POD rendered and the code left intact. + +=item indent + +The number of spaces to indent regular text, and the default indentation for +C<=over> blocks. Defaults to 4. + +=item loose + +If set to a true value, a blank line is printed after a C<=head1> heading. +If set to false (the default), no blank line is printed after C<=head1>, +although one is still printed after C<=head2>. This is the default because +it's the expected formatting for manual pages; if you're formatting +arbitrary text documents, setting this to true may result in more pleasing +output. + +=item margin + +The width of the left margin in spaces. Defaults to 0. This is the margin +for all text, including headings, not the amount by which regular text is +indented; for the latter, see the I<indent> option. To set the right +margin, see the I<width> option. + +=item quotes + +Sets the quote marks used to surround CE<lt>> text. If the value is a +single character, it is used as both the left and right quote; if it is two +characters, the first character is used as the left quote and the second as +the right quoted; and if it is four characters, the first two are used as +the left quote and the second two as the right quote. + +This may also be set to the special value C<none>, in which case no quote +marks are added around CE<lt>> text. + +=item sentence + +If set to a true value, Pod::Text will assume that each sentence ends in two +spaces, and will try to preserve that spacing. If set to false, all +consecutive whitespace in non-verbatim paragraphs is compressed into a +single space. Defaults to true. + +=item width + +The column at which to wrap text on the right-hand side. Defaults to 76. + +=back + +The standard Pod::Parser method parse_from_filehandle() takes up to two +arguments, the first being the file handle to read POD from and the second +being the file handle to write the formatted output to. The first defaults +to STDIN if not given, and the second defaults to STDOUT. The method +parse_from_file() is almost identical, except that its two arguments are the +input and output disk files instead. See L<Pod::Parser> for the specific +details. + +=head1 DIAGNOSTICS + +=over 4 + +=item Bizarre space in item + +=item Item called without tag + +(W) Something has gone wrong in internal C<=item> processing. These +messages indicate a bug in Pod::Text; you should never see them. + +=item Can't open %s for reading: %s + +(F) Pod::Text was invoked via the compatibility mode pod2text() interface +and the input file it was given could not be opened. + +=item Invalid quote specification "%s" + +(F) The quote specification given (the quotes option to the constructor) was +invalid. A quote specification must be one, two, or four characters long. + +=item %s:%d: Unknown command paragraph: %s + +(W) The POD source contained a non-standard command paragraph (something of +the form C<=command args>) that Pod::Man didn't know about. It was ignored. + +=item %s:%d: Unknown escape: %s + +(W) The POD source contained an C<EE<lt>E<gt>> escape that Pod::Text didn't +know about. + +=item %s:%d: Unknown formatting code: %s + +(W) The POD source contained a non-standard formatting code (something of +the form C<XE<lt>E<gt>>) that Pod::Text didn't know about. + +=item %s:%d: Unmatched =back + +(W) Pod::Text encountered a C<=back> command that didn't correspond to an +C<=over> command. + +=back + +=head1 RESTRICTIONS + +Embedded Ctrl-As (octal 001) in the input will be mapped to spaces on +output, due to an internal implementation detail. + +=head1 NOTES + +This is a replacement for an earlier Pod::Text module written by Tom +Christiansen. It has a revamped interface, since it now uses Pod::Parser, +but an interface roughly compatible with the old Pod::Text::pod2text() +function is still available. Please change to the new calling convention, +though. + +The original Pod::Text contained code to do formatting via termcap +sequences, although it wasn't turned on by default and it was problematic to +get it to work at all. This rewrite doesn't even try to do that, but a +subclass of it does. Look for L<Pod::Text::Termcap>. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Parser>, L<Pod::Text::Termcap>, L<pod2text(1)> + +The current version of this module is always available from its web site at +L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>. It is also part of the +Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>, based I<very> heavily on the original +Pod::Text by Tom Christiansen <tchrist@mox.perl.com> and its conversion to +Pod::Parser by Brad Appleton <bradapp@enteract.com>. + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE + +Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=cut diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Color.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Color.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ba31369b96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Color.pm @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# Pod::Text::Color -- Convert POD data to formatted color ASCII text +# $Id: Color.pm,v 1.4 2002/07/15 05:46:00 eagle Exp $ +# +# Copyright 1999, 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu> +# +# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This is just a basic proof of concept. It should later be modified to make +# better use of color, take options changing what colors are used for what +# text, and the like. + +############################################################################## +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################## + +package Pod::Text::Color; + +require 5.004; + +use Pod::Text (); +use Term::ANSIColor qw(colored); + +use strict; +use vars qw(@ISA $VERSION); + +@ISA = qw(Pod::Text); + +# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl +# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings. This +# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however. +$VERSION = 1.04; + + +############################################################################## +# Overrides +############################################################################## + +# Make level one headings bold. +sub cmd_head1 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head1 (colored ($_, 'bold')); +} + +# Make level two headings bold. +sub cmd_head2 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head2 (colored ($_, 'bold')); +} + +# Fix the various formatting codes. +sub seq_b { return colored ($_[1], 'bold') } +sub seq_f { return colored ($_[1], 'cyan') } +sub seq_i { return colored ($_[1], 'yellow') } + +# Output any included code in green. +sub output_code { + my ($self, $code) = @_; + $code = colored ($code, 'green'); + $self->output ($code); +} + +# We unfortunately have to override the wrapping code here, since the normal +# wrapping code gets really confused by all the escape sequences. +sub wrap { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $output = ''; + my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN}; + my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN}; + while (length > $width) { + if (s/^((?:(?:\e\[[\d;]+m)?[^\n]){0,$width})\s+// + || s/^((?:(?:\e\[[\d;]+m)?[^\n]){$width})//) { + $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n"; + } else { + last; + } + } + $output .= $spaces . $_; + $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/; + $output; +} + +############################################################################## +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################## + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Text::Color - Convert POD data to formatted color ASCII text + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Text::Color; + my $parser = Pod::Text::Color->new (sentence => 0, width => 78); + + # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT. + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt. + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::Text::Color is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that highlights output +text using ANSI color escape sequences. Apart from the color, it in all +ways functions like Pod::Text. See L<Pod::Text> for details and available +options. + +Term::ANSIColor is used to get colors and therefore must be installed to use +this module. + +=head1 BUGS + +This is just a basic proof of concept. It should be seriously expanded to +support configurable coloration via options passed to the constructor, and +B<pod2text> should be taught about those. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Parser> + +The current version of this module is always available from its web site at +L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>. It is also part of the +Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE + +Copyright 1999, 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=cut diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Overstrike.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Overstrike.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8ba918396c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Overstrike.pm @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +# Pod::Text::Overstrike -- Convert POD data to formatted overstrike text +# $Id: Overstrike.pm,v 1.10 2002/08/04 03:35:01 eagle Exp $ +# +# Created by Joe Smith <Joe.Smith@inwap.com> 30-Nov-2000 +# (based on Pod::Text::Color by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>) +# +# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This was written because the output from: +# +# pod2text Text.pm > plain.txt; less plain.txt +# +# is not as rich as the output from +# +# pod2man Text.pm | nroff -man > fancy.txt; less fancy.txt +# +# and because both Pod::Text::Color and Pod::Text::Termcap are not device +# independent. + +############################################################################## +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################## + +package Pod::Text::Overstrike; + +require 5.004; + +use Pod::Text (); + +use strict; +use vars qw(@ISA $VERSION); + +@ISA = qw(Pod::Text); + +# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl +# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings. This +# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however. +$VERSION = 1.10; + + +############################################################################## +# Overrides +############################################################################## + +# Make level one headings bold, overridding any existing formatting. +sub cmd_head1 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $text =~ s/\s+$//; + $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line)); + $text =~ s/(.)/$1\b$1/g; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head1 ($text); +} + +# Make level two headings bold, overriding any existing formatting. +sub cmd_head2 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $text =~ s/\s+$//; + $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line)); + $text =~ s/(.)/$1\b$1/g; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head2 ($text); +} + +# Make level three headings underscored, overriding any existing formatting. +sub cmd_head3 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $text =~ s/\s+$//; + $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line)); + $text =~ s/(.)/_\b$1/g; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head3 ($text); +} + +# Level four headings look like level three headings. +sub cmd_head4 { + my ($self, $text, $line) = @_; + $text =~ s/\s+$//; + $text = $self->strip_format ($self->interpolate ($text, $line)); + $text =~ s/(.)/_\b$1/g; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head4 ($text); +} + +# The common code for handling all headers. We have to override to avoid +# interpolating twice and because we don't want to honor alt. +sub heading { + my ($self, $text, $line, $indent, $marker) = @_; + $self->item ("\n\n") if defined $$self{ITEM}; + $text .= "\n" if $$self{loose}; + my $margin = ' ' x ($$self{margin} + $indent); + $self->output ($margin . $text . "\n"); +} + +# Fix the various formatting codes. +sub seq_b { local $_ = strip_format (@_); s/(.)/$1\b$1/g; $_ } +sub seq_f { local $_ = strip_format (@_); s/(.)/_\b$1/g; $_ } +sub seq_i { local $_ = strip_format (@_); s/(.)/_\b$1/g; $_ } + +# Output any included code in bold. +sub output_code { + my ($self, $code) = @_; + $code =~ s/(.)/$1\b$1/g; + $self->output ($code); +} + +# We unfortunately have to override the wrapping code here, since the normal +# wrapping code gets really confused by all the backspaces. +sub wrap { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $output = ''; + my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN}; + my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN}; + while (length > $width) { + # This regex represents a single character, that's possibly underlined + # or in bold (in which case, it's three characters; the character, a + # backspace, and a character). Use [^\n] rather than . to protect + # against odd settings of $*. + my $char = '(?:[^\n][\b])?[^\n]'; + if (s/^((?>$char){0,$width})(?:\Z|\s+)//) { + $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n"; + } else { + last; + } + } + $output .= $spaces . $_; + $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/; + $output; +} + +############################################################################## +# Utility functions +############################################################################## + +# Strip all of the formatting from a provided string, returning the stripped +# version. +sub strip_format { + my ($self, $text) = @_; + $text =~ s/(.)[\b]\1/$1/g; + $text =~ s/_[\b]//g; + return $text; +} + +############################################################################## +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################## + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Text::Overstrike - Convert POD data to formatted overstrike text + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Text::Overstrike; + my $parser = Pod::Text::Overstrike->new (sentence => 0, width => 78); + + # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT. + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt. + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::Text::Overstrike is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that highlights +output text using overstrike sequences, in a manner similar to nroff. +Characters in bold text are overstruck (character, backspace, character) and +characters in underlined text are converted to overstruck underscores +(underscore, backspace, character). This format was originally designed for +hardcopy terminals and/or lineprinters, yet is readable on softcopy (CRT) +terminals. + +Overstruck text is best viewed by page-at-a-time programs that take +advantage of the terminal's B<stand-out> and I<underline> capabilities, such +as the less program on Unix. + +Apart from the overstrike, it in all ways functions like Pod::Text. See +L<Pod::Text> for details and available options. + +=head1 BUGS + +Currently, the outermost formatting instruction wins, so for example +underlined text inside a region of bold text is displayed as simply bold. +There may be some better approach possible. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Parser> + +The current version of this module is always available from its web site at +L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>. It is also part of the +Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Joe Smith <Joe.Smith@inwap.com>, using the framework created by Russ Allbery +<rra@stanford.edu>. + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE + +Copyright 2000 by Joe Smith <Joe.Smith@inwap.com>. +Copyright 2001 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=cut diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Termcap.pm b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Termcap.pm new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02a7fb9842a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlperl/lib/Pod/Text/Termcap.pm @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +# Pod::Text::Termcap -- Convert POD data to ASCII text with format escapes. +# $Id: Termcap.pm,v 1.11 2003/07/09 21:52:30 eagle Exp $ +# +# Copyright 1999, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu> +# +# This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the same terms as Perl itself. +# +# This is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that overrides a few key methods to +# output the right termcap escape sequences for formatted text on the current +# terminal type. + +############################################################################## +# Modules and declarations +############################################################################## + +package Pod::Text::Termcap; + +require 5.004; + +use Pod::Text (); +use POSIX (); +use Term::Cap; + +use strict; +use vars qw(@ISA $VERSION); + +@ISA = qw(Pod::Text); + +# Don't use the CVS revision as the version, since this module is also in Perl +# core and too many things could munge CVS magic revision strings. This +# number should ideally be the same as the CVS revision in podlators, however. +$VERSION = 1.11; + + +############################################################################## +# Overrides +############################################################################## + +# In the initialization method, grab our terminal characteristics as well as +# do all the stuff we normally do. +sub initialize { + my $self = shift; + my ($ospeed, $term, $termios); + + # $ENV{HOME} is usually not set on Windows. The default Term::Cap path + # may not work on Solaris. + my $home = exists $ENV{HOME} ? "$ENV{HOME}/.termcap:" : ''; + $ENV{TERMPATH} = $home . '/etc/termcap:/usr/share/misc/termcap' + . ':/usr/share/lib/termcap'; + + # Fall back on a hard-coded terminal speed if POSIX::Termios isn't + # available (such as on VMS). + eval { $termios = POSIX::Termios->new }; + if ($@) { + $ospeed = 9600; + } else { + $termios->getattr; + $ospeed = $termios->getospeed || 9600; + } + + # Fall back on the ANSI escape sequences if Term::Cap doesn't work. + eval { $term = Tgetent Term::Cap { TERM => undef, OSPEED => $ospeed } }; + $$self{BOLD} = $$term{_md} || "\e[1m"; + $$self{UNDL} = $$term{_us} || "\e[4m"; + $$self{NORM} = $$term{_me} || "\e[m"; + + unless (defined $$self{width}) { + $$self{width} = $ENV{COLUMNS} || $$term{_co} || 80; + $$self{width} -= 2; + } + + $self->SUPER::initialize; +} + +# Make level one headings bold. +sub cmd_head1 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head1 ("$$self{BOLD}$_$$self{NORM}"); +} + +# Make level two headings bold. +sub cmd_head2 { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + s/\s+$//; + $self->SUPER::cmd_head2 ("$$self{BOLD}$_$$self{NORM}"); +} + +# Fix up B<> and I<>. Note that we intentionally don't do F<>. +sub seq_b { my $self = shift; return "$$self{BOLD}$_[0]$$self{NORM}" } +sub seq_i { my $self = shift; return "$$self{UNDL}$_[0]$$self{NORM}" } + +# Output any included code in bold. +sub output_code { + my ($self, $code) = @_; + $self->output ($$self{BOLD} . $code . $$self{NORM}); +} + +# Override the wrapping code to igore the special sequences. +sub wrap { + my $self = shift; + local $_ = shift; + my $output = ''; + my $spaces = ' ' x $$self{MARGIN}; + my $width = $$self{width} - $$self{MARGIN}; + my $code = "(?:\Q$$self{BOLD}\E|\Q$$self{UNDL}\E|\Q$$self{NORM}\E)"; + while (length > $width) { + if (s/^((?:$code?[^\n]){0,$width})\s+// + || s/^((?:$code?[^\n]){$width})//) { + $output .= $spaces . $1 . "\n"; + } else { + last; + } + } + $output .= $spaces . $_; + $output =~ s/\s+$/\n\n/; + $output; +} + + +############################################################################## +# Module return value and documentation +############################################################################## + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +Pod::Text::Termcap - Convert POD data to ASCII text with format escapes + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use Pod::Text::Termcap; + my $parser = Pod::Text::Termcap->new (sentence => 0, width => 78); + + # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT. + $parser->parse_from_filehandle; + + # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt. + $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt'); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +Pod::Text::Termcap is a simple subclass of Pod::Text that highlights output +text using the correct termcap escape sequences for the current terminal. +Apart from the format codes, it in all ways functions like Pod::Text. See +L<Pod::Text> for details and available options. + +=head1 NOTES + +This module uses Term::Cap to retrieve the formatting escape sequences for +the current terminal, and falls back on the ECMA-48 (the same in this +regard as ANSI X3.64 and ISO 6429, the escape codes also used by DEC VT100 +terminals) if the bold, underline, and reset codes aren't set in the +termcap information. + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L<Pod::Text>, L<Pod::Parser>, L<Term::Cap> + +The current version of this module is always available from its web site at +L<http://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/software/podlators/>. It is also part of the +Perl core distribution as of 5.6.0. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +=head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE + +Copyright 1999, 2001, 2002 by Russ Allbery <rra@stanford.edu>. + +This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it +under the same terms as Perl itself. + +=cut |